Drinks and contests Friday December 12th, 2003 2:12:28 PM
As the party rages on most of the crowd slowly filters out, alittle help for those who were drunk though.
Teleheri finds that the minataurs are drinking for the fun of it and try dragging him into it. If he tries to stick in the cotnest from some what beginning to end then he will be found quite drunk before the other minatuars, inless he has some spell up his sleeve to help him against alcohol.
For once you find yourselves pretty much alone and the barkeep is just wiping down the bar as the barmaide goes about cleaning tables.
Once of the cute barmaides sees Sly, she had come in late in the party and calls out, "Is that you Sly? Weren't you at Heranmar once?"
Sly Foxx(Ceil) Friday December 12th, 2003 3:51:23 PM
Sly knows better that not to drink but one gulp or two, he then passes the cup to Shiraz, to Ilsidur, to Barnum. Niobe and Sly drink elven white wine for almost the night. Telling Tall tales and big lies. They are all getting tired, Sly look under the table where Luke is sleeping "Keeping my spot warm are you?" Sly smiles. He get to his feet. Ask Niobe if she want a room or share one with him?? Then head for the barkeeper, When this cute little barmaide ask him if he was ever in Heranmar. Sly smiles "Yes I was, that was about a few years ago? That town bring back a lot of memories. Why??"
Niobe Friday December 12th, 2003 4:13:31 PM
Niobe slowly drinks her white wine. She will only have two - maybe three - glasses all night depending how long she stays up for. She enjoys telling a tale or two about life in the city and the merchants here, but more than that Niobe loves to listen to others tell stories. Niobe grins as Sly asks if she might consider sharing a room. Before Sly goes to the barkeep Niobe whispers in his ear, "are you certain you want to share a room with me? You don't even know what I do for living yet... For me, I will gladly share or just pay for my own room. Also that barmaid has taken a fancy to you. Oh... and what would Luke say?" She smiles as she waits to see what sort of reply; if any, she might get from Sly. Niobe will only half listen to the discussion about Heranmar, but try to keep her focus on the other patrons. She will also keep an eye on Teleheri just in case the Minotaurs start to get rowdy... If nothing comes up she will casually watch who is left and consider the weight of their purses, before retiring for the evening.
Barnum (KevinL) Friday December 12th, 2003 4:57:17 PM
As the trophy of Green Gnomish is passed to him, Barnum says, "I've definitely had enough to drink last night, so I think I'll pass on this." Then, completely contradictively, he takes a big gulp of the stuff from the winner's cup and passes it to his neighbor. Edgar mocks him.
Barnum looks over at Sly, his eyes half glazed over, "Ah... My friend. I'll tell you a story. I once spent a night with a woman who was 'good with locks and such.' I woke up alone that morning and someone had taken all my gold!" Barnum bursts out laughing, and continues to laugh for a good while.
Peerimus (Daniel K) Friday December 12th, 2003 8:50:47 PM
Peerimus smiles at Savin and lets himself take in the story. At least it would put his mind off where he was. At the end, Peerimus holds out his hand for a rare handshanke to the monk.
"I and Yorrick are going to get some fresh night air and shall see you in the morning."
With a final nod he and the Kodiak silently leave. Savin sees Peerimus's form shimmer in the moonlight. This night 2 Kodiak bears are moving into the nearby trees.
Teleheri (PH) Friday December 12th, 2003 10:02:47 PM
As the minos try to push Teleheri into the contest, he politely rejects. "Not today my friend! I already had a bad hangover yesterday."
As the minos start to fall drunk, and woody notice that the tavern is getting empty, he come back to his new friends, and kind start analize his companions, especially yhe elf lady (Niobe), as he notes that she looks like a rogue, just as him. Start to remember his old life, years before he arrive into this strange continent. Then he looks at link, sleeping near a beer pool. {good cat. loves beer just like me!}
As the barmaid talk to Sly about Heranmar, he starts to pay attention to their talking, trying to remember if he has already been there.
Savin d20+8=16 Saturday December 13th, 2003 12:02:01 AM
Savin says goodnight to Peerimus and Yorrick. He watches in awe as the Druid changes form and moves away.
He pulls out his ivory pipes and starts playing a lively song. He will call out, "Let's see some dancing!"
OOC Savin gets +2 with the panpipes. They are a master work. Total of 18 on perform roll
Ilsidur Sunday December 14th, 2003 10:22:07 PM
Ilsidur continues to celebrate, getting ready to wind down for the evening.
Justin Webber (DM) Music and talk Monday December 15th, 2003 2:14:28 PM
The barmaide grins at Sly as she leans on the bar, her outfit really leaving nothing to imagination, "Well I just came here a few weeks ago but was born there. My mother is a wizardess there, if you ever go back then I like you to give something to her for me."
Savin plays a good song and the few patrons in the bar dance to it. The night hours slowly begin to wind down though.
Peerimus (daniel k) Monday December 15th, 2003 4:35:14 PM
Peerimus spends the eveing prowling the nearby wood with Yorrick. The fresh air and open skies of the night are invigorating. The duo hike about for hours before settling on an area to bed down for the night in.
"Those last two would complete my dream my old friend," Peerimus begins with Yorrick. "Soon we should be off on the beginning of this quest that has been set before us. Mother and Father Wold be us, for it will be dangerous I am sure." At this comment, Yorrick growls his readiness to the tasks ahead.
"I agree, we are prepared, our friends are true, our hearts enforced and our friendship unbreakable." Peermus sighs a great bear sigh. "Goodnight my friend and keeper."
Sly Foxx(ceil) Monday December 15th, 2003 6:03:35 PM
Sly Sly drinks in the barmaids bounty "I don't know where we are off to next, But I'll gladly do you a favor," Sly smiles at her. The Bar keeper give Sly two Keys.
Sly turn his attention to Niobe, You miss understand my dear. when we travel and have the pleasure to be in an Inn like this, We order two room Halv the party takes one room and the other half that the other. I was going to ask for another room, but if you want to save money and SHARE my room, that alright with me."
Then Sly turn back to the bar maid "What is it you want me to give her and where does she live?".
Niobe d20+4=11 Monday December 15th, 2003 7:02:44 PM
Niobe laughs. "I stand corrected. I am not used to staying at inns or travelling with others; beyond merchant caravans. I normally work alone as well..." She trusts that the flush of the wine will hide her blush. Typical that willpower fails when it shouldn't! Niobe continues to chuckle and turns to the innkeeper (speaking quietly), "Good Sir, for this evening I will keep my own quarters. Is it possible to be woken early?" As she steps away from the bar she barely turns towards Sly and states quietly, "Ask Mister Teleheri or Mister Barnum what I do for a living. I believe that they have an inkling of my "trade". You may or may not be surprised." Niobe takes her leave after paying for her drinks, a room and breakfast in the morning. She figures that it is best to be leaving now before she gets too tempted to "earn" a little extra wealth... and stumble into any further misunderstandings. If the noise isn't too loud then folks can hear Niobe still chuckling as she ascends the stairs. She will look over her clothing and see if there is any mending that needs to be done. If there is then she will do that until she doesn't feel quite so off-kilter. Then she will take a the pitcher of water and the wash basin and get cleaned up before changing to a light nightgown and putting her gear neatly under her bed. Niobe slides the bar across her door for the night and thinks about tomorrow.
(will check (self-control) 11 - oh boy!)
Shiraz (Wade) Monday December 15th, 2003 10:14:42 PM
Shiraz enjoys the company of the bar for a bit then when the time is right the taur slips outside and heads for the serenity of the stables. Once inside the taur kneels down and reverently pulls the same book he has been studying for weeks out of his backpack and settles in for several hours of quiet meditation and contemplation.
Savin Monday December 15th, 2003 10:23:21 PM
Savin will notice his friends scattering for the evening. He will stow his pipes away and follow Niobe up the stairs. "Excuse me Niobe? Do you mind if we share a room?" Suddenly the innocent monk will realize what he asks and he stammers on, "I mean uh their is safety in numbers. I don't think I earned any new friends during the race and either did you. I know some of the elves would like my hide on the side of the barn....uhhhh...never mind."
Savin will turn and head back down the stairs at a good clip. If he isn't stopped he will head out of the Inn and go looking for Peerimus. When he doesn't find him he will find some barn to sleep in.
If Niobe does offer him shelter, he will gladly accept and engage her in conversation until she tells him to shut up and go to sleep
Ilsidur Tuesday December 16th, 2003 12:24:47 AM
Ilsidur finishes his last mug of beer, and heads upstairs for the night. He gathers up the winner's cup before he leaves, though.
Niobe - addendum Tuesday December 16th, 2003 12:30:48 AM
Niobe doesn't mind sharing, and so will accept Savin's offer. She gently grabs his wrist as Savin turns to leave. "No, Savin I don't mind. You can tell me about how you all came to be in the race in the first place." Niobe grins and releases Savin's wrist. She expects that Savin will follow her up the stairs. "Maybe you might tell me about those Elves as well - but you do not have to of course!" If anyone else decides to retire early then they are welcome to tag along, Niobe will see to it that the innkeep will bring in a few more mattresses and such. She expects the room to have at least two separate beds!
(Having someone sharing the room doesn't change her evening routine in the slightest.)
Teleheri and Link (PH) Tuesday December 16th, 2003 8:27:27 AM
"Man, my head hurts! i guess that green thing we drink made me sick. that's why i only drink beer." Link wake up, and jump into Teleheri's shoulder. "Headache too uh link? lets go to bed"
Woody look around, and as he sees and hear the orther guys trying to sleep with niobe, he thinks to himself {These guys are good guys. Or they have a lor of courage, or they are terrible stupid to ask a theif lady the sleep on the same room as them}
"Hey guys, im going to sleep. Were are we going tomorrow, i mean, if you dont have anything against me getting along with you"
As Teleheri hear the answer, he goes to the bartender and ask for a room. When get the key , he go back to the others "Ill be in this room. See you tomorrow, if you need a new company on your travels"
Justin Webber (DM) Goodnights Tuesday December 16th, 2003 3:03:49 PM
The barmaide gives Sly a simple looking ring and smiles, "Give this to her and tell her that Liana made is making it on her own fine. She lives right near the entrance of the city and her house is painted a sick yellow color. Can't miss it."
Liana leans in and kisses Sly's cheek softly, "As reward for doing this quest for me good sir and thank you. Sleep well."
Everyone beds down for the night, some in better shape then others from their late night partying. The sun has just began to rise and light barely shines through the window when you can hear down stairs the opening of the tavern. The bartender had offers to rent the rooms to you that your currently sleeping in.
Alittle while passes yet and then the smell of food cooking can be smelled through out the tavern signing that the owner is having breakfast prepared to serve to customers.
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday December 16th, 2003 4:27:30 PM
Barnum is awakened by a mad fluttering of feathers upon his face. He speaks, without opening his eyes, "Ugh... Edgar, what IS it?!" The raven replies quickly, "Wake up you fool! Breakfast is ready!" Barnum speaks back, throwing his head underneath his pillow, "When have YOU ever been more excited about food than ME?" The bird answers him, "My dear halfwit, do you know how long it's been since I've had a plate of scrambled eggs?" All of the raven's poking and prodding are of no use though, as Barnum, aching with a headache, quickly falls back to sleep.
Slightly frustrated, Edgar himself flies down to the tavern's main room and perches himself right in front of the bartender, and says plainly in common, "Would you be making any scrambled eggs, this morning?" Edgar makes a note of the bartender's reaction to a talking bird.
Niobe (Eunice) d20+10=13 Tuesday December 16th, 2003 6:37:39 PM
Niobe sleeps lightly and wakes with the first light through the window and the noises from downstairs. She moves around as quietly as she can while getting herself washed and dressed and her gear in order for the day. Niobe also straightens up the bed, in essence she is leaving no trace of herself behind in the room. She double checks to make sure she hasn't forgotten anything of hers in the room. She hasn't practiced any thieving; as she had a few drinks last night... Niobe shoulders her gear and slides the bar from the door. She hopes that she doesn't wake Savin (unless he is already up). When she gets downstairs she will ask the innkeeper if she can have a bath and eat her breakfast while bathing. Niobe will take her gear with her to the bath-house if there is an opportunity to get a bath. Niobe will bid a good morning to any of the others she may or may not see in the common room this morning.
(Move Silently 13)
Savin Tuesday December 16th, 2003 8:58:26 PM
Savin will lurch up at of bed. He rubs his eyes, yawns and inhales deeply. He smiles when he sees Niobe making the bed. "You know they have maids for that?"
He will spring from bed, tread over to the pitcher and bowl and pour some water into the bowl. He will quickly glance at Niobe and turn away from her. He will peel off his shirt and wash his face and neck. Niobe can notice he is extremely fit. Not an ounce of fat on him and he has a very muscular back. He will pull a clean shirt out of his pack and pull it over his head. He will quickly gather up his stuff and say, "Thanks for sharing the room last night. I enjoyed our conversation. Coming to breakfast?"
Savin will then head to the common room and see Edgar ordering breakfast. He smiles at the look on the tavern owners face. He chimes in, "Yes scrambled eggs sound great. Tell you what good man. Bring two platters of eggs, toast, a pork chop and milk. I will buy for our feathered friend."
When the man is off to get breakfast going, Savin will ask Edgar, "Where is Barum? To much to drink last night or is the bed to comfortble and he wants you to bring him breakfast in bed?"
Teleheri and Link (PH) Tuesday December 16th, 2003 9:03:58 PM
Woody open his eyes as smells food, and quick wake up, still feeling a little headache, and call Link "hey cat, lets eat!"
As he make sure that nothing was stolen, he goes downstairs and say hello to the others that are already there, especially to Niobe "Hey girl. your look good this morning. makes my hangover ends! Link, dont eat the bird, be his friend! i guess we will stay together for some time."
"Hey, bar keeper, bring me a beer mug to get along with this breakfest." After finish eating, he say to the others, "I'll go to the stables, look how my horse is. ill be back soon"
He goes in direction of the stables (unless somthing interesting happens before he left)
Sly Foxx (Ceil) Tuesday December 16th, 2003 9:24:39 PM
Sly was sitting on Niobe's door, he was rubbing Luke's ears. "Good morning Niobe, are you going down for breakfast? Tell me have you ever been to Heranmar latly?(Sly's stumac grols) Hmm! I very hungry, Come let's eat and talk. I haven't met a girl like you in a long time." Sly will take Niobe to breakfast and Luke will follow then close behind.
Shiraz (Wade) Tuesday December 16th, 2003 10:24:46 PM
Shiraz wakes early, well before the sun rises and quietly works his way downstirs and to the back of the barn where the taur first checks on his companions animal friends and then to attend to his morning devotionals. Shiraz then walks to the front of the inn and begins working on his forms with his swords his movements slow and sure as the taur seems to be fighting invisible enimies until the huge minotaur's arms, swords and shield all seem a blur of movement. Hearing the movemetn within Shiraz stops, kneels in prayer and quietly enters the inn, sweat dripping from his brow.
Ilsidur Wednesday December 17th, 2003 12:02:38 AM
Ilsidur wakes up alone yet again, regretting that every woman in this part of the world seems to be either elven or human. He remembers a cute blond-haired dwarven lass from his youth with some fondness, and momentarily wishes he was back home in his village. Then he shakes his momentary melancholy off, and quickly dresses, making his way downstairs. His dwarven constitution allows him to shake off the effects of last night's celebration, leaving him hungry and thirsty.
The dwarf sits down at the table with his friends, both old and new, and wonders how Sir Thomas is doing, since he has parted ways with the Children. Then he orders a breakfast of eggs and sausage, with a tall glass of water and a short stein of beer to wash it down.
"So," he says to no-one in particular, "I wonder what today will bring?"
Peerimus Wednesday December 17th, 2003 12:00:27 PM
The warm sun bathes the now human druid and his companion Yorrick in its warming light and brings him to a sitting position with a yawn and a stretch.
A few stretches and natural noise later and he is up and settting up for his morning prayers. Sitting crosslegged and facing north, he puts his arms out wide and head back studying the coming day. Several minutes pass before he turns to face South, then east and finally west.
"We appear to be in for a glorious day today." he calls over his shoulder to the still napping bear. A few berries to pop in the mouth and a swig of water to chase it. In honor of the sun and grass, he smears a three finger thick line of Yellow across his forehead just above his eyes and then from ear to chn as wide as his hand on both sides he covers with a thin brown mud.
"we should head in and meet everyone else." Peerimus walks, in his usuals light footed but quick pace to the inn with Yorrick 3 feet behind. Upon arrival he will smile and salute his compatriots and then move with Yorrick to a seat next to Savin and Ilsidur.
"Today my friend, the glory of the Wold about us all. My question is 'Where shall we point ourselves? I believe our destiny lies towards the interior. That we 'Children of Chaos' are meant to end the chaos that is the migration of the southern continent."
Justin Webber (DM) Food Wednesday December 17th, 2003 2:31:29 PM
The baremaid sees Niobe first and walks to her, "This way miss and I'll show you to where you may bath." The barmaide quickly leads Niobe out of the INN and to a place to bath and returns while Niobe sees to cleaning.
The tavern owner doesn't seem to notice the bird actually as he speaks and simple waves a large spoon at a table, "Have a seat sir."
When Savin orders the bartender comes over with a plater and lays it down, it contains food and drink that Savin ordered, "Here you go sir...er sirs."
Soon the rest of the group is down also to sit at the table with Savin and the coversation of where to next comes up. Hearing this the barmaide comes over to the table tapping Sly's arm, "Why don't you all head to my home to give that ring and what I told you to my mother? Would give you time to see the city again and you never know what else might hapn there."
(OOC:I'll charge you all for the room and food on the next post, I have to look up room and food prices.)
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday December 17th, 2003 6:11:52 PM
"I was thinking and this beautiful barmaid has reminded me. That most of you has never seen where the Bell of Chaos rang for the first time. And on the way we can give the gift to this lovely miss, her presant to her mother.
That means we have to go north to Heranmar, then west to the old Monestary, What do you think, It will be a nice little vacation from the action we've been in the last year." Sly give a plate of eggs and meat to Luke and another plate of egg and huney buns to Yurric.
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday December 17th, 2003 6:23:33 PM
Edgar gives a kind of nod of appreciation to Savin, "Breakfast in bed? For Barnum? I'll serve him breakfast in bed the day he buys me a nest of gold! Ha! No, he's still sleeping, that drunkard bum."
"What's this about a drunkard bum?" groans a slightly disheveled halfling, lurching down the stairs. Barnum sits down, and orders himself another platter of eggs and bacon, and a tall mug of... water.
"I hate to say this, but Edgar and I will have to be leaving you all for a period of time, as we have a few obligations to attend to." Barnum begins. Edgar chirps in, "Yes, Barnum tends to make a lot of promises that he has difficulty keeping."
"Ahem. As I was saying, it's just a few odds and ends that I need to take care of. But I did swear that if you helped me rescue Edgar, that I would assist you in whatever it is that you need assisting, so it shall not be the last you see of us, whether that's a good thing or not is for you to decide." Barnum ends with a wink, and returns to his food.
Savin Wednesday December 17th, 2003 8:21:25 PM
Around a mouthfull of food, Savin will reply, "Yes I would like to see this Bell of Chaos. If we can find a good deed to do along the way, all the better. One way is as good as the other as long as we have good fellowship, high adventure and a chance to try and test or skills in combat."
Niobe Wednesday December 17th, 2003 8:37:35 PM
After a little; but before everyone is finished eating, Niobe returns from the bath-house. She is smiling and humming a merry little tune. Her clothing is once again immaculate, and in spite of drab colors still eye-catching. She puts her gear down by the bar and sits down on a stool next to it. Niobe quietly orders a light breakfast of bread, cheese, fruit and heavily watered-down wine. While waiting for her breakfast she will turn and look at the others, "Good morning all! I hope you all slept well." Niobe sounds disgustingly chipper this morning, "oh... Sly, an answer to your question from earlier. I have never been to Heranmar. Also, do any of you gentlemen mind me joining you for breakfast this morn?" She smiles, and of course in her quest for cleanliness missed the conversation about the Chaos Bell...
Teleheri and Link (PH) Wednesday December 17th, 2003 9:37:34 PM
Woody get back into the tavern after checking his horse and sits on the same table as everyone. "Herenmar... never been there either. I guess we will take a ride with you again."
Woody smiles, and await to see were we are going now, and ask if the others would accept him as their companion.
Shiraz (Wade) Wednesday December 17th, 2003 10:01:25 PM
Shiraz wipes the sweat from his face and after checking the edge of each sword resheathes each of them with loving care. "The bell would be a nice sight indeed." Shiraz looks over towards Barnum,"Where must you go? I mean why? Can we assist you here or on our way instead of parting?"
Ilsidur Wednesday December 17th, 2003 10:30:18 PM
Ilsidur swallows his last bite of breakfast, washing it down with the last bit of beer. "So, back to Heranmar, is it? It has been a while since we have been there; it would be worthwhile to see how the repairs are going. Before we leave, I suggest you let me take the 16,000 gp to the catacombs to purchase healing items. We are very low, and really only have my and Peerimus' spells available. What do you think?"
Peerimus Thursday December 18th, 2003 11:00:38 AM
The druid mostly observes at first this morning, not being too sure on who may have overindulged the night before, but soon settles on Barnum being the only culprit. Yorrick sets himself upon the plate of food given by Sly with an appreciative growl.
"I have never seen this bell, though I have heard it's ring on more than one occasion. Staring back near the beggining is as good as any." Turning to Teleheri, "Morning to you and welcome to our table, and to you womanas well." he adds with Niobe's entrance. "Good thought Ilsidur, magical wands I would think."
Since it is clear the others are still eating, Peerimus stnads and starts essentially helping the wait staff in regards to the table his friends are at.
Justin Webber (DM) Deciding Thursday December 18th, 2003 2:41:28 PM
The group talks about there next destination while eating and Barnum brings up he will have to leave for ashort time.
Peerimus tries to help with the serving of the table but the barmaide simple thanks him and asks him to sit down, that she is use to this.
After the group has ate and the table cleaned the barmaide comes over to the table and once more speaks to Sly and the group now, "Thank you all for excepting to help me out. I can't leave this job here or my new home right now but I hate for my mother to worry more about me. I owe all of you, I'm sure some reward will come to all of you for helping me."
Shiraz (Wade) Thursday December 18th, 2003 10:29:07 PM
Shiraz looks over at the young lady serving them, "We thank you but really, we are delivering a ring and we are headed that way, why is a reward neccessary?"
Savin Thursday December 18th, 2003 10:40:31 PM
Savin stands up and says, "We should be on our way. Barnum, It was a pleasure meeting you and I hope to see you on our journeys." Savin says this in a rather loud voice and gives a wink to Edgar.
He then adds, "Are we going to divide our winnings? Are we going to buy some group healing magic? We need to decide before we get on the road."
Ilsidur Friday December 19th, 2003 12:05:33 AM
Ilsidur waits to hear what the party says about his purchasing healing, before he leaves. "I guess if some of you want to keep your share of the prize money, you can. I will take whatever is left over to the Catacombs. Peerimus, I plan to purchase at least two wands, assuming I have enough money; one for you and one for me to carry."
[OOC: Please post your responses in your next post, so I will know how much money I can take to the Catacombs.]
Sly Foxx(Ceil) Friday December 19th, 2003 2:49:22 AM
Sly smiles toward Shiraz, "Some people think that just because we will be doing them a favor and to a wizard much like my mother, that we will want a reward. It is just a ring to ease a mother's mind, we don't have to take any reward from the lady."
To Barnum and Victor, "it was a great joy to have you along, I hope we meet again soon. My halfling Friend, May the wind always be at your back."
Sly takes out the bag of gold coins and places it on the table, "Ilsidur my friend, here is what is left. I have given Niobe her share of 2,000gp, and Barnum has not yet taken his share, he has 2,000gp coming to him. So right now in that pouch is 14,000gp. Another thing is that I cannot find Uther any where. But I did find the Ferret Statue this morning right next to me, with the bigest smile on his face.
To Niobe Sly ask, "Beautiful Niobe, we are thinking to go up north of here to Heranmar, back where the Children of Chaos started. And the bell first rang. On the way we will be doing a little favor for the young barmaid. Want to come along? we can travel on the Elven Highway or take the old Traders Road? I'm ready to go any time when every body's ready.? You know guy, it's been a long time since we had the pleasure of a beautiful female in our mist." Sly whispers into Niobe ear "We already know what your talent and trade are, your still welcome, Just don't do it among the mates here, deal??" Then Sly kisses her on the cheek.
Barnum and Edgar Friday December 19th, 2003 9:32:28 AM
Barnum rubs his tummy happily after finishing his meal, "Thank you for the offer Shiraz, but it's nothing that I would need assistance in. I just have to visit a friend in a village a little ways from here and help him out with something."
"Savin, I do indeed believe that we'll meet again. And Sly, use my share of the money for the group's benefit, having Edgar returned was all the reward I needed."
"All right, Children of Chaos, I'm off. Come along, Edgar." The two leave the tavern, and when they are outside, you can see through the window that Barnum takes some kind of wooden figurine out of his pouch. When he tosses it to the ground, it turns into a pony-sized fly, and he flies off on it.
Savin Friday December 19th, 2003 10:17:21 AM
"I agree that my share be used to buy some healing magic." He will stand up and walk around to where Shiraz is sitting,and place both hands on each of the minotaur's massive shoulders. "Not everyone can be as nimble and quick as I can. Some of us are more clumsy and get hit more often. My master said we have to be forgiving of others cluminess when they have a good heart. So lets get some healing magic and keep these good hearts beating." He will pat Shiraz on the shoulder's and then jump back in anticipation of the blow to follow.
He will then add, "We might want to suppliment the wands with some curing potions. Some might be seperated from Ilsidur and Peerimus but still need healing. Why don't you buy 2 potions of healing for each member."
Justin Webber (DM) Healing talk Friday December 19th, 2003 1:32:29 PM
The barmaide pats Sly's shoulder and winks to the group, "I always thought people wanted a reward for their work. I was wrong and thank you all, please come back here some day so I can thank you again."
With this said the barmaide leaves you all be now and goes back to her job while you discuss healing potions, wands and the likes.
(OOC:I plan to have you all started out to Heranmar Monday. Just a heads up. Also everyone please make a note at the bottom of your posts if you can continue posting through Christmas and New Years or if we should find a place to stop for abit.)
Sly Foxx and Luke Saturday December 20th, 2003 9:22:57 AM
Sly check every thing, fixes every thing that is broken, and buys trail rations for the up comming trip. Even a little extra for Luke.
OOC: Dear DM. If You post, So will I. I'm not going any where on both Holidays.
Niobe Saturday December 20th, 2003 3:44:41 PM
Niobe smiles, "I will be honored and glad to accompany you all to Heranmar; though I have never been there myself. I know of a few of the Trade roads, but have only heard rumors of the Highways. My mother never bothered to teach me anything about those; coster caravans never use them anyway." She looks down at her haversack, "I am ready to leave here whenever it is convenient for everyone else." Niobe turns her head slightly towards Sly after he kisses her on the cheek. She whispers back (sounding very sincere), "no fear of that; I never steal from friends or from those who cannot already afford it..." She grins. "Oh, by the way I also have a wand of healing that I can usually get to work. I don't mind helping out with healing when I can. Also I don't mind using part of what I was given to pick up a second wand of healing and some potions, just in case. So that would be three of us with a means of healing handy," Niobe announces to the group. Niobe will hand Ilsidur enough gold (850 gp)to purchase a wand of cure light wounds and two potions of cure light wounds from the 2,000 gp that Sly had given her the day before.
((OOC: I can; and will gladly, post throughout the holidays. I am going nowhere. If anyone wishes for a substitute to post for them during the holidays just email me or IM me at eunice@doucet-lorang.com or KanchanaVuai, I will be happy to step in. If any of you have AIM then feel free to add me to your list!)) ((OOC II: I am very sorry for missing a posting... I worked day shift and then afternoon/evening shift back to back and could not get to a computer with internet access!))
Peerimus Sunday December 21st, 2003 3:10:18 PM
Peerimus nods to the barmaid at the next morning meal. "True heroes and mere adventurers are often confused dear lady, think nothing of it."
As Ilsidur heads for the catacombs, the druid and Yorrick quickly follow. "Mind the company? Not that I will be of much assistance in such a place, master dwarf, but I thought who better to learn from?"
Assuming Ilsidur has no problem, he happily walks beside him, Yorrick just behind by about 5 feet.
(OoC...I can post with consistency through the holidays)
Ilsidur Sunday December 21st, 2003 5:40:08 PM
Ilsidur looks up at Peerimus, and up even farther are Yorrick, and smiles. "I would be glad to have your company on this 'shopping trip'. Although, I am not sure how Yorrick will fare. I have only been there a couple of times, but I don't remember any huge creatures like him around, unless you count the taurs that show up from time to time to buy stuff. I plan to buy a couple of cure serious wounds wands, likely with about 25 charges each, as well as some cure moderate wounds and cure serious wounds potions. It appears that we have about 15,000 gp to spend in total."
Ilsidur approaches the bartender, and asks, "Can you give me directions to the nearest entrance to a very special store, called the Catacombs?" Assuming he gets directions, Ilsidur heads out with Peerimus (and maybe Yorrick) to the store entrance.
[OOC: I, too, can post throughout the holidays. I am staying home, with family coming here this year.]
Savin Sunday December 21st, 2003 11:56:39 PM
Savin sighs as he watches the group disperse. "Hey Shiraz? Saw that you got a workout in this morning. I haven't yet. Are you up for some sparring? Need to practice my jump kicks."
Savin will then go outside and start doing some forms. If Shiraz follows, so much the better.
OOC no problem for me over the holidays.
Shiraz Monday December 22nd, 2003 12:19:25 AM
Shiraz looks over at Ilsidur and smiles,"Please use what you need for healing spells and potions, anything else can be donated to the party funds."
OOC: I will not be able to post regularly I will be working and visiting relatives this week.
Justin Webber (DM) Mornings and moving Monday December 22nd, 2003 12:58:28 PM
The group having decided to go to where the chaos bell rang, gets ready to head out. It has started to head towards noon and everyone prepares to set out and some head off to shop for items that will be needed in their travels.
(OOC:Moving this alittle slow. Tomorrow I will have you all set out for sure so I hope no one minds this going slow for the moment. Thanks and in advance, Happy Holidays!)
Sly Foxx Monday December 22nd, 2003 5:58:33 PM
Sly put all is back pack, bow, shield,rod and bed roll. walks over to Niobe, "That was a nice breakfast. I need a little walk and so does Luke. Want to come along and I'll tell you of a yound Thief Oh! about 12 or 13 years old, named Pip Goodfield. He was a fine friend." If Niobe says Yes the Sly, Niobe and Luke, will walk by the river as Sly tell her about the little thief friend of theirs.
Niobe Monday December 22nd, 2003 7:20:54 PM
Niobe stands up and then picks up her gear, shouldering her haversack and slinging her quiver across her back as well. She grins "I would love to take a walk." She will follow Sly and Luke out to the river. And will then say; "Hmm... I always thought that thieves were rare around here. I see I was wrong!" She laughs and then listens to Sly's story about Pip Goodfield. When he finishes Niobe will ask politely about the Elven Highways.
((OOC: Ilsidur... are you going to take the 850gp I had Niobe hand you and get a wand of Cure Light Wounds and 2 ptions of CWL for her at the Catacombs? Otherwise I can have Niobe go and get that herself, so you don't have the trouble!)) ;)
Ilsidur Monday December 22nd, 2003 8:22:27 PM
Ilsidur and Peerimus head off to the Catacombs, with 14,000 gp to spend.
[OOC: Niobe, I planned to buy cure serious wounds wands, since I didn't think that cure light wounds would be enough. I expect that the kind of foes that we will run into will be doing way more damage per round than what a CLW can fix. So, if you don't want to contribute to the party funds for this, I suggest you take the 2,000 gp and buy what you think your character will need. Just realize, that in the past, the foes that we fought did 15-30 hp damage each round; thus the need for higher-level healing items.]
Shiraz Monday December 22nd, 2003 10:00:34 PM
Shiraz quietly rinses off the sweat from his morning workouts and packs his bag, his fingers running alongside the book resting on the bottom as he efficiently packs his backpack and dons his armor. Smiling at Sly and Niobe Shiraz hangs his animated shield on his back and follows the two discreetly towards the river.
Savin Monday December 22nd, 2003 10:54:05 PM
Savin will dart ahead and then run back, and then dart ahead, and then run back. After this routine is repeated around 15 times he will say, "Do you guys have to walk this slow?"
Sly Foxx and Luke Tuesday December 23rd, 2003 6:06:47 AM
Sly smiles at Savin's comment, "Savin! I think I know of some one who can keep up with you, even bet you!" Sly look down to Luke, "Are you ready Boy! Want a good run? Then run with Savin, Go! Luke beat him Go!" Looking at the both of then run, "They are both happy now, look at them go."
They walk on "When we get all together, We'll will decide and vote on how we will travel. I hope they choose the Elven Highway, It's quite a sight to see, You and Woody will have to stay close to us because you two don't have the Holly pin (at this point Sly shows Nobe the little holly pin on his collar) This was given to us by an old King on his way to his Funeral. Now we (who has the Holly leaf, can travel the Elven Highway any where on this continent."
Savin Tuesday December 23rd, 2003 10:41:31 AM
Savin smiles down at Luke and says, "So you want to race huh?" Savin looks around and spies a tree around 1/4 of a mile away. "See that tree Luke, I will race you to it. If you win, I will buy you a steak at the next inn we come too. If I win, you have to relieve yourself on Ilsidur's boots tonight."
Savin will stand up and say "Ready? Lets go!"
He will take off at incredible speeds (base 50) and try to reach the tree first by fully sprinting the entire way.
Ilsidur Tuesday December 23rd, 2003 11:10:17 AM
Lucky for Savin, Ilsidur has already departed for the Catacombs.
Justin Webber (DM) Relaxing before moving Tuesday December 23rd, 2003 2:20:49 PM
The group goes about their buisness and Niobe and Sly go for a walk to talk and relax.
A small race breaks between Savin and Luke also which is a nice spectacle for people to see.
(A dog's base speed is 40)
Ilsidur Wednesday December 24th, 2003 12:01:51 AM
Ilsidur waits at the Catacombs to be served.
Niobe d20+5=11 Wednesday December 24th, 2003 2:19:28 AM
Niobe watches Savin and Luke race off. Then Niobe takes a good look at the Holly pin. "I have never seen such a pin before, but then I haven't had all that much to do with the Elven folk really." She looks ahead down the path and dredges her memory for some local knowledge of the caravan routes. "I don't really remember much about any caravan routes to Heranmar." Niobe shrugs. "So you all have traveled the Elven Highways often I suppose?" She continues the walk at a leisurely pace.
(Knowledge: Local 11)
Sly Foxx Wednesday December 24th, 2003 5:55:08 AM
"Well! Not that often, you see the Dwarf and the Halflings are small, but we could not be this good if this party was not very talented. In other words Ilsidor, Barmum and Shiraz the Minotaur do not like hights and the highway are up there above the tree tops. Don't look up you woun't be able to see them."
Sly bends and picks a flower and gives it to Niobe, "Happy Feast Day"
Luke (ceil) Wednesday December 24th, 2003 6:08:58 AM
Luke is running almost as fast as he can, he's keeping up with Savin, and not breathing hard.
Justin Webber (DM) Special appearance Wednesday December 24th, 2003 1:59:26 PM
As Niobe and Sly is on their walk and after Savin races Luke they each see a sudden supirse.
Skipping towards them is a rather heavy set halfling where red clothes and hat on his head and a beard hangs neatly trimmed on his face. The halfling has a great twinkle in his ice blue eyes and his face seems to be stuck in a perfect smile that show his white teeth. As he skips up to Savin he pulls a bag from a pocket in his red suit and grins, "Hello there, I have a suprise for you."
The halfling pulls out a small package and hands it to Savin and also pulls a large stake worth 100gps and tosses it to Luke before skipping off to Niobe and Sly, "Greetings you to gentle people, I have something for you also." The gnome pulls out a pair of small gifts similar to Savin's and hands them to Niobe and Sly.
Afterwards the gnome skips into the town and finds the rest of the group, handing them out a present and giving the groups animals a present of food. He also spends time giving gifts to the normal people before skipping on his way from town, seeming to happy to care how far he travels.
(OOC: Yes everyone. A simple relaxation post for X-mas Eve. Also Eunice please make a note that our currently gone player got a gift also and remind me when he gets back please.)
Peerimus Wednesday December 24th, 2003 2:31:32 PM
Peerimus and Yorrick slide into the Catacombs with Ilsidur and stay close behind the dwarf. Shortly after entering Ilsidur feels Peerimu's hand squeezing his shoulder. "Forgot how close the quarters are in here."
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday December 24th, 2003 2:33:53 PM
Sly just stands there, stairing at this funny Elf like being, With his mouth open. He manages to say a feeble "Thank-you eerrr What is your name??" but the happy elf goes on his merry way.
Niobe Wednesday December 24th, 2003 3:49:33 PM
Niobe smiles brightly at the Halfling and bows slightly to show her thanks. "Thank you Little Father for the gift. Have a joyous Midwinter Feast!" She holds the gift in her hand, and will wait with opening it until a little later. Niobe gives Sly a hug and then a kiss on each cheek, "Joyous Midwinter Feast to you." She will repeat this "ritual" with each party member that will let her.
((Merry Christmas everyone!))
Savin Wednesday December 24th, 2003 11:44:14 PM
Savin thanks the funny little man. He will study his gift with awe in his eyes. He will gratefully accept Niobe kiss.
Merry Christmas all!
Sly Foxx and Luke Thursday December 25th, 2003 8:00:05 AM
Sly sit on the ground, touching his cheek (where Niobe had kissed him), then slowly he opens the gift. He look into the box "Oh! Thank you just what I wanted."
He show it to Luke, "Look! Luke!" But the dog just chews on his great big stake.
Merry Christmas to you All.
Justin Webber (DM) Presents Thursday December 25th, 2003 1:03:58 PM
When everyone opens their present they find within it a silver dagger in great shape (not masterwork) and a potion thats labeled mage armor. Also within the package is a note saying "Enjoy your present."
The towns people seem to be having a ball as they open their presents given to them by the funny gnome and some of the orphans and people down on luck andm oney cheer as they find either food, small amounts of money or other goodies.
(OOC:Merry Christmas everyone and may everyone have a great New Year. Enjoy the presents!)
Niobe Thursday December 25th, 2003 4:15:27 PM
Niobe opens her gift after she has made her rounds to every remaining party member wishing them all a joyous Mid-Winter Feast. She admires the high quality silver dagger and takes a look at the potion. Niobe puts the potion into her haversack and slides the sheathed dagger onto her belt. She grins at Sly's reaction to her kiss on the cheek. "I would have brought gifts, but I had forgotten completely about mid-winter," Niobe says with a tiny hint of embarrassment. She almost chuckles as she says, "also I wouldn't know what to give everyone." She smiles just a little.
((OOC: Have a continued Merry Christmas and a very Happy New Year everyone!))
Sly Foxx and Luke Friday December 26th, 2003 8:24:07 AM
Sly is suprised to find a silver dagger. The sun gleem as it's beam strikes the knife. He puts the knife away in it's sheet. Sly is about to fold the box, when he spot the vile labled Mage Armor. "Oh! I can really use these. Thank-you" But the dwarf is already gone into the village.
Luke is still chewing on that stake.
Teleheri (PH) Friday December 26th, 2003 9:17:29 AM
As everyone is opening their presents, everyone notice that Teleheri wasnt around you all for a long time, and only now you have notice it.
When you start asking each one where has he gone, a horse start approaching, with Woody riding it.
"Whoa! Hold Cenobite. Hi Children of Chaos. Im Sorry that i disappeared this way, but i had an urgent thing to do in this city, and thanks to your help i arrived here at time."
"So, we are heading to Herenmar right? Great! When will we depart? And where is Ilsidur, that nice Dwarf?"
As Woody listen about Ilsidur heading to the catacombs he say: "Ill go there than and help with the little money i have to buy these stuff. Guys, i still have some business to do here, so, if i dont catch you all before the departure, tell me the road you will take, and i will meet you in the way."
Woody ride in the direction of the catacombs, and as he get there he looks for Ilsidur and hand him 450gp (sorry guys,, its all i have.)
[OCC: Sorry, sorry, sorry, sorry, sorry! I missed a lot of post! im really sorry. Its becaus my mother started to paint my room, and i was without computer these days, (and since i am without time to use university computers, i wasnt able to post). About the holydays, i wont be able to post. I am travelling today to the beach, and ill be back only on 5th January. Sorry. I dont know how will it work, but i guess "Niobe" may control my character, since she siad she could do it. Niobe, im sending you my characther sheet by mail. Merry christhmas (late) and happy new year for you all!]
Justin Webber (DM) No new news is good news Friday December 26th, 2003 2:01:25 PM
The group continues to go about their stuff while waiting for the group to get done at the catacombs. The people have slowly began their normal days work after the gnome had left and the town seems to be in it's normal swing of things now.
Sly Foxx and Luke Saturday December 27th, 2003 8:58:00 AM
He watches the children in the vally playing with some new toys they just gotten. He turn to Niobe "Nice to be young. You know I don't remember how it was to be young??"
Sly turns and head for the tavern, "Got to get ready"
Ilsidur Saturday December 27th, 2003 12:29:22 PM
On his way to the Catacombs, Ilsidur thanks the halfling for the gift, and then carefully opens it. He smiles at the silver dagger, and the mage armour potion. "I think that Savin should be able to use this potion much better than I can," he thinks to himself, as he taps his adamantine plate armour for luck.
Savin d20+7=21 Saturday December 27th, 2003 11:28:35 PM
Savin will find a drygoods store and stock up on some spices for his cooking kit. He will also pick up some new clothes as his are starting to get a little ratty.
After that, he will start to do some juggling for some of the local children and try and teach them a song. (Perform 21)
Niobe Sunday December 28th, 2003 10:17:23 AM
Niobe is frankly surprised to hear what Sly said about not remembering about being young. She didn't think that he was that old, but then most people don't even remember their childhood that well even at middle-age... Niobe grins, "well I will be here then. I have everything in order as far as I know." She will sit by the river making different cats-cradles from a long piece of string while she waits.
Teleheri (ADM Eunice) Sunday December 28th, 2003 10:20:59 AM
Woody will try to catch up to Ilsidur and give him the gold. After that he will patiently listen to the directions given to Heranmar and then go and take care of any further business in town. He rides back into town.
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday December 29th, 2003 1:43:48 PM
Sly look at Luke and scraches him behind the ear. "Tell me Luke, do you remember when you were a pup??"
Luke answers"No!"
Sly mouth drops open, "Yyyouu Talk?? You did it again, You Talk!!" Sly look around for Peerimus, "Peerimus! You woun't believe this, BUT! Come here! Please!"
Justin Webber (DM) Moving along Monday December 29th, 2003 1:50:35 PM
Sly gets a rather big suprise as Luke talks and tries to show people.
After a while the sun has began to show it to be around noon and the people still are hard at work and play.
(OOC:You all can start to move out today to head to the city mentioned earlier or wait. Either way we need to start to head out soon.)
Peerimus Monday December 29th, 2003 1:50:54 PM
The druid thanks the halfling and opens the gift box. His head turns slightly to the side as he takes in the dagger and potion. With the halfling already gone he merely thanks his direction again.
A smile hits his lips at Ilsidur observation on the mage armor potion. "To true my friend, though a gift is a gift."
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday December 29th, 2003 2:24:30 PM
Sly picks up his back pack, His Ice rod, his shield and all the rest of his stuff. "Preemus would you walk with me for a little while, I need to ask you a favor."
Sly and Peerimus will walk a way down the road and into town." As the both of them walk side by side, Sly relates about the battle of the Dryad and her evil Tree, How a spiret entered the body of Luke, and how fercly luke fought in that circle. "But I never saw that spirte leave Luke's body." Sly relates, "Can you cast a spell and find out if Luke is still posesed?? If not then Luke has been given a gift of Awaken. Can you make sure??"
Niobe Monday December 29th, 2003 10:21:44 PM
Niobe will remain waiting by the river and alternately watching the road out of town and continuing to make new cats-cradles. She will stay put until everyone is finished with whatever they are doing here and decide to move on towards Heranmar. If everyone else is heading back into town then she will too; even if she doesn't have any business left to attend to.
Teleheri (ADM Eunice) Monday December 29th, 2003 10:28:54 PM
Teleheri takes care of any remaining business he has in town. He hopes to be done in time to leave with the others for Heranmar.
Savin Monday December 29th, 2003 11:25:49 PM
Savin catches up with the main group and says, "When are we gonna get going? Feel like we have been hanging around here for ever."
He drops and starts doing pushups and situps.
Sly Foxx and Luke Tuesday December 30th, 2003 8:32:31 AM
"Savin! What do you think I have on my back? I don't know about you, but I'm heading down this road that will lead us to Heranmar. Now please go get you posesions, tell the others that I'm almost at the gates of Heranmar Now!" Sly points to the roads and village.
Luke tells Sly "Now that's not nice!" Sly look down at Luke in suprize??
Justin Webber (DM) On the road Tuesday December 30th, 2003 1:32:37 PM
After gathering your stuff and bidding a quick goodbye to the city your at you slowly leave the city and begin traveling the road towards Heranmar. It is still around noon as you set out and the sun is warm on your backs as you travel the road.
You see nothing of mention as you travel except a rabbit or two that Luke chases after before coming back. The time seems to pass by slowly and to your suprise the heat seems to be getting worse as the day goes on. It's not so hot as to make someone faint but enough to make traveling just alittle uncomfortable. In the distance you can see some dark cloud gathering.
Sly Foxx and Luke d20+5=21 Tuesday December 30th, 2003 6:38:34 PM
OOC; Spot 21.
Sly walk along, watching Luke as he's playing with chasing rabits and squerril. But he getting hotter and more uncontable. "Look to the horison There a storm comming, got to seek shelter, All I have is a pup tenth?" Sly looks around for shelter some where, any where??
Ilsidur Tuesday December 30th, 2003 11:23:56 PM
Ilsidur hustles along to catch up with the party, thinking to himself, "Lucky I've got these boots; otherwise, I would never be able to keep up."
When he catches up with the rest of the group, he says, "I think my trip to the Catacombs was successful. I was able to purchase 9 potions that are able to cure moderate-level wounds, and two wands that have 25 charges each, that are able to cure more serious wounds, one such spell for each charge used. I suggest that we each take one potion, and Shiraz can have two, since he is the most likely to get damaged in combat. And I suggest Peerimus and I each take one of the wands. If anyone has a problem with this suggestion, then let me know and we can discuss another division."
Peerimus d20+16=21 d20+19=38 Wednesday December 31st, 2003 12:24:59 AM
Peerimus stows the wand and potion from the catacombs visit with Ilsidur and hurries withthe dwarf to catch up.
As the group walks down the road, Sly asks Peerimus about Luke. "I assumed we were again being helped by the great stag, but if he's still talking, something else must also have transpired. I do not know the 'Awakening' ritual Sly, but I will talk to Luke this evening with Yorrick and see if some answers may be found."
The increasing temperatures does not seem to bother or slow Yorrick or Peerimus, the Endure elements fire spell shared at breakfast keeping both comfortable. AS the clouds on the horizon darken and the weather more oppressive, he takes time to survey his surroundings most closely for signs of what may be coming and how best to prepare himself and his freinds.
"We should break now and find some shelter. The approaching storm could get dangerous."
[Know nature 21 Survival 38]
Savin Wednesday December 31st, 2003 7:25:27 AM
Savin shoulders his pack and takes his tongue lashing from Sly with a grimace..."Sorry" he mumbles.
He gratefully accepts his potion of curing and then beckons Luke over. "Remember you lost that race. Remember what you have to do tonight." He glances meaningfully at the dwarf's boots
Niobe d20+7=13 Wednesday December 31st, 2003 7:40:24 AM
Niobe quickly follows the others on the road out of town. She was enjoying the walk until the temperature became uncomfortably hot. Niobe opens her top a bit more and fans herself with one hand occasionally. She watches the storm clouds gathering on the horizon. "Well that storm building on the horizon should take care of the heat at least." Niobe does her best to help look for some shelter for everyone in case the storm does get really bad.
(Survival 13)
Teleheri (ADM Eunice) Wednesday December 31st, 2003 7:43:35 AM
Teleheri has his horse Cenobite gallop for a little bit to catch up with the rest of the party on the way to Heranmar.
Justin Webber (DM) Shelter for the night Wednesday December 31st, 2003 3:52:18 PM
As the group sees the coming storm they start to hunt for shelter from it. It takes some time but finally find a small area with trees that the branches and leaves will block off some of the rain that will come. This is the only suitable area for setting up camp in the area.
Peerimus can tell that the upcoming storm will be pretty nasty all and all.
It's not long after you find the spot that the wind picksup pretty bad and the smaller of the trees in the camp site sway abit in the wind. There is still of yet very little wildlife noise which you figure is from animals seeking shelter also. JUst as the rain start pounding down hard and rather fast and deep rumbling starts in the sky you see a long traveler heading in the same direction you were traveling.
The traveler you see wears a dark gray cloak which is pulled tight around him from the blowing wind and rain and the hood is up to cover his head. The man has a single mace that can be seen at his waist but otherwise very little can be made out from the distance he is at. He does seem to be mumbling to himself about the stupid storm and at all times to be traveling.
Niobe Wednesday December 31st, 2003 7:19:44 PM
Niobe settles in under the tree. She watches the stranger and then watches the rain pouring down. She thinks about something briefly and then says, "I hope you gentlemen don't mind, but we can't let someone stay out in that nasty weather like that. I am going to hail him; he can have my spot." Niobe makes a sharp, loud whistle sound to catch the strangers attention and then calls out, "Hey you Sir! You can stay here for the worst of the storm!"
((I don't remember if I already said this or not! Happy New Year everybody!))
Sly Foxx and Luke Thursday January 1st, 2004 5:46:57 AM
Sly dig into his backpack fo stakes and rope. He takes the pop tent and open it to look like a big square tarp, He peg the stakes down then ties the rope to the stake (leaving about 6 inches clearance on the bottom, so the wind won't pull up the stakes). Now he ties the other end of the tarp to tree (on each side of the tarp) Making a shelter of 12ftX12ft sloping to keep the rain and wind off the party. this will extend the aria making it a little larger.
"Keep the stranger warm and dry, while I go looking for a special tree entrance. I'm hoping to get above the tree line and out of the rain. But i have to find the big tree first." Sly turns to Luke "Luke want to come along and get wet??" Sly turns, walk away puting his cape on. He feel this tree and that tree with Luke on his heels.
Happy New Year to all!
Peerimus and Yorrick Thursday January 1st, 2004 1:23:09 PM
The great bear hunkers down under the trees and digs in slightly against the trunk of a large tree to put it between him and the coming storm.
Peerimus helps him settle and then stands with a look of excitement as if to move off, when a great paw catches him. Turning back "I know Yorrick, the spell will fade. But heat is no longer a concern and I should greet him." He finishes pointing into the storm at the stranger.
With that, Peerimus casually walks out from the tree cover leaving his club and shield behind caling loudly to the man. "Glorious storm is it not? I have some freinds sheltering nearby if you wish"
All the while, he continues walking and smiling.
Savin d20+11=25 Thursday January 1st, 2004 8:09:54 PM
Savin is happy that he friends are so trusting and open. It takes a generous heart to allow a stranger to share your fire. He remembers his master's lectures on being willing to open your heart to others. He also remembers his master telling him to be cautious in unknown situations and moves off into the undergrowth where he can hear what is being said but not seen.
Hide = 25
Ilsidur d20+9=20 Friday January 2nd, 2004 1:00:35 AM
Ilsidur walks around the edge of the clearing, gathering fallen wood for a fire. He tries to start a small fire, to warm up the night a bit. [OOC: Survival roll of 20].
When Niobe and Peerimus call out to the traveller, Ilsidur waits with his hand on his waraxe, just in case.
Barnum and Edgar Friday January 2nd, 2004 1:19:03 PM
Barnum Berrybrawn, his beautiful cloak and clothes drenched from the rain, sneaks up behind the Children of Chaos as quietely as a Halfling could. They all appear to be looking the other way, towards Niobe and Peerimus talking to someone else. Barnum sets his pack down and Edgar hops over by the fire. Barnum finally says nonchalantly, "So... What are you guys looking at?"
OOC: Back! And happy New Year to all of you!
Justin Webber (DM) Stranger in the rain Friday January 2nd, 2004 2:55:02 PM
The stranger starts at Niobe's call and the mace appears instantly in his hand before he puts it away seeing not threat in the young lady, "Greetings kind lass and thank you for the invitation."
The stranger walks over towards where the group is, his walk graceful and he seems to be in no real hurry as he moves. After getting into the sheltered spot and shaking his soaked cloak off abit the man drops the hood to show a pure brown hair and it's long, tied into a pony tail. After looking at those here he slowly sits down, "Well, thanks for the offer. I'm very grateful for this. I think the dear spirits of this place just don't like me at all."
The man fishes a small book out of his inside cloack pocket along with a pen which looks mahical. He jots some stuff in the book before looking up, "Ohhh dear me, my manners have surely left me. My name is Grinder, a wanderer and was noble man but I have chose to wander the Wold and gain knowledge and stuff."
Grinder looks out at the storm and sighs, "Forgive my super stitions here but seems evil spirits follow me whereever I go..darn things, one day I'll have a bell."
Sly Foxx and Luke Friday January 2nd, 2004 5:45:36 PM
Sly comes back to the camp fire, and stands right behind Barmum, "Welcome back Friend!" then look up to see a stranger sitting near Niobe. Sly Walk over to the stranger and extend his hand in welcome, "Welcome to our humble camp fire. My name is Sly Foxx and here is Luke my faithful dog and the rest of these assorted people are my friends, Yes! you to Shiraz my Minotaur Friend." Sly tell the group that he could not find an entrance to the Elven Highway.
Ilsidur Saturday January 3rd, 2004 12:15:20 AM
"Knowledge and 'stuff', is it? My name is Ilsidur Wayfinder, a cleric of the Gods of the Wold. You mention a bell; can you tell us more about this bell? We have some information that may be able to help you."
While he listens to the traveller's story, he continues to gather wood for the fire, setting it near the fire so that it can dry out.
Sly Foxx and Luke Saturday January 3rd, 2004 7:54:42 AM
"What bell?? Ilsidor, The Bell of Chaos??" ask Sly as he takes off the glove of his hand and shows the Tattoo ( OF A broken pinwheel and the color is blood red) This one?? It seem to be growing a darker red, Does it not?" He show every body the tattoo.
Barnum and Edgar Saturday January 3rd, 2004 8:28:07 PM
"Funny... I never realized that you had a tatoo, Sly. What's this Bell of Chaos I keep hearing about anyway?" Barnum takes a pot of water and casts Prestidigitation on it, warming it, coloring it, and flavoring it. "Hot cocoa, anyone?"
In the meantime, Edgar has fallen asleep next to the fire. It's been a long day of flying for the bird.
Niobe Sunday January 4th, 2004 7:28:33 AM
"Welcome back Barnum! Greetings Grinder, are you a bard or a scholar?" Niobe says genially. After greeting Barnum and Grinder Niobe sits quietly and listens to what Grinder is saying. She also pays attention to what is being said about bells. Niobe takes the wooden cup off of her belt and and extends it towards Barnum, "Yes please, I would love some hot cocoa Barnum."
Teleheri (ADM Eunice) Sunday January 4th, 2004 7:33:33 AM
Teleheri dries his horse with a soft towel and then brushes him. Before joining the others in the nearby shelter he tethers Cenobite to the tree he is standing under. Teleheri puts a feedbag full of oats onto Cenobite so the horse can have dinner. Teleheri greets barnum and the stranger.
Justin Webber (DM) Talking Sunday January 4th, 2004 12:04:29 PM
Grinder nods to each person and smiles, "Hello all and the bell I speak about isj ust a simple bell actually. In my travels I heard that a bell will dispell evil spirits."
Grinder shrugs as he lets his simple comment sink in and continues, "I'm a simple scholar really and enjoy finding knowledge. You see in the area of elves I heard about the bell dispelling spirits, forgive me for I do not know the name of the place right off. It's in my book though if it's important."
Grinder does close his small book and puts it away, "I hope you all do not mind but I keep a record of everything I see or meet so you all are now in my book." Grinder leans foreward and looks at the tattoo and whistles as he studies it, "Wow, such workmanship and detail. I have seen no tattoos like it."
Outside the storm continues raging on and you get the feeling that it may not let up for sometime. Grinder has finally dried some and is relaxing well though as the day wares into night.
Ilsidur Sunday January 4th, 2004 1:47:32 PM
The dwarf cleric listens to the conversation, and frowns at the young elf's revealing of the Bell tattoos. He thinks to himself, "Impetuous Sly, we shouldn't be waving these tattos around, certainly not until we know more about travellers like this Grinder. What if he is a spy or an assassin, sent to find us?"
While helping to prepare the food, Ilsidur says a simple blessing, then carries on to cast a detect magic spell (as if part of the blessing), focussing on the traveller.
Niobe Sunday January 4th, 2004 3:55:26 PM
Niobe sits and waches the weather wondering if it will have let up by sunrise.
Teleheri (ADM Eunice) Sunday January 4th, 2004 3:59:25 PM
"So did the Elves say where this bell could be found?" Teleheri asks Grinder politely. He will wait a little bit for Grinder's answer and then go and check on Cenobite and remove the feedbag if the horse is done eating.
Sly Foxx and Luke Sunday January 4th, 2004 5:58:26 PM
Sly replies to his friend the dwarf, "Ilsidure, you are more than a farther to me, than Sir Thomas ever was. It is good to have such friends." Sly still showing his tattoo, "You see when I was leaving to see if I could find an entrance to the elven hightway. I saw his reaction to Niobe call to him, he had a mace in his hand but it soon disappered. Sir I was knocking on the door of a monestary, doing these five witches a favor, when a bell rang. When next we meet the five witches again. that's when these tattoos appered. This Tattoo is both a curse and a great blessing. When we hear the Bell of Chaos, we know that the Dark King is doing his worse somewhere. That's why we are call the Children of Chaos, we go and restore order again." Sky Turns asking Ilsidure, "I see you made trail stew?? I'm hungry Lets eat."
Luke come over as if to say ME TOO
Barnum Berrybrawn Sunday January 4th, 2004 8:17:30 PM
Barnum carefully pours Niobe a cup of cocoa, then himself, then anyone else who wants any. "Well, Mr. Grinder, you're not the only one traveling this area in search of knowledge, that's what I'm here for too. You wouldn't, by chance, have anything at all written down about sorcerors in that book of yours, would you?"
Barnum listens intently to Sly's story about the Chaos Bell. He thinks to himself for a moment, "Dark King...? That doesn't sound good at all! Should I really be traveling with these people?"
Justin Webber (DM) Stranger Monday January 5th, 2004 2:22:37 PM
Ilsidur spell finds only that Grinder's mace and the holy symbol which can be seen if someone does a spot check:16.
Grinder looks to everyone and shrugs, "I have ran into a few magic users in my travels but very little to note really. I fear that the elves said little on the bell bit, it was just a story I guess you would say of how a bell can dispell evil spirits and if you ever are confronted with evil spirits then you should ring one."
Grinder points out at the weather, "The weather has been kind of like this since I started traveling hunting for a group of people. Something about chaos children." Grinder shrugs, "I wanted to hear their story and see about the travels they must of been through and why fate calls them this, but also in my search I seek a bell that may end the evil spirits that must be following my since these storms and bad weather just seem to follow since hearing of these people."
Grinder looks to the stew and nods, "That is very nice I hope you will not mind sharing with me." Grinder pulls out a simple but delicate worked copper bowl and matching spoon and also a cup that is made of worked copper. The design on the bowl, spoon and cup are of elven craftsmanship. Grinder smiles and motions to the items he plans to use to eat and drink from, "These were given to me by the elves, they also gave me some elven wine but I have drank most of it. I would not mind sharing whats left with all of you."
Savin Monday January 5th, 2004 4:32:24 PM
Savin listens to the priest tell of his adventures and is surprised when he mentions the children of chaos. He decides that he should come in out of the rain and does so.
He will glide into the camp and say, "Hello. Sorry if I startled you but you always have to be on your guard these days. Strange things always seem to happen to us and I try to be prepared."
He will pour take Grinder's bowl and fill it for him. As he hands it back, he will say, "My name is Savin and this is your lucky day. You are with the Children of Chaos now. How can we be of service?"
Savin will get his own cup of cocoa and gets his own bowl of stew. He takes a taste, grimaces and opens his pack. He will add some fresh basil and oregano to the mixture and add some to the pot as well.
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday January 5th, 2004 6:00:59 PM
Sly takes abowl Of stew for himself and a bowl for Luke, they both sit on a dry spot (if any??). Smiles "Those who have a tattoo are of the Childern Of Chaos, and those who do not have one are just traveling with us. Right now we are going to a town where it rains nearly all year round, So we must be getting close to Heranmar. I must do a favor for a little lass and go see her mother to tell her that her little girl is doing alright. Then I'll show all of you Where the bell was or still is? I don't remember what happen to it. Sir! Your welcome to tag along is you like. Sly finishes his meal, as he's about to go to the spring near by, "Oh! by the way I'll take first watch tonight. If you give me you bowls i'll wash them for you." Sly and Luke head for the spring.
Barnum Berrybrawn d20+2=9 Monday January 5th, 2004 6:24:20 PM
Barnum serves himself some stew, which proves very tastey thanks to Savin's spices. "Storms and bad luck following you since you've been looking for my friends here, eh? I suppose... Something didn't want you to find them. I think we'd better keep our guard up, just in case."
Peerimus Monday January 5th, 2004 7:07:05 PM
The druid remains well away from the shelter for some time as the storm increses about him. Finally he plops down and crosses his legs in the field and stretching his arms wide stares up at the pouring sky and begins chanting loudly.
Upon finishing he sits quietly for several moments before rising and joining the others. He arrives just as Savin informs the newcomer that they are 'The Children of Chaos'.
"Well met friend, I am Peerimus."
Niobe Monday January 5th, 2004 7:15:40 PM
Niobe takes a bowl of stew and eats quickly. She hands her bowl over to Sly when she is finished eating since he offered to do the dishes. "I will take any watch necessary, it doesn't matter which. My name is Niobe, and I am one of those tag-alongs..." She grins.
Ilsidur Monday January 5th, 2004 11:19:47 PM
The dwarf looks surprised as Grinder mentions that he is looking for 'chaos children'. "As my friend Savin has stated, we are the ones known as the Children of Chaos. Why is it that you search for us? What do you know of the bell after which we are named? Why do you think that we can help you, and that this bell can stop these 'evil spirits' that you say are following you? What exactly are these evil spirits; do they only make bad weather?
"I joined the Children shortly after their experience with the Chaos Bell; this young half-elf, Sly, is the only member of our group that was there when the Bell was rung. Maybe he can tell you the story of the ringing."
Teleheri (ADM Eunice) Tuesday January 6th, 2004 11:30:29 AM
Teleheri is a little disappointed that Grinder didn't have much to say about magic and magic users. He doesn't say anything when talk turns to the chaos bell.
Justin Webber (DM) Talks and sleep Tuesday January 6th, 2004 12:57:52 PM
Grinder claps his hands together excited before he eats some, "I wanted to hear all about the bell if you don't mind and what happened when it rang. It would be great stuff for me to write in my journal."
Grinder shrugs at a couple questions, "I don't seek the chaos bell but just a bell that will dispell the spirits. I have tried simple ones but none that will work. The spirits I speak of have only caused minor storms, seem to be telling me to stay away I guess."
After finishing his stew and sipping some of the cocoa he smiles but is clear sleep has worn in, "I fear that I will listen to your stories in the morning though, walking in this down pour out there has made me very tired. I do owe you though so will take one of the watches."
Peerimus Tuesday January 6th, 2004 1:52:07 PM
Peerimus nods as Grinder speaks of the bell he is seeking. "Yes, a spirit bell. An elder in my community kept such a thing on her door. It was said that no spirit could enter her home because the bell rung when the door opened and the spirit was scared by the sound."
"As for the Chaos bell, I have heard it's ring though have never seen it."
Peerimus then falls silent and taking a bowl of soup sits against Yorrick and eats. Once or twice he mumbers to the great bear who in reply merely shifts his bulk.
As the evening begins to wear into night, Peerimus volunteers for the last watch, which will elapse into morining and then falls asleep.
Sly Foxx and Luke Tuesday January 6th, 2004 6:39:44 PM
Sly takes the bed role from his back pack and goes to Niobe, "Here use my magic sleeping bag, You'll have a comftable sleep, it also cure you if you have a wound some where, Oh! Yes if you don't mind Luke like to sleep at the feet of the bag. I hope you don't mind Luke. Good night and sweets dreams." Sly take his bed role and spread it on the ground near the fire and sure enough Luke makes himself comtable at the foot of the bag. Sly moves to his guarding place and will stay there untill late into the night.
Niobe Tuesday January 6th, 2004 8:01:06 PM
Niobe looks rather surprised and gratified at Sly's actions and words, and takes a quick moment to get over her surprise. "But, you... where are you...? Wake me when your watch is done. Then you can have your bed roll back; nice and warmed up. Thank you so much for your generosity!" Niobe smiles. "I don't mind Luke at all. He is very welcome to sleep where ever he would like. Good night." Niobe gets ready to sleep and curls up in the magical sleeping bag. She promptly falls asleep and will sleep peacefully until woken for watch.
Savin d20+8=16 Tuesday January 6th, 2004 8:49:00 PM
Savin will help clean up the dinner dishes. After that chore is done, he will go and perform some kata, working up a good sweat. He will head out into the darkness and strip off his clothes and with a bar of soap, give himself a shower in the rain. Once he is done with all of these things, he will redress and sit down next to Sly.
"I am restless tonight for some reason. Do you mind some company?" Savin will idly pick up six stones and start juggling. "I am feeling out of sorts Sly. I have been travelling with you for a while now but don't know my purpose here. I am thinking about leaving soon. I enjoy your company but it seems we have been bogged down in trivial things lately. I need a good adventure where I can help right some wrongs."
Savin Tuesday January 6th, 2004 8:49:47 PM
Sorry forgot to post it but the roll was for my perform skill to juggle
Barnum Berrybrawn Tuesday January 6th, 2004 9:54:39 PM
"Eh... I'll take the last watch. It'll be good for me to wake up early for a change. That and, I've managed to wear myself out through all my traveling I've done today..." With that, Barnum puts aside his empty cup and bowl and promptly falls asleep.
Ilsidur Tuesday January 6th, 2004 10:42:49 PM
Ilsidur looks over at Sly, and says, "Sly, why don't you tell Grinder here, and maybe some of our newer friends, about what happened with the Chaos Bell. As I said, it happened shortly before I joined up with the Children. So, although I wear the Bell tattoo, I was not there when the bell was rung. Can you fill Grinder in, since he is asking?
"My experience with the bell has been that we seem to be able to invoke its power when we most need it. It has mostly helped us with beneficial effects, but when we call the power of the Bell, we never know exactly how it will help us. For example, when we fought the red dragon, it somehow connected our minds, so that it was much more difficult for the dragon to hit us. Unfortunately, the dragon was able to hit us with its fire breath, and one of us was lost in the fight. So, I think it safe to say that we accept the tattoo of the Bell, and the power that comes with it, however little we can understand or control it."
Justin Webber (DM) Night Wednesday January 7th, 2004 2:20:39 PM
The night passes uneventfully and true to his wrod Grinder takes one of the night watch shifts. The storm never stops throughout the night and even in the morning it is raining and lightning streaks the skys in what looksl ike curtains of lightning.
Grinder shakes his head and smiles, "Guess it's time to move on, with or without the rain. Shall we travel together."
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday January 7th, 2004 5:21:17 PM
Sly speakes to Savin, "I'm sorry that you are thinking of leaving Savin. You have been a great help and a most valued friend. I would like to go off and head home, but I don't have one any more. If these people did not want to see the bell and the place where it all started, I would have to wait for the Bell to ring again. I hope you change your mind and stay just a little longer." Sly thinks for a moment "You know Ilsidur, I never saw that bell, and I know that Trace and Sir Thomas had quit a fight on their hands. I wonder if it's still there?" So Sly rest very little, and in the morning the lightning is getting worse. If it was not for the favor to that barmaid, But anything to ease a mother mind about her child. So He and Luke will go on.Besides Niobe need him to keep her out of trouble.
Peerimus Wednesday January 7th, 2004 6:35:16 PM
AS the night lifts and morning continues with the storm, Peerimus sits quietly meditating for a half hour, but unlike other days, he dons no paint or mud. Geeting up from his thoughts and prayers he joins the others for cold and likely soggy bread and cheese as a morning meal.
Sitting near Grinder, Sly and Ilsidur. "I would like to hear more of the Chaos Bell. It seems to be why we are all drawn together and we are probably correct to seek it out and begin from there. Savin I would also like to extentd my wish for you not to go as others have. We are in a riddle wrapped in a quest. Once we reach the bell our journey shall truly begin and we would sorely miss you were you not there."
Yorrick moves off to hunt and or forraige, heading for the nearest stream.
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday January 7th, 2004 6:43:59 PM
As promised, Barnum was up bright and early. Well, not so much bright, but certainly early. He holds out his Everlasting Torch, hoping it would bring some relief from the storm's darkness. "So... We'll be heading out then."
Edgar, now awake, complains profusely about flying in the rain, until he finally secures a position for himself underneath Barnum's cloak.
Ilsidur Wednesday January 7th, 2004 11:37:58 PM
Ilsidur looks surprised, and says, "Sly, you mean you weren't with the original group when they discovered the Chaos Bell? Well, all I can tell you about it is that the original group found the Bell buried in the wall of an old Abbey, guarded, I think, by some sort of birdmen. When the group found the bell, they accidently allowed it to ring, which seemed to release some sort of Chaos power, and they were all tattooed with this." He displays the whorling spiral that is located on the back of his right hand. "Apparently, if you stay with the Children long enough, you develop the tattoo. I don't know when I first noticed it on my hand, but it happened a long time ago."
Savin Thursday January 8th, 2004 10:51:06 AM
Savin will say back to Sly, "Oh I am not going anywhere for a while. I just hope that this group starts helping some people again. That is the way of my order and our first principal."
Savin will pat Peerimus on the shoulder in a silent thanks for his concern and support. He will listen to the others speak about the Chaos Bell with interest.
Justin Webber (DM) Moving on Thursday January 8th, 2004 2:30:46 PM
Grinder eats a quick breakfast with everyone before moving along in the rain, listening to any talk of the chaos bell or anything else the group may wish to talk about.
Grinder does comment a few times, "I hate this rain, I hope it quits soon."
(OOC:To make this easier it will take 2 more days of travel to reach Harnmar (thinks I spelled it right) so we can speed this up if you like by everyone making posts for the 2 days of walking and sleeping. Nothing will be happening from hear to the city anyway and it's better then having to type out the same routine :).)
Niobe Thursday January 8th, 2004 2:52:11 PM
Niobe has her gear packed and puts her cloak on. She looks out at the rain and sighs. She eats a quick breakfast after going off to get cleaned up. As the group travels she will try to keep a look out for any bandits and such, though she doesn't think that very many people will be out in this awful weather! Niobe will usually take one of the middle watches.
Barnum and Edgar Thursday January 8th, 2004 6:52:38 PM
Walking and sleepig, walking and sleeping. Though Barnum is a somewhat of a traveler by profession, all this rain, and more importantly, all this horrible mud on his beautiful clothes and boots makes him grow weary of it. He keeps himself occupied by chatting with his friends.
Sly Foxx and Luke Thursday January 8th, 2004 10:47:38 PM
"I'm looking forward to seeing the sight Where that Bell was. I wonder if it's still there or if it just disapeared? I wish Trace or Sir Thomas was here to to tell us." after breakfast they brake camp and walk torough the rain and mud.
Looking through the rain to make sure that they are on the right road, "Just think that in a couple od days We'll be in a nice warn tavern drinking nice warm cider." Sly look down at Luke "I promise that no bath for you, Luke. Just a nice dry toweland a big bowl of stew."
Luke just wags his tail and follows Sly.
*Hmm! (Sly thinks) Almost as if he understude what I was saying*
Savin d20+8=24 Thursday January 8th, 2004 11:06:01 PM
Savin will spend the 2 days like normal. He will chat with Grinder and try to find out more about the man. He will cook the meals but force the others to clean up and try to keep spirits high with the rain by playing light tunes on his pipes. His playing is beautiful. (perform check 24)
Ilsidur Thursday January 8th, 2004 11:52:48 PM
Ilsidur makes his way back to Heranmar with the rest of the party. He frowns regularily at the terrible weather that seems to follow the party. "Grinder, what have you done to cause this weather to follow you? Have you angered one of the Gods? And please tell me more about these 'spirits' that you mentioned. Are they real, or just a manifestation of your luck?"
Teleheri (PH) Friday January 9th, 2004 8:00:31 AM
OCC: Laidies and gentlemen, im back! Eunice, thanx a lot for keeping Teleheri moving.
After a good night sleeping, Woody wakes up in a good mood, and after listening everything that was told about the bell, he start to pay mor attention to everything that is said about it.
During the travel, he gets close to Ilsidur and Grinder, as Ilsidur asks about his curse.
Then he asks Ilsidur, "So, if i get along with you, probably ill get a tatoo too? that would be nice, but is this tatoo permanent? Because i have a little problem with tatoos. The one i have doesnt bring me good memories."
After this he keeps going in silence, always protecting Link from the Rain with his coat.
Sly Foxx and Luke Friday January 9th, 2004 9:02:44 AM
As the party druges along, Sly knows that the town is just over the hill. But this rainis really dragging them down, the storm alomst has a mind of it's own and it seem it does not like the lot of you, "I think that there's a big cave around here some place? Were just too tired to go on. Look over there there's that cave. Let's start a fire and rest untill tomorow, OK?"
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+17=32 d20+6=19 Friday January 9th, 2004 11:49:44 AM
At first Peerimus seems rather delighted to be walking through the storm, but he quickly tempers his enthsiasm as he sees the others are clearly not as happy with it.
Yorrick walks, or rather plods with his head bent in a deep state of angry wet bear and is well nigh inconsolible, even by Peerimus.
During the evenings, Peerimus spends a great deal of time talking to Luke about the 'Great Stag' and the incident at 'Hollow'. Trying to glean any information on the possession by the spirit and the obvious and less than obvious lasting effects it is having on him. With his know of nature, and spellcraft try and determine if Luke has been Awakened. [32 nature 19 Spellcraft]
Arrival at Harmar
Justin Webber (DM) City ho! Friday January 9th, 2004 2:47:04 PM
The group travels on through a few days of wet weather and boring watches.
Grinder can tell little of the weather that is following him other then it just has been his luck since he had been looking for the Children of Chaos to hear their story.
Finally in the morning, but still rainy and stormy morning of the thrid day you see Harmar looming infront of you. The city looks terribly unchanged to Sly and Grinder's spirits perk up now as he claps his wet hands, "Hot food and nice bath awaits."
(OOC:I'm still waiting for more info on Luke at the moment so can give out actually no details on Luke at the moment. Sorry about that.)
Barnum and Edgar Friday January 9th, 2004 5:12:32 PM
Savin's pan pipes managed to distract Barnum from the cold rain and dirty mud as he skipped and hopped to the music as they traveled. Every evening, Edgar spent a good amount of time sitting and watching Peerimus and Luke.
When the group reaches Harmar, Barnum pats Grinder on the back (or at least, as high up on his back as he can reach), and says delightfully, "Hot food and a warm bath! You sir, know just the right thing to say! Let's find that barmaid's mother and get that task out of the way so we can have time to enjoy ourselves."
Sly Foxx and Luke Saturday January 10th, 2004 8:40:24 AM
The sight of Harmar (even though it was raining) was a sweet one. "Here we are at last! OK! What do we do first got to tme mother's hut or Take a nice long bath and a hot meal." Then on second though sly adds' "We don't want to see her mother Dirty Do WE??"
Peerimus and Yorrick Saturday January 10th, 2004 1:11:02 PM
Peerimus chuckles slightly at Sly's comments taking them for vanity. "I would think our present look would terrify the woman. A warm fire and hot meal would be welcome. I just hope the hosts of the inn don't mind Yorrick."
Teleheri Sunday January 11th, 2004 9:25:20 AM
"ahh! The city at last! Not that i dont like to travel, but nothing is better than a civilized place, with BEER! So, lets do as the druid says, and get some real food, instead of this travel ration before we find the woman."
Woody keeps in silence until they get into a tavern
Savin Sunday January 11th, 2004 9:27:01 PM
The young monk is excited to see the big city. He hasn't been a real city for a long time. He plans on going to the catacombs while there and do some shopping. He asks the others, "I plan on going to the catacombs while in the city. Does anyone need anything?"
Niobe Monday January 12th, 2004 12:38:10 AM
Niobe is more than happy to go to an inn first and get some food and a bath.
Justin Webber (DM) INN&Food Monday January 12th, 2004 2:06:49 PM
The group make it completely into the city where the guards at the gate pass you quickly.
It doesn't take long to see the tavern and also see the house of the bartender's mother.
When you enter the tavern you see that the place is pretty empty at the moment and the bartender smiles, "We bit early for most people to be drinking but you guys look very wet and probably need something to knock the chill out of your bones."
While you look around the tavern you see a very rare sight as a dwarven woman walks up to you, she looks to each person and nods, "Hello fair travelers, what can I get you?" The dwarven barmaide right then notices the dwarf in the group and grins as she looks him over and pulls her very low cut dress down abit more to show more of herself. (OOC: Wish answered sir dwarf :).)
Barnum and Edgar Monday January 12th, 2004 5:39:57 PM
Barnum raises an eyebrow towards the dwarven barmaiden making eyes at Ilsidur. He tries not to think any more about it.
"Well, I think my friend Woody here seems to want a beer or three. For me, some rum to start with. Oh, and a platter of fruits, and some rolls of bread! And an extra large bowl of your soup of the day and... And... A plate of ham and baked beans! And a slice of pumpkin pie! Yes, that should do nicely to start with." Barnum says enthusiastically, obviously sick and tired of the rather meager trail rations.
"Scrambled eggs!" Edgar hops onto the table and yells out. Barnum nods, "Yes, scrambled eggs! Tonight, friends, we feast!"
Teleheri Monday January 12th, 2004 6:07:42 PM
"You are right Barnum! Bring me a beer lady... and a big piece of steak, Cow Steak. One beer to warm up, and another mug when the steak arrives. Oh, and bring me a plate of milk for my dear friend here. Come Link!"
While waiting for the beer and the food, Wody whisper to Ilsidur, "If you want my advice my friend dwarf, go get it on! nothing like a lady's warm body to confort a men after traveling into this stupid rain."
After finishing the meal, he stay a little quiet, just remebering his past, and listening to their companions plans.
Savin Monday January 12th, 2004 10:31:32 PM
Savin will sit down and ask, "Excuse me Miss. Can I have a beer and a thick cow steak as well? Medium rare please. Also bring some bread and cheese to get us warmed up."
Savin will turn to Sly and ask, "So what is the name of the lady we are coming to see?"
Ilsidur Monday January 12th, 2004 11:34:30 PM
Ilsidur sits down with the party at the table, then does a double-take when a LADY DWARF barmaid approaches to take their order. He can't believe his eyes; it has been months since he has seen a dwarven lady, and he was almost believing that he might not see another one ever, and suddenly, here was just such a beauty before his eyes!
He tries to order a drink, but manages to trip over his tongue. "I'll have a M...m...m...mountainhome Dack, I mean a Mountainhome Dark, if you please. My name is Ilsur, I mean Islidor, I mean Ilsidur Wayfinder, and I am pleased to make your acquaintaince."
When the dwarven lass pulls down her bodice, Ilsidur turns a rather bright shade of red, and he tears his eyes away and suddenly becomes very interested in whatever he happens to be holding in his hands. He shyly looks back up again, and smiles slightly at the barmaid.
Sly and Luke (Cayzle subbing for Ceil) Tuesday January 13th, 2004 12:12:08 AM
When Sly hears "Scrambled eggs," all other thoughts fly from his head. He orders a big plate full. "And a plate full for Luke, too, please," he calls.
If Sly knows the name of the woman, he will tell Savin. But mostly Sly has just called her "Mother."
Luke seems very happy to wolf down eggs!
=======
OOC: Here is the info I have on Luke:
> Animal - Luke (War Dog) > > HD 2d8+4 Hp 20 > AC 16 (+2 Dex +4 natural) > Melee +3 bite; Damage 1d6+3 Str. > Speed 40 feet > Savings Throws: > Fort +5; Ref +5; Will +5 > > Str 15 > Dex 15 > Con 15 > Int 12 > Wis 12 > Cha 6 > > Skills: > Listen +5; Spot +5; Swim +5 > > Wilderness Lore 15 > Track 15 {via scent]
Note that Luke is an animal, but he has max hit points and an Int 12! Yet he is not awakened. On at least one occaision, he actually spoke (I think Carl was DMing? or Stephen?) Considering he is as much a child of chaos as the rest of the party (or more so), it is not surprising, maybe, that weird things have happened. I think he was originally Trace's dog? But Sly adopted him.
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday January 13th, 2004 10:48:08 AM
Peerimus takes a seat with the rest but near the end where Yorrick sits upon the floor. Lifting his two great paws, the kodiak gives a loud roar and turns to the dwarf barmaid, his head cocked slightly to the side.
Peerimus quickly leans forward to place himself between the two. "I would like a gallon bucket of water, a gallon bucket of Honey mead, 15 lbs of fish whatever kind you happen to have and don't bother with cooking it, a bowl of fruit, a bowl of vegetables, let's see, a glass of some kind and anything resembling a hot stew." Here Peerimus pauses, his gaze upwards as he goes over the request, "Yes that should do thank you."
Over the meal, Peerimus will tell Sly all he has learned over teh last few days talking to Luke, "He's not awakened in the druidic sense, but definately has been blessed by both Mother and Father Wold. His intellect and stamina seem to be the two greatest differences and he could be taught a great deal. I would be happy to help him if you like, for right now, even with his enhanced intelligence, he is still a dog."
Justin Webber (DM) Tavern&Food Tuesday January 13th, 2004 2:07:21 PM
The dwarven lady grins at Ilsidur, "Well, your very cute there big guy...shy are we?" She winks at him and smiles, "Brina is my name, is nice to meet you Ilsidur."
The dwarven barmaide runs off or trots off and comes back soon with most of everything that was ordered. It takes her 2 complete trips to get all that the group ordered to the table. She does grin at Ilsidur th whole time and on occasions rubs against him.
After the group has eat alittle you notice that a couple more barmaides have come in and the place has pickedup some. It isn't long after the new barmaides showup that the female dwarf comes over and grabs at Ilsidur's hand, "Come on, lets dance Ilsidur." Just as she says this to Ilsidur you can hear a bard playing a song somewhere in the tavern and strangely it sounds like a dwarven tune. (Spot check DC14 to spot a human bard with sheet music near the bar.)
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday January 13th, 2004 6:38:02 PM
Barnum casts a friendly wink at Ilsidur, then turns to the great bear Yorrick. After hearing Peerimus's order for the bear, Barnum pats the great animal on the back and speaks to it, "You, my large friend, have an appetite fit for a king! I do believe you would quite enjoy a Halfling festival." With that, Barnum scarfs down a piece of pumpkin pie, and chases it down by taking a lifting up his bowl of soup and taking a great sip from it. Edgar, in the meantime, happily enjoys his scrambled eggs.
Savin d20+13=32 d20+10=18 Tuesday January 13th, 2004 10:25:16 PM
Savin finishes his meal and hears the music. He looks around and sees the bard playing. He grins to himself and pulls out his pan pipes. He will walk over to the bard and question with an upraised eyebrow and holding up his pipes if he can join him.
He will start playing reading the music over the bards shoulder. Sweet music comes out of the pipes as he blends his music with the bard's
Ilsidur Tuesday January 13th, 2004 11:47:35 PM
Ilsidur tries his hardest, but never having danced before, ends up tripping over his own feet, as well as the other dancers. He smiles gamely, and hopes no-one gets any broken toes. As soon as the music stops to change songs, the dwarf returns to his seat, and says, "I'm sorry Brina, but I'm a fighter, not a dancer. But maybe when your shift is over, I can buy you a drink at a quieter table."
Then Ilsidur looks around at his friends, uncertain how to proceed. His strict upbringing, and especially his controlling father, never gave him much of a chance to get to know the fairer sex. He whispers to Teleheri, "So, what do I do now? She seems really friendly. Should I buy her a drink?"
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+10=15 Wednesday January 14th, 2004 11:22:35 AM
Peerimus finishes his food and uses the glass to fish out some Honey mead from the bucket Yorrick is drinking from. With Savin and Ilsidur getting up to the music, he spots the bard and turns his attention that direction to enjoy his playing.
Yorrick continues to devour fish after fish, pausing occasssionaly to dunk his head in one of the buckets.
Niobe Wednesday January 14th, 2004 12:10:28 PM
Niobe would have order whatever the daily special was and sat and eat slowly. Then she will ask the innkeeper if it is possible to get a nice hot bath. While evryone else enjoys the music she will spend her time just enjoying a long bath. Niobe will also try and gte her clothes washed as well.
Sly and Luke (Posted by Cayzle subbing for Ceil) Wednesday January 14th, 2004 12:46:06 PM
Sly watches the dwarf woman who is friendly and a little forward. Sly and Luke enjoy eating a big meal with Peerimus and Yorrick.
When Ilsidur asks for advice, Sly remembers his own experiences with pretty girls in the past. He tells his dwarf friend, "Mostly girls are happy if you dance with them and talk to them. Sure, buy her a drink. That would be fun."
Justin Webber (DM) Music and enjoyment Wednesday January 14th, 2004 2:56:00 PM
Savin finds the bard very happy to have company in his playing of the music.
Brina smiles and nods to Ilsidur, "Your not a bad dancer, a few lessons and you would be better." She grins after thinking, "hmmm a warrior huh, I use to adventer alittle but those days are over for me, I like this town and my job."
The bartender nods and grins, "young miss, I have a room you can bath in and we do have a gnome laundry in this town but it will be 1 copper for the cleaning of clothes. The bath though will be on the house since you look like you need it. I just ask for one small thing since you look like a crafty little lady." The bartender points to a door across the room, "If one among your group can open that door for me I would be much abliged. You see...I uh *embarassed tone*...broke the key in the door a couple days ago and can't get it open."
Teleheri d20+15=21 Wednesday January 14th, 2004 4:04:05 PM
Woody show a little smile, while whatching the Dwarf trying to dance. As he hear the bartender talk to Niobe about the lock, he jump of his bench and go right to the door jammed, pull a set of tools from his vest, and start to pick the lock (roll 21)
If succesful, he looks at Niobe, "no need to thank my lady!" And then he bowls showing her the entrance.
If fail, he say "Sorry milady, but you will have to try it by yourself. But i doubt you will be succesful", and give her a little smile
Niobe d20+14=26 Wednesday January 14th, 2004 5:16:47 PM
Listens to the innkeeper and smiles. "Yes I do look like a frightful mess don't I?" Niobe looks down at herself and laughs. "I do greatly appreciate the offer of the bath, and you are correct good Sir, I do need the bath."
Before Niobe can answer the Innkeeper Teleheri jumps up and tries his skill with the lock. "Well that was certainly a quick reponse. I didn't even have to ask!" Niobe chuckles. She smiles as Woody works with the lock. If he succeeds she gives him a nod and a smile to show her thanks. After this Niobe will grab her gear, ask the innkeeper for directions to the laundry in town and finally head for the bath.
(If Woody fails at his attempt to open the lock then Niobe will be thrilled to accept his challenge. She will grab her kit and brush past him and begin working on the lock. (Open lock 26) If she succeeds she will smile and answer, "looks like Lady Luck smiled upon me this time." Niobe is not trying to be rude and what she says is in obvious good humor. She figures that a little good natured competion every now and then won't hurt anyone.)
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday January 14th, 2004 5:23:29 PM
Yorrick continues his feast undisturbed as Peerimus scratches him by his ear for a bit. Casting his gaze outward he watches Teleheri work at the doorlock, but seeing that no one else seems to mind he decides he shouldn't either.
When Yorrick finishes up, Peerimus heads outside. "We're going to take a quick stroll before retiring. We won't be long."
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday January 14th, 2004 5:36:24 PM
Barnum, as usual, has had one too many shots of rum. He is not particularly loud or rambunctious, spending most of his time trying to hold a conversation with Yorrick. It is remarkably one-sided.
When Ilsidur asks for advice to help him with his new lady friend, Barnum speaks up, "Ilsidur! Buddy! How long've you been... You know... You know... Waiting to see a lady dwarf, there aren't many around here. How long, then, you think she's been waiting ta see a dwarf fella? She's gotta... She probably feels the same way you do. But I got a, you know, a special trick." He stands up and, despite any resistance put up by Ilsidur, takes off his bright red cloak and throws it on Ilsidur's back.
"You see, buddy. That cloak's made a magic and stuff. It a... It's a cloak a charisma (+2), if you wear that, you're bound to get to a... You'll find it easier to know what to say, and she'll feel more comfortable around you, not that she doesn't already!" Barnum thinks this is incredibly funny, and bursts out laughing.
(In the seemingly unlikely event that both Teleheri and Niobe fail to pick the lock, Barnum will stumble over with an odd grin on his face and say, "You guys and your tools! The thing you need to do, and this is the secret... Uh... You a... Turn into a gas, and then you beat it!" At these words Barnum turns into a cloud of mist, slides under the door, rematerializes, and tries to open it from that side. If he can't open it from that side, he'll curse loudly and fall down.)
Sly and Luke (Post by Cayzle) Wednesday January 14th, 2004 10:42:55 PM
When Peerimus says he is going to take Yorrick for a walk, Luke gives a bark.
"This food was sure good," Sly says. "What's that Luke? You need a walk too? Okay."
He asks Peerimus if it is okay to walk together with him.
Ilsidur Wednesday January 14th, 2004 11:35:36 PM
Ilsidur looks at the cloak that Barnum has thrown over his shoulders, and wonders if he looks any different. It sure didn't make him FEEL any different. "So, this is supposed to help me talk to Brina? What if she only likes me because of the cloak? Maybe I had better take this off, in case I have to take it off in her presence later tonight..."
He shrugs the cloak off his shoulders, hoping that Barnum understands his reluctance, and passes it to Sly. "Here you go, Sly, can you hang onto this for Barnum? He wanted to loan it to me, but I don't think that it is such a good idea."
The dwarf taps his feet to the music (at least he sort of manages to follow the beat) and waits for Brina to get off shift.
Savin Thursday January 15th, 2004 8:13:42 AM
Savin tires of playing. He gets up, stretches, and thanks the bard for letting him play with him. He will find out what he is drinking and order him one.
Savin will say,"Who knows the name of this mother we are supposed to find? We really should get that taken care of."
Justin Webber (DM) Names Thursday January 15th, 2004 1:06:15 PM
Teleheri gets the door open easily since the lock was simple and of no real challenge and removes the broken key piece.
Niobe is given directions and finds the laundry right across the street where gnomes gladly take what she gives to be washed and asking for 1 copper.
To everyones suprise the barmaide flirting with Ilsidur helps with the name of the mother you search for. As soon as she gets the details you were given or most of them she laughs, "She lives right down the road from where you guys and ladies just entered town, yellow painted place. Her name is Lillianm she does charms for people like fortunes and such."
Brina turns to Ilisdur next and winks, "You can go see her now if you like, my shift will be over by the time you get back I bet."
Savin also finds out that the bard was drinking cider and is thankful for the second glass being bought for him.
Peerimus, Yorrick, Sly and Luke aren't able to actually get out the door before the group gets the info about the mother your hear to find.
Teleheri Thursday January 15th, 2004 4:02:03 PM
Woody sit down again, and ask for one more beer, and wait the other guys movements
Savin Thursday January 15th, 2004 5:15:19 PM
Savin leaps to his feet, "Well lets go! I wonder if she will read my palm? Who wants to come with me? Were we supposed to give her something?"
Barnum and Edgar Thursday January 15th, 2004 7:27:59 PM
Barnum proclaims "I will go with you, Savin!" He fumbles around in his chair, but can't seem to find the coordination to stand, "On second thought... I will guard the tavern!"
Edgar simply shakes his head and flies onto Savin's shoulder, saying, "I'll come along.
Sly and Luke (Posted by Cayzle) Thursday January 15th, 2004 8:28:20 PM
Sly takes the Cloak from Ilsidur and then hands it to Barnum. "This is your cloak, right Barnum?"
Sly listens as the Bar maid says that mother is named Lilliam and lives down the street and tells fortunes. Savin says maybe she will read his fortune. Sly says, "Once I was in love with a gypsy's daughter," Sly says. "Her name was Vanesia. Maybe this fortune teller can say if we will ever meet again."
Then he tells Peerimus, "We can walk Luke and Yorrick on the way there." Luke barks.
Ilsidur Thursday January 15th, 2004 11:17:27 PM
Ilsidur approaches Brina, as she is serving the tables, indicates Barnum, and says, "My lady, our friend over there is way too much in his cups to accompany us when we go to deliver the item to the lady in the yellow house. Could you keep an eye on him for us? I don't think that we should be too long. If he dozes off, please set him up in one of the rooms upstairs, and we will be glad to pay. In fact, I expect we will all be back later to take rooms."
Assuming Brina agrees to watch over the tipsy halfling, Ilsidur moves to catch up with the others that are going to deliver the item.
Niobe Friday January 16th, 2004 2:42:02 AM
Niobe returns from the gnome laudry place and sees that everyone is preparing to leave. "Leaving so soon? We aren't even presentable! We are coming back here I hope, at least to get some rest. I will need to collect my laundry later as well." Niobe prepares to leave with the others. Though she does ask the innkeeper if the offer of the bath is still open for later.
Justin Webber (DM) To the yellow house Friday January 16th, 2004 2:54:56 PM
The Innkeeper smiles to Niobe, "Certainly ma'am and yonder friend will be watchedout for also."
Brina smiles to Ilsidur and nods, "We will watch over him, the other barmaides are and I can and even the keeper of the place."
Afterwards everyone sits out to Lillian house.
(OOC:Posting Monday will be Eunice for this section of the game. I just wanted to warn people so no one thought I ran out on them. Go get them Eunice :) .)
Peerimus and Yorrick Friday January 16th, 2004 7:22:20 PM
Peerimus turns and waits for Sly and Luke as soon as Sly mentions joining or at least Luke coming with, "Of course, more are always welcome."
"Lilian's house then first. Very good. We can always walk later."
Turning then to the bear who let a slight growl out with Peerimus's last statement, "Yes you do need it after such a feast. There will be plenty of Time to rest when we are beyond the call of the Wold."
[b]Ynnngggg![b] comes the reply.
Teleheri Saturday January 17th, 2004 8:27:48 PM
Woody Drink the rest of his beer, and get up from the bench "Lets go then!" And move with everyone else.
Sly and Luke Saturday January 17th, 2004 9:28:46 PM
Sly says to Niobe, "I think you look very nice."
Sly and Luke walk with Peerimus and Yorrick, taking whatever breaks along the way seem needful.
"What exactly are we going to do when we get there?"
Niobe Sunday January 18th, 2004 3:31:26 PM
Niobe smiles to Sly and almost chuckles. "Thank you for the compliment. However I know that I must surely smell like a wet goat! What sort of impression will that give the poor woman?"
((OOC: Go get them indeed... Okay folks, as Justin has politely warned you I get to "DM" this next scene (I guess it is a scene!). I am a novice at DMing (tried to run one Werewolf game (White Wolf series) and one AD&D box set; both with disasterous results.) So please be patient with me and bear with me! I think that my first post(s) will be heavy on the descriptive side, please read it all. I am trying to set a "mood/feel". At any rate I hope you all have a little fun with it!)) ((P.S. Do not send me any Privat Posts for DMs during the scene, as I will not be able to read them! Use my AIM (KanchanaVuai) or e-mail (eunice@doucet-lorang.com) instead please.))
Edgar d20+5=9 Monday January 19th, 2004 3:35:23 PM
Perched on Savin's shoulder, Edgar sings a bird tune as the group walks to their destination. His singing probably doesn't sound very good to anyone who isn't a bird (Perform: 9) and he soon stops.
Lillian's House
That is her house?? (ADM Eunice Doucet-Lorang) Monday January 19th, 2004 3:54:12 PM
For those who leave the Inn, you have to backtrack to where you entered the town. As you all stand there in the pouring rain and rapidly deepening mud you see what you think must be Lillian's house off to your left.
The house is shabby, but not dilapidated. The paint is faded but not cracked; it is a sick yellow color (reminiscent of phlegm.) The house is a single story building of a rather small size. It looks like it has been in this very spot for a very long time.
The few windows are clean glass and have thin, faded, woven curtains in them. There are half-dead ivy vines clinging to part of one wall and the lawn is very water-logged. There is also deep mud nearly everywhere. The roof tiles have thick moss growing on them.
The rather narrow front door is made of pine with a symbol of a woven knot carved into the center of the door. The symbol is either unfamiliar to you or just familiar enough that you can't place it. The door needs a coat of varnish.
The slightly rusted brown bell hanging over the door might be a door-bell or a spirit warding Talisman. Maybe similar to what Grinder was looking for?? An educated guess will be inconclusive. Unless you are rather interested in obscure local superstition, then you might just lean more towards it's possible value as a talisman against spirit intrusion. You get a feeling that you don't just want to rush in right away, and maybe there are a few things to take note of on the outside.
The porch outside is reasonably dry. Yorrick and Luke indicate that they want to stay outside.
Niobe (NPC) Monday January 19th, 2004 4:27:44 PM
Niobe trudges through the deep, sticky mud towards what she hopes is the house they are looking for. She immediately starts to look around the house. "I think we should take a look outside first. There is just something really odd about this house. I can't quite figure out what it is though..." Niobe looks at the unusual narrow door and the amazingly clean windows for such a shabby house. She notes several interesting, odd details. Niobe mumbles to herself, "I bet those curtains cost a fortune about a half century ago."
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+10=17 Monday January 19th, 2004 6:23:58 PM
Peerimus takes in the house and a small shudder goes through his body. [i]The rain must be setting back in since I was dry[i] he unconvincingly puts to himself.
Pointing to Luke, "Take care of your little brother friend."
"This house reminds me more of a burial mound than home."
Peerimus then moves to stand just before the porch and to the side where the ivy clings to it. The druid will look closely to see if any of the ivy has infiltrated the house as well as the moss up under the eaves. [Spot 17]
Teleheri and Link d20+8=25 d20+3=16 d20+11=14 Monday January 19th, 2004 6:53:59 PM
Looking at Link, that is sitting on his shoulder, Teleheri says "What you think Link? Strange old house huh?" Woody look at Grinder and ask "What your chasing spirits tell you Grinder? Does that bell looks like the one you are looking for? if so, i guesse i would be easy to take it away. But i wont be the one doing this. Call me supertisious if you want, but i dont like to deal with spirits things! I'd rather deal with things i can touch!"
Teleheri looks closely athe the door, looking for anything that seems strange with the door or things around it[Spot 16]. If the door seems ok, he will start searching for traps [Search 14]. If no traps were found he will put his ear into the door and try to listen any sounds inside the door[Listen 25]. While doing this, he start telling how he "got really messed up when he abruptely enterend a door on the old days."
[OCC: Sorry about the messed rolls, is just because i got confused rolling. The order of the roll is [Listen, Spot, Search]. A very low search... :(]
Savin Monday January 19th, 2004 10:28:14 PM
Savin bounds up the steps with his usual grace. He crosses the porch to the door and knocks on the door. "Hello! Anyone home?" he calls out.
To the others he says, "You guys have been out in the wilds to long. This is just someone's home. Why so paranoid?"
Ilsidur d20+6=25 Tuesday January 20th, 2004 1:22:43 AM
The dwarf sloshes up to the base of the stairs, and waits for the results of the investigations of the building by the sharper-eyed party members, and any response to Savin's knock. He peers closely at the symbol on the door, trying to see if it is related to the Woldian religions and worship. [OOC: Knowledge religion roll of 25.]
Sly and Luke (posted by Cayzle subbing for Ceil) Tuesday January 20th, 2004 9:27:37 AM
Luke starts barking when he sees the house and his fur stands up.
"Stop that, Luke," Sly says.
"Luke does not like this place. It does not look like a place someone's mother would live in."
Sly looks closely at that bell. "Maybe it is a cousin of the Chaos Bell."
[OOC: Sorry I'm late today (yesterday)!]
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday January 20th, 2004 3:56:17 PM
The great bear sits next to Luke sniffs the air as he looks about, trying to find exactly what it is that has excited him.
Peerimus watches as Savin knocks and moves to the porch himself to get out of the rain standing just behind and to the right.
Edgar d20+6=17 d20+6=15 Tuesday January 20th, 2004 7:11:21 PM
Edgar flies up on top of the roof to investigate there. He pokes around a bit, turning over some of the moss and seeing if there's anything interesting on the roof, or that can be seen from the roof. (Spot 17, Listen 15.)
If there is nothing interesting, Edgar will fly back down onto the porch away from the rain.
Looking Around (ADM Eunice Doucet-Lorang) Tuesday January 20th, 2004 9:49:45 PM
The house does not feel evil or anything just odd.
Teleheri finds no traps. The only "strange" thing about the door is it's narrowness and the symbol carved into it. Teleheri thinks he hears hummimg coming from inside the house. It sounds prehaps like a folk tune; but not one that he knows.
Peerimus studies the ivy and finds it to be normal dead (clearly overwatered) ivy. The ivy has not done any significant damage to the house.
The bell looks rather ordinary to Sly, and the craftmanship is good but not spectacular.
Edgar looks at the roof and sees that the moss is unusally thick. The roofing tile are superior quality and quite old. There is some smoke coming from the chimney.
Ilsidur only bothers to look at the symbol on the door. He finds that it is not a formal religious symbol, but prehaps an old-fashioned folk version of a warding symbol. He also thinks that he has seen this symbol before somewhere, probably on a farmhouse door somewhere...
Savin knocks on the door and after a minute or two the humming stops and he and Teleheri hear a woman's voice call out, "the door is open. Please come in."
************************************************
When you enter the house you see that it is very clean but a bit cluttered. There are five 'rooms' in the house, only one has a door and it is closed - this is Lillian's bedroom. The inside of the house has an odd feel about it. But it feels calm, peaceful.
Edgar will enter the house if he wants to, but Link would like to remain near the door.
Hanging from curtain rods and low rafters are all manners of talismans, charms and herb bundles. Laying on a small corner table are a pile of hastily scribbled notes and doodles.
Lillian has a straight backed wooden chair pushed away from a very worn kitchen table. She is now standing next to this chair. There is another chair at the other end of the table. On the table is a Talis deck she uses to do readings. The deck is dark with age and wear.
Hanging on one of the walls in one of the 'back rooms' is a large dark rectangular object, from what you can see it seems to be covered with some sort of cloth.
Lillian takes some time to study you all. She finally politely asks, "what brings travellers like yourselves to my home?" She sits back down on the chair and begins to clear her personal reading from the table. "Welcome. You do not need to close the door behind you, but you may sit on the couch or any available chair if your business with me is not very brief."
Lillian is a middle aged woman and looks to be in her fourties or fifties. Her hair hangs in a braid down her back. Her hair looks flat and heavy. This is not too uncommon for citizens of Heranmar actually since it rains so much here.
Lillian wears a clean, mended côte hardie type of gown dyed a red-brown. Over the gown she wears a mantle of homespun, undyed linen and a shawl of light rabbit-wool; the shawl is a dark yellow-green color. The patches and mends on the gown all closely match the cloth of her dress and are difficult to see.
She can only see out of one eye, but her hearing is excellent. Lillian's right eye is completely murky grey; like the rain clouds, and obviously sightless.
She comes across as an even tempered woman, if a bit "flighty". She seems more interested in practicing her trade rather than take care of more mundane affairs. It is not immediately obvious that she is a Wizardess, though it is very clear that she specializes in making charms and talismans.
Lillian clearly expects you to ask for a reading or for a charm or talisman to be bought or created. She shuffles the Talis deck in 3 series of 3 shuffles and slides it to the center of the table.
Savin Tuesday January 20th, 2004 11:22:54 PM
Savin will look to Sly to step forward but when he doesn't, will shrug and step forward and bow, "Hello good lady. My name is Savin and we aren't here to hire your services but to bring you tidings of your daughter Liana.
We met her serving as a waitress on our travels and it came up in conversation that we were travelling in your direction. She asked us to stop by and give you a ring and a message. She said she is doing well, and making her way in the world."
Savin will turn to Sly, playfully punch him in the arm and say, "Well stop staring and give her Liana's ring."
Ilsidur Wednesday January 21st, 2004 12:21:17 AM
[OOC: Great post, Eunice, very descriptive, and really sets the mood of the scene.]
Ilsidur climbs the stairs, and enters the hallway. He listens to what Savin has to say, and then adds, "My friend here is correct; we were originally here to deliver the ring and the message from your daughter. However, since we are known as the Children of Chaos, perhaps a reading is in order after all." He takes the chair opposite the lady, and asks, "How much do you charge for one of your fortune tellings? Maybe you could give me some indication of what the future holds for me, and for my friends." Then he waits for the seer's reply.
Sly and Luke (Cayzle subbing for Ceil) Wednesday January 21st, 2004 9:21:43 AM
This house still gives Luke the willies. He stands outside on the porch looking in. For a dog his expression is nervous.
Sly looks around the busy house. He sees there are lots of magic looking things all around. When Savin nudges him he jumps a little. "Oh yeah," he says. He fishes around in one pocket then another and finds the ring. "Here you are Mother," he says.
After Ilsidur says they would like a fortune told, Sly says, "I would like to know if I will ever see my girlfriend Vanesia again. She is a Gypsey too. I lost her in the war of the gods."
Peerimus Wednesday January 21st, 2004 3:37:21 PM
Peerimus appears thouroghly spooked once inside as if expecting something to jump out at him any minute. Quickly his eyes move from talisman to charm to the black cloth draped over a probable mirror. Planting his feet squarely though, crosses his arms and afixes his gaze to the table where Ilsidur has now sat and the cards that seperate him from the woman. It may be soon enough that he may be pitting his spirit against the deck and observing Ilsidur may provide clues therein to his own survival.
Yorrick moves protectively with Luke to the porch, keeping an ever alert countenace.
Teleheri Wednesday January 21st, 2004 4:39:48 PM
Woody looks that Link doesnt feel confortable about entering the house. "Whats wrong Link? anything that could bring us problem here? No problem... if something happens u will see me running away..." Woody gives a little smile on his face."Stay here then. And dont mess up with Luke. He's a dog, but he's nice"
After been sure that Link will be ok, Teleheri enters the door, after everybody else, and as he her hears about fortune telling, he starts to mumble something inaudible, and make little gestures.[Casting Detect Magic]
After this he say "What's the point to know the future? surprise is so sweet..."
Then, he stay quiet and listening.
Edgar Wednesday January 21st, 2004 9:22:36 PM
After giving the other animals a curious glance, Edgar flies into the house and examines some of Lilian's various trinkets. When people begin questioning her of the future, Edgar turns to her and asks, "Do I have any purpose in life, but to serve as a familiar? Is there anything more to me than that?"
Shiraz Wednesday January 21st, 2004 9:47:15 PM
OOC: I have missed you guys I am glad to be back and hope that my month away didnt screw anything up. Life it gets in the way sometimes.
Shiraz enters the house carefully making sure that his huge frame doesn't knock anything over. Carefully shrugging his large cloak off of his shoulders the minotaur leaves a large puddle of water in fromt of the door which the taur unsuccessfully tries to push back out the door. Finding that he is unable to do anything about the water Shiraz carefully follows Ilsidur up the stairs and positions himself carefully out of the way. Shiraz attempts to remain quiet but the water running down his fur into his pants is starting be be a bit annoying.
Niobe (NPC) Wednesday January 21st, 2004 11:13:27 PM
Niobe waits for everyone to enter the house. She looks at the curtains in the windows; idly studying their weave and pattern. She finds a small stool to sit on near the window.
Rings and Cards (ADM Eunice Doucet-Lorang) Wednesday January 21st, 2004 11:55:13 PM
Lillian carefully takes the ring and looks at it for a long time. Tears well up in her eyes as she thinks about Liana. Lillian blinks to clear her eyes and looks at each of you in turn. "My daughter is doing well? She has found a place which suits her, and decent, gainful employment?" Clearly these questions are just Lillian confirming what she has heard, it seems that she has a habit of talking out loud to herself sometimes. Lillian slides the ring onto her right-hand ringfinger.
Lillian picks up her cards and shuffles them once. "A waitress is such a mean job..." She mumbles half-loud to herself.
Lillian focuses her attention on Ilsidur. "Normally I charge only what I know people can afford for a reading. Mostly I recieve food-stuffs or some sort of service or craft-work in barter." Still studying the dwarf she says, "I have not heard of the Children of Chaos; per say... you; good Master Dwarf, need to be less nervous around women-folk..." Lillian smiles warmly and hands Ilsidur the Talis deck after spouting her cryptic comment. She pulls a card from the deck and lays it face down on the table before handing the deck to Ilsidur.
"Shuffle this once, holding the deck in your right hand and shuffling with your left. Your left hand is the hand bound to fate and to the Spiritual. Take your time shuffling before drawing the top card. Place the card on the table between yourself and this card, face up."
Lillian watches Ilsidur shuffle, "Then hand the deck to the next person. Each of you follow the same instructions and place a card next to his, also face up." "I will shuffle for your master dear Raven, you may draw the card if you wish though. I cannot say what your future may hold. Much of that depends on your master."
When/If Sly takes the deck Lillian looks at him and smiles wanly, "I am no Gypsy Sir. I am merely Gifted."
Lillian pointedly ignores Teleheri's casting. He sees many things with a very faint magical aura. The only things that "shine" somewhat strongly is the thing under the cloth and a book on the shelf behind Lillian. This "stronger" magic seems residual.
Lillian suddenly says, "consider this simple reading a thank you for the message and the ring. If you have nowhere else to stay out of the rain you may stay here if you wish. You seem like good folk."
[If you choose not to shuffle the deck and pick a card, then you need to justify why. Lillian doesn't seem creepy, just half in her own world!]
((What card you "draw" will be revealed in my next post.))
Savin Thursday January 22nd, 2004 10:06:31 AM
Savin will gladly draw a card, though he is a bit nervous to see what his future holds. He draws it, quickly looks at it and says, "I hope this is good?" He will then place it down on the table
Sly Foxx and Luke Thursday January 22nd, 2004 12:33:06 PM
Sly shakes his head, "No! Mother Lillian, not you." as he suffles the deck and takes a card and puts it in frount of him, but does not look at it, afraid if what he'll see. "Your daughter is happy, beautiful inside and out, and I believe misses you alot. That is why I brought you her ring. This card before me is a question I wanted answer for a long time. My gypsie girl holds my heart and I hope my child."
Edgar Thursday January 22nd, 2004 3:49:27 PM
Edgar thanks Lilian for shuffling for him, and picks up the top card with his beak. He lays it down in front of him, and, sitting in front of it, looks up at Lilian with great curiosity.
Teleheri Thursday January 22nd, 2004 4:00:57 PM
Woody just stay quiet and watch.
ADM Eunice - Posting Thursday January 22nd, 2004 6:35:49 PM
My post might be somewhat late, as I want to wait for everyone (hopefully) to post their action before I post again... I hope that it won't be inconvient!
************************************************
Lillian studies the cards currently laid put on the table.
Ilsidur Thursday January 22nd, 2004 8:18:38 PM
The dwarf does as the lady asks, carefully shuffling the cards and drawing the top card, laying on the table. "Teleheri, don't you think it would be best if you were to take part in this as well? I have a feeling it may be very important."
Shiraz d20+2=5 Thursday January 22nd, 2004 10:15:10 PM
SHiraz carefully wipes the rest of the water off of his hand as he prepares to shuffle the cards almost dropping the cards the tuar grins sheepishly at his friends before carefully drawing a card and placing it on the table before the woman.
Greg OOC Thursday January 22nd, 2004 11:52:22 PM
I will be away starting tomorrow morning, returning sometime Sunday, for my son's hockey tournament, so I might miss a post for Ilsidur.
Teleheri Friday January 23rd, 2004 8:02:21 AM
"I dont really see a point about knowing or trying to knowing the future, dwarf friend, but i guess it wont make any bad." Woody take the cards from Shiraz, shuffles and draw a card.
Peerimus Friday January 23rd, 2004 11:43:11 AM
Peerimus shuffles the deck. He has seen this done and has heard stories from the elders. [i]Only those whose spirit is known to them should begin such a journey[i] The precautions of his mentor ring loudly in his mind as he draws a card.
Niobe (NPC) Friday January 23rd, 2004 12:45:49 PM
Niobe accepts the the Talis deck from whom ever had it last shuffles, draws a card, lays the card on the table and hands the deck to Lillian.
Interpretations (ADM Eunice Doucet-Lorang) Saturday January 24th, 2004 2:21:25 PM
Once all of the cards are laid out on the table Lillian 'reads' them and mumbles a few words to herself. "This may not give you any clear answers - indeed you may not even understand any of this until it comes to pass." Lillian says to the table-top. She turns the card she laid on the table, and stares at it.
"This card reflects you all collectively. It is the Wheel of Fate. It signifies destiny, and shows that what lies ahead of you all is written on the waters. Even a small occurance could change the path you tread. Prehaps it may even signify that you might in time make great changes in the way things are."
Lillian taps her index finger on Savin's card, "This is the Wold, it indicates a voyage; sometimes an emigration. The Querent frequently has the role of an emissary or guide; maybe even someone who seeks something."
"This is the two of cups. You alone asked a specific question. It shows the possiblity of a future union - one based on love and friendship." Lillian rests her hand on the card that Sly drew from the deck as she talks.
Lillian looks at Edgar, "The Ace of Cups. It could concern either both you and your master or just one of you... It often tells of contentment, abundance and sometimes even joy. Mayhaps you; and he, will find a niche that suits you. One that does not confine you to a specific, unchanging task."
Lillian shifts her gaze to Ilsidur, "you have drawn the Mage and it is reversed. This means that there is something that you hesitate to do, maybe there is a choice that you must make. There could also be a negative force or personage blocking your progress."
Looking at Shiraz Lillian runs her hand across the card that he chose. She looks down at the card, "this is the High Priestess, she hides a great many secrets and mysteries. Also she foretells of a future as yet unrevealed. There is something; some knowledge maybe, that you do not know, or have forgotten, that may be revealed to you in the future."
"The Moon. You have hidden enemies, or might face some danger hidden in darkness. Of course you hesitated to chose a card, and maybe find this reading to be foolish. The Moon is also Illusion. Perhaps it merely has reflected your seemingly doubting attitude to the cards." Lillian smiles at Teleheri.
"The Angel reversed. When this card is reversed it indicates a church, a grove or a sect. Sometimes it can mean that there may be disparate duties, two duties that do not necessarily mesh. I do not know why this card has presented itsself..." Lillian looks at Peerimus and shrugs. "I must admit that I have no idea why that card chose you."
Finally Lillian looks at the last card and simply says, "Queen of Pentacles, reversed. You will come across much suspicion, fear and mistrust - or there will be a woman in the future who Sees many things that are hidden to most."
Lillian sweeps the cards together and reshuffles the deck before placing it in the middle of the table. "I feel that there is something that you all seek. I believe that you have not travelled to Heranmar to merely give me this ring and a message concerning my daughter."
Lillian stands up and straightens her shawl. "I have other means of Seeing things, but their use can be costly." Lillian turns to look at the silk covered rectangle on the wall. Her expression and posture show that she is trying to make up her mind.
"If you are willing to pay I can consult the Spirits concerning any destination you might seek within Heranmar..."
Lillian waits to hear if you accept her offer, or if you have any questions at all.
((I am so sorry about the extreme delay of this post and the paltry state of my last post. To put it simply I was ambushed by Reality. Forgive me this awful lapse pretty please!))
Sly Foxx and Luke Sunday January 25th, 2004 4:17:58 AM
"You are very gifted Mother Lillian, your are right. We where coming to Heranmar for another reason also. How much do you want to consult the Spirits? And it's not IN Heranmar, it's outside. The Old Monestary on Traders Road (I think)." Sly tells her "How much Gold?"
OOC:Eunice, you did a great job with the cards. I know I threw you a curve, But you had to be there when the evens had taken (ask Jerry he was DM at the time( it was a duel between him and I))
Savin Sunday January 25th, 2004 12:13:15 PM
Savin nudges Shiraz in the hip and says, "See I knew I was here for a reason. I am your guide. Now if I could just figure out where we are going..."
He turns back to the fortune teller and says, "I am interested in knowing more. What is your price? I hope we can meet it. I could always do some chores around here, or Shiraz could beat up the local bully."
Peerimus Sunday January 25th, 2004 3:18:03 PM
The druid nods to her, "I believe I do mother."
Turning to the others as his eyes cast about the house, "I doubht gold will be the payment, but I do beleive we should ask further and whatever the payment may be, I'm sure we would feel right in giving it."
Niobe (NPC) Sunday January 25th, 2004 8:04:35 PM
Niobe thinks about everything that Lillian has said, and realizes that she really doesn't know all that much about these people she has thrown her lot in with. "I would love to hear, or see, whatever the spirits might tell you Ma'am. Whatever you ask for payment I will pay." Niobe glances quickly around to see how the others are reacting to all of this.
Teleheri Sunday January 25th, 2004 8:17:50 PM
As Lilian says about the card, Woody just says "Maybe..." with a small smile in his face.
As he hear abou the spirits consultation he says "This is starting to get interesting, but... Talking about spirits, where's that man that ride here with us? Grinder i guess. He would like to know about spirits"
Ilsidur Sunday January 25th, 2004 11:13:01 PM
Ilsidur adopts a puzzled look as he watches the card, and listens to the seer. Then a look of understanding crosses his face, and he says, "I think I realize what you are talking about, my lady, although this negative force blocking my choice is still not clear to me.
"And I agree with my friends; we need to know everything that we can about what the future holds for us. Please name your price."
Edgar Monday January 26th, 2004 11:28:40 AM
Edgar nods his head simply and says, "Thank you, Mother Lilian." Edgar then thinks to himself about these events. Was what Lilian said true 'fortune telling' or was what people learned from the experience simply their personal reaction to what she had said? Perhaps, perhaps the personal interpretation is more important than anything else anyway. Perhaps it was a way for people to understand their own situation through their own minds, with a little guiding help that lets them consider their interpretation the truth. Edgar enjoyed the experience, at least it was free. And "contenment, abundance, and joy" sounded good to his ears. However, it seemed like the others had been reeled in by this free show, and they were about to be a great price for another. This sounded ridiculous, a clever trick that Barnum would be fooled by.
As the others seemed to want to "consult the spirits", Edgar simply let them have their way, and said nothing.
Into the Looking Glass? (ADM Eunice Doucet-Lorang) Monday January 26th, 2004 4:31:35 PM
Lillian walks over to the covered mirror and pulls the silk draping off of it. Dust flies everywhere and she sneezes loudly.
"It is rare that any one requests a Seeing. If I were to put the price in coin, it would probably cost each of you 30 gold." Lillian is talking to the newly revealed mirror not any of you. "As I mentioned earlier I accept whatever folks can pay me. Whatever, or however, they chose to pay me is determined by what they can do or what they can find. I am no stranger to hand-me-downs..."
The mirror is quite large and made of highly polished steel, not glass.
Lillian begins to prepare for some sort of "ritual". "You know better than I what you can afford to pay me, or what you can; or will, barter. I have never turned anything down."
Using the palm of her hand Lillian dusts off the table immediately below the mirror, and cleans off her hand on her gown. "A 'thief' stole one of my Talismans not too long ago. It was a rather potent one. I hope no one is harmed by it..." Lillian chatters on to keep it from being too quiet. Mostly she talks about the weather, local gossip, and trivial things she attributes to spirit activity.
Finally she turns around and looks at you, "do you still want me to See what may lie ahead in your path?"
Peerimus Monday January 26th, 2004 6:07:50 PM
Looking breifly at the others, Peerimus nods his head, "Call the spirit. Our journey is important and our need unknown."
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday January 26th, 2004 7:18:47 PM
Sly has only one word reply "Yes!" Luke barks "Woof" almost as if the dog understands what was said??
Savin Monday January 26th, 2004 8:25:40 PM
Savin will also agree to the foretelling. "I am curious why I have these tatoos and have been chosen to be a Child of Chaos. If you can shed some light on this, I would love to know."
Shiraz Monday January 26th, 2004 10:33:46 PM
Shiraz looks at the woman blankly as she suggests knowledge not remebered or soon to be revealed. "Strange," Shiraz mutters to himself. As Shiraz listens to his friends the taur drifts away from the conversation until Savin asks about the tattoo and chaos, "Yes that is something I too would like to know."
Ilsidur Monday January 26th, 2004 11:47:43 PM
The dwarf adds his opinion, "I agree, we would definitely be helped by any insight that you can give us. As for a fee, we clearly can pay you just about whatever you ask, and certainly a charge of 30 gp each is very easy for us to cover.
"But instead of money or trade, perhaps we could help you, instead. You mention that a thief has stolen one of your more powerful talismans, and that it could be used to hurt someone. Would it be possible for us to try to recover the item, in payment for your helping us to understand our past and our future?"
Teleheri Tuesday January 27th, 2004 9:20:19 AM
Woody just wait and listen
Niobe (NPC) Tuesday January 27th, 2004 5:17:55 PM
Niobe cranes her neck to get a better look at the mirror. She nods curtly to indicate her agreement with the others.
Smoke and Mirrors (ADM Eunice Doucet-Lorang) Tuesday January 27th, 2004 8:16:14 PM
Lillian takes an old stool and places it in front of the mirror.
"That talisman isn't harmful in it's own right, it depends on how you use it. I think you might know it for what it is if you see it. I would like it returned to me some day, but it isn't of utmost priority. If you would take the time to look for it I would appreciate it." She smiles.
Lillian seats herself on the stool, lights some incense with a taper and begins to chant in an arcane tongue. Some of you just might recognize it as a variant of a scry spell. Lillian makes a few sharp gestures and the mirror clouds over. It resembles the rain clouds over-head. Lillian focuses on the old monastery that Sly mentioned.
"The monastery still stands. It is in good condition, but I see no one there..." Lillian peers intently into the mirror with her good eye. She concentrates on looking inside the church when suddenly she rubs her temples (as if she has a headache). The mirror flashes with a bright light; much like reflected sunlight, and Lillian is knocked off of her stool. She hits the floor with a thud. The mirror no longer looks cloudy and if anyone touches the mirror then it will feel uncomfortably hot to the touch.
Lillian slowly gets up and feels a bit shaky. "Would some one get me some water please?" Lillian staggers over to an old plush armchair in the corner and falls heavily into it.
Looking distinctly troubled and pale she says, "I tried to look within the church but something would not let me. It blocked me... it tried to harm me." She sighs deeply. "Forgive me for not succeeding." She looks at the floor, "what were you seeking in the church? Are your tatoos some sort of divine focus?"
Lillian looks thoughful as she says, "I think the answers you seek as to your purpose and maybe even why you were chosen will be revealed to you in time. Just not by me it seems." Lillian concludes sadly.
Sly Foxx and Luke Tuesday January 27th, 2004 8:37:40 PM
Sly jumps to his feet, goes to Mother Lillian. "Here let me help you. Is some one near a pitcher of water? You have reveiled much to us, These tatoos are both a Curse and life saving Blessing." Sly turn to Luke "Luke watch Mother Lillian Please!" Sly moves to a window to think.
Edgar Tuesday January 27th, 2004 8:40:29 PM
Edgar quickly flies to Lilian, and lands by her, checking her over. "are you alright, Mother Lilian?" He asks. That was certainly a strange experience, enough to clear up any of Edgar's skepticism in lIlian's abilities.
Edgar looks up, "It seems there is some evil within the monastery, something evil enough to attack Lilian at least. Perhaps we should go to the church and investigate. Fighting evil is what the Children of Chaos does, isn't it?"
Savin Tuesday January 27th, 2004 8:42:25 PM
Savin will find some water and poor a glass for the seer. "Here you are." He will turn to the others and say, "Do you know where the chuch is? Looks like we need to go take a look."
Shiraz Tuesday January 27th, 2004 10:57:34 PM
Shiraz jumps towards the old lady as she in knocked off of her stool, "Are you ok?" Shiraz asks with quiet concern in his voice, assisting the lady back to a sitting position the taur moves out of the way for Ilsidur to look her over.
Ilsidur Tuesday January 27th, 2004 11:46:57 PM
Ilsidur moves forward and checks the lady over for any signs that she was hurt from the fall. "My lady, I can provide healing to you if you need it. It is the least I can do, since if you are hurt, it is at our behest."
Then the dwarf answers the seer, "We seek information about the Chaos Bell, which members of our original party inadvertently let ring a long time ago. There are no members of that original group still in our party, but a number of us carry the Chaos tattoo that was engraved on the back of their hands. It seemed that if we spent enough time with the original group, we developed the tattoo. Unfortunately, we have never been able to find out much about these tattoos, or about the Bell that created them. We figured if we made our way back to the monestary, and found the bell, we might receive some sort of epiphany that we could understand more about ourselves and our situation. We are struggling to find a reason for why we bear the tattoos, and what it means to wear them."
[OOC: I am fairly certain that there are none of the original group. Sly has been with the party the longest, and I think he joined the party after they found and interacted with the Bell.]
Peerimus Wednesday January 28th, 2004 3:28:08 PM
Peerimus moves forward and touches the mirror as Lilian is thrown back from it. [i] If I am fast enough perhaps I could get a glimpse of what happened[i]. Upon touching the hot mirror he pulls his hand back quickly.
Rubbing it to ease the pain he looks now to the old woman to find the rest having taken to her aid. "We should move towards the monestary as soon as possible."
Niobe (NPC) Wednesday January 28th, 2004 3:30:41 PM
Niobe quietly counts out 240 gold, places it in a small purse and leaves it on Lillian's table next to her Talis Deck. While she does this she listens to what Ilsidur is talking about.
Teleheri Wednesday January 28th, 2004 5:38:29 PM
"Ouch! That must hurt!"
As the other take care of Lilian, Woody asks "Is she alright? after all, she's a nice lady. I hope nothing happened to her."
As he hear ilsidur talking about the Chaos Bell he say "hum.. that seems interesting... and dangerous. What are we waiting for?"
The he put his hand on his pouch and takes 20gp and put into the table, beside niobe's money.
"I'll be down there. Ill check how is Link doing" Then he starts to walk to the stairs.
Stay the Night? (ADM Eunice Doucet-Lorang) Wednesday January 28th, 2004 7:27:25 PM
Ilsidur finds that Lillian has a reaction headache (similar to a pounding stress headache) and a minor bruise or two from hitting the floor. Basically a good nights sleep will suffice.
Lillian is greatful for the help and attention. She glances out of a window and notices that it is getting rather late. "It is getting late. You may stay here for the night and rest if you do not mind sleeping on the floor. There are also several nice inns nearby." She takes a long drink of water. "You would be best off starting your journey tomorrow."
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday January 28th, 2004 8:09:14 PM
Sly turns to the old lady, "That is fine Mother Lillian, You go to bed and rest. we will decide if we stay here or go to and in." He watches the old lady go up stairs and enter her room. Sly turns back to the party, "My Friends, those of us with the tatto knows that there's great evil in that monestary, what kind I don't know but we must go in there and see. Those of you who don't have the tattoo, you don't have to go there, but you are welcome to come along? What do you say? Want to start tomorow morning?" Sly tell them with a smile.
Luke(Ceil) Wednesday January 28th, 2004 8:12:43 PM
Luke look at Sly "Gggrroonn!"
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday January 28th, 2004 8:27:49 PM
About then, Barnum walks up to the house, and finds most of the group's animal companions sitting in front of a cracked open door. He pushes the door open and walks in, appearing much less intoxicated then when you left him. "How long does it take to give the lady her ring?" Barnum begins to say.
He manages to hear the last of what Sly was saying, hearing him say "Want to start tomorrow morning?" Barnum begins to say, "Wait, what?" but Edgar speaks up and says, "Of course, Barnum and I will go with you to the monastery. I'm quite interested to see the place, myself."
Edgar flies up and perches on Barnum's shoulder. Barnum looks at him, slightly bewildered, saying, "What?" Edgar calmly explains the situation to him.
Niobe (NPC) Wednesday January 28th, 2004 8:33:55 PM
Niobe takes a slip of paper and writes down the name of a caravan master in her father's coster who frequently travels from Hook City to Heranmar, and what times he usually makes the curcuit. Niobe writes down that they will be happy to have you travel with them if you wish to visit your daughter. She adds just mention that your are a friend of Niobe uiCrevan.
Niobe leaves the slip of paper with the gold.
"Thank you for the kind offer Ma'am. I regret that I must decline to accept it though. I have all of my equipment at the inn and my laundry to collect. Gentlemen I will leave now to collect my laundry, get a bath and some sleep. I will either see you at the inn in the morning or at the gate we entered Heranmar. I will be honored to accompany you to the monastery. I hope you will not mind my joining you."
Niobe steps away from the table and adds, "I have left you the gold you asked for for the ritual, and I will be happy to help look for your stolen talisman. Thank you for your time and services Mother Lillian." With a quick bow Niobe leaves the house and heads straight for the laundry house to collect her clothing and pay the laundry bill.
Shiraz d20=13 Wednesday January 28th, 2004 11:01:24 PM
Shiraz notices the small pile of gold and adds his 30 coin to th egrowing pile. "Niobe may I join you on the walk back to the inn please?" Shiraz shrugs his dripping cloak back on and adjusts the hood for maximum protection. Once back at teh inn Shiraz pays for a room and quietly heads upstairs for his quiet meditations with his revered book.
Ilsidur Wednesday January 28th, 2004 11:39:26 PM
Ilsidur looks with concern at Lillian. "I will stay here for the night. It is not good for someone who has had a bump on the head, like you have, to sleep alone. If it is alright with you, I will spread my bedroll here on the floor, so that I can keep an eye on you tonight."
Teleheri and Link Thursday January 29th, 2004 9:46:32 AM
"Ok then! We will go tomorrow. Do you think i will miss this chance to know more and more about this stange continent? of course not"
As Niobe starts to walk away, Teleheri Yells "Niobe, Wait.. ill go with you. This might seem dumb, but for true, i dont trust wizards... I'd rather stay with someone that in a way or other understand my feelings"
Lookin at the other people "Were will be our meeting point? at the inn or the town gate?"
As he hear the answer, he go downstairs, looking for Link, and then head to the Inn with Niobe and Shiraz.
"Come Link! Tomorrow we will have a hell of a party!"
Peerimus Thursday January 29th, 2004 10:31:15 AM
Peerimus turns as some leave and Lilian goes upstairs to Ilsidur. "Yorrick and I will saty as well, though it will be on the porch as he can not fit through the door. Though sleep might be fleeting. I feel a bit uneased, whatever evil lies within the monestary may very well know of our presence."
Pausing as he exits, Peerimus lays 2 potions of Cure Light Wounds on the table. Stepping outside he smiles broadly at his friend who moves up the porch to take shelter from the rain. "Tonight we sleep right here old friend, but first," Peerimus says a small prayer looking deeply into Yorricks eyes, "Father Wold grant us a sprak of your eternal spirit with which to defend ourselves. [Heightened Greater Magic Fang] Yorrick curls up on the porch and Peerimus leans his back against the great bear and gazes out into the night till his eyes get to heavy.
Barnum and Edgar d20+13=18 d20+5=18 d20+13=16 Thursday January 29th, 2004 1:07:28 PM
Barnum walks up to the polished steel mirror and examines it carefully. "Some kind of scrying devince, eh? I find it strange that some magic was able to harm her simply by her scrying it. It must be very powerful indeed..." Barnum looks over the mirror, trying to determine if there's anything more to it then is apparent. (Spellcraft 18, Appraise 18)
He then casts Detect Magic on himself, examining the mirror more closely, trying to find any remnant of the magic that hurt Lilian left over. (Another check, if necessary Spellcraft 16)
In any case, Barnum and Edgar will stay at Lilian's house with Ilsidur and Peerimus.
Savin d20+7=18 Thursday January 29th, 2004 2:12:39 PM
Savin will watch the others make their decisions on going and staying. He decides to stay as well. "No problem with sleeping on the floor." He will see Niobe count out the money and then others add to it,"Nice tip." he thinks to himself. Then he sees Peerimus add the two potions. He thinks to himself, "Wow I need to become a Seer! They get rich easy."
He will turn to the seeress and say, "Please allow me to cook for this hoard. Peerimus is a glutton and Isildur can eat 1/2 a cow by himself. I won't even bring Yorrick into it. Is there a market nearby where I can get provisions?"
After Savin gets directions, he will head out and buy enough food for tonights dinner and breakfast tommorrow. He will also pick up about 10 pound of fish and some honey for Yorrick.
When he gets back, he will start baking meat pies and peach cobbler. "It is so nice to be able to use a oven for a change. I can cook on a camp fire but you just can't bake that way. He will spit several chickens and start humming to himself obviously having a good time.
Savin Thursday January 29th, 2004 2:13:19 PM
OOC opps the 18 was my cooking roll.
Justin Webber (DM) Night and Morning Thursday January 29th, 2004 4:04:52 PM
Savin is told of a nice place to buy food just down the road from Lillian's house.
Barnum finds nothing harmful about the mirror now and only can sense and see the magic of the srying spell on it.
Those who spend the night at Lillian's house find the night peaceful even in the ol house that seems to creak throughout the night.
Ilsidur does have a visitor just after everyone beds down. Who else but the dawrven barmaide who decides to stay the night also with Lillian's permission.
Thoughs who return to the INN hear abit of stuff while there though. Rumors fly around that the city tomorrow would be locked up and no one would be allowed to exit the city do to some criminal matter that has come up.
In the morning the group who stays with Lillian is happy to find her pretty well healed from the accident the other day and she stashes the money away before welcoming the breakfast that Barnum makes, "Thanks for the wonderful breakfast. It has been a long time since this old lady has had a meal made by someone else."
When the group leaves Lillian's house to meet up with the rest of the group, Lillian stands on the porch and waves at you, smiling lightly in her normal manner and watching you with her one good eye before walking back in her house and getting ready for any new buisness that might come this day.
When everyone meets up at the Inn you hear more comments about the city on a lock down status and people comment about the city guards being out in force at the moment.
Shiraz d20=18 Thursday January 29th, 2004 10:57:27 PM
Shiraz wakes early and quietly gathers his belongings, heading out the inn's front the door the taur stopps suddenly to return his room key. Shiraz shoulders his pack easily and heads out of town unaware of any rumors. Shiraz quickly exits town and turns up teh road to the seer's cottage. AS soon as he arrives at the cottage Shiraz builds a small fire<DC 18 Wisdom to keep it small> and places his backpack down. Shiraz pulls a small book out of his pack and spends a quiet hour in contemplation. "Praise be indeed," Shiraz mumurs as he places the book reverently back in its leather wrapping and removes his armor. Shiraz works his way through his stances and sword styles until the sun begins to peek over the horizon. Shiraz quickly rinses off using the water from a water skin and rejoins his friends for this new trip.
Ilsidur Friday January 30th, 2004 12:41:55 AM
Ilsidur wakes up in the morning, with a slightly perplexed look on his face. He thinks to himself, "What just happened last night? I don't think that I had had that much to drink." He thinks briefly of the barmaid, Bria, as he is gathering his gear together.
On the way to the inn, Ilsidur stops in at a small jewelery store, and purchases a simple silver bracelet.
When he arrives at the inn, Ilsidur approaches the bartender, hands him the silver bracelet, and says, "Would you please make sure that Bria gets this, and tell her I will be thinking about her?"
Once the bartender has put the bracelet aside, Ilsidur continues, "Now, to business...what is going on in the city this morning? Why is the city in lockdown status, and why are the guards out in such force?"
Niobe d20+9=16 d20+9=25 Friday January 30th, 2004 1:39:45 AM
Niobe first collects her laundry and places all of in her pack in the room she rented previously. (I dont know if anyone is sharing the room with her.) Then takes the bath she has longed for; she brings a fresh set of clothing, a towel and her dusch kit with her. After getting dressed and making herself presentable she returns to her room and stows the rest of her gear away and leaves, locking the room. She goes down to the common room.
Niobe orders a cider and listens to all of the banter. When she hears the rumor of the lock-down she scans the room for people that might know something more and be willing to talk. Niobe will spend most of the evening and part of the night (if the common room is open for that long) spendig time talking to the patrons trying to gather more information about this criminal matter and the lock-down of the town.
Niobe will get up relatively early in the morning, get cleaned up, collect her gear and go down to the common room for some breakfast, and to pay her bill. If people are there and are still talking about the rumor Niobe will politely ask if anything has changed concerning the criminal matter and the lock-down.
When she has gotten all the information she can she will either join whoever returns to the inn, or go to Lillian's house to meet up with the others. Niobe hopes to be able to leave town before the town guards get too active.
(Gather Information 16 and 25)
Sly Foxx and Luke Friday January 30th, 2004 7:51:42 AM
Sly being a half-elf sleep only four hour a night, the rest of the knight he read over his Spells. Early in the morning when they start breakfast, Sly will open the Ivory snuff Box and get's the Ivory Chest. He opens it,"what can she use?? Not the Ferret it would only come back to me. Not the Belt of Kobodian Kind that's curse." There on the Bottom is a pair of silver Daggers,"Yes! this is something that she can use." Sly puts the Ivory and Gold chest away again, then leaves the silver dagger on the mirror edge. After leaving Mother Lillian's house, Sly and Luke are off to meet the others at the Inn. They spot the rest of the group and ask"Hello! Mind telling me what's going on outside. There's more guards out there, then there's fleas on a dog?."
Savin Friday January 30th, 2004 8:53:48 AM
Savin will rise before dawn and do his exercises like usual. He will then make scrambled eggs for everyone and toast some slices of bread.
After they all meet at the Inn, Savin will inquire to what the fuss is about. "We are innocent of any wrongdoing and fight on the side of good. Has anyone thought to ask a guard what the deal is and maybe offer our services?"
Teleheri d20+8=21 d20+4=20 d20+4=13 Friday January 30th, 2004 9:59:21 AM
After a good night sleep, Woody wake up, and, pack his things, and as he got in the main hall of the inn and hear the rumors about the city being closed, he looks at Niobe and ask "You did something? Because wasnt me... I hope nothing happened to Cenobite. Come Link let's check him out." Looking to the others, he says "Wait a second guys, ill be here soon. Ill see what informations can i get about this"
Then he heads toward the stables where Cenobite is, Woody walks listening to everything the people talk about the incident [Listen Check 21], and as he hear someone talking about it he try to get the more information he can [Gather Information Check 20].
When he arrives at the stable he keep looking for information among the workers there, while looking how Cenobite is[Gather Information 13].
Then he go back to the inn and tell everyone the things he heard.
Peerimus Friday January 30th, 2004 10:27:00 AM
Peerimus and Yorrick thoroughly enjoy Savin's breakfast in the morning. Over the meal he speaks up, "Savin,: he says smiling, "I'm no glutton, I merely enjoy every meal. You never know when that meal will be your last and food is something to celebrate after all , especially with good company."
Meeting at the inn, Peerimus is a bit nervous about the heightened guard and supposed lock down. "I hope no one reacts poorly to Yorrick here. Perhaps it would be best for us to stay in and around the stable area where he will stand out as much. When you find out what is going on, someone should come get us."
Assuming no objections, he and Yorrick make there way to the stables and take up a small spot to the side, but still outside so as not to spook the horses.
Barnum and Edgar d20+14=30 d20+6=20 Friday January 30th, 2004 12:38:22 PM
"That would seem the logical thing to do, Savin. I'll go and ask." Barnum says. But first, to make his appearance a little less shabby, he casts Prestidigitation on himself, all the dirt and mud on his clothes lifts off, and he is left clean, with a spring fresh scent. "Excellent." He goes off to talk to the nearest guard, but not before leaving a potion of Cure Light Wounds at Lilian's mirror's edge.
Barnum walks up to the nearest guard, trying to appear friendly and non-threatening. "Good morning to you today, sir! If you could, please tell me why the city is in lockdown and there's such a fuss about. My companions and I have some urgent matters to attend to, outside of the city, but we fully intend to obey the law and stay if it's completely necessary. If there is some sort of trouble afoot, perhaps my friends and I could help? We're quite good at that sort of thing." (Diplomacy 30, Gather Information 20)
Justin Webber (DM) Morning info Friday January 30th, 2004 9:12:10 PM
The baretned grins and takes the gift from Ilisdur, "I'll give it to Bria when she comes in good dwarf."
Everyone gets the same info about the lock down and murderer problem except Barnum. Everyone but Barnum finds out that the city was just put on lock down suddenly during the night and that some murderer is suppose to be loose or something of that sort in the city.
The guard that Barnum approaches looks at him and listens to what he has to say before speaking in a clear voice, "Sir, we can not allow anyone to leave no matter till the person we seek is found. I do not know you or your companions so maybe if you tell me who you and your friends are suppose to be then I will see about having you help us. Either way I would advise you to mainly stay at the local Inn or such you were at and the town guard will surely see you any matters or possibly having you help us." The guard does speak nice even knows it sounds like all buisness but you get the genuine idea that he will tell the captain of the guards anything you say that might help them.
Niobe d20+9=23 d20+4=15 Friday January 30th, 2004 9:45:25 PM
Niobe prepares to stay put for awhile, and has no plans of doing anything even remotely suspicious in the next few days. As soon as she hears that there was a murder she looks for Teleheri and quietly tells him, "I guarantee you I didn't do that. Murder isn't my type of thing." Niobe makes absolute certain that there is no-one else about the overhear her.
Niobe leaves the stall after talking to Teleheri and takes a casual walk around town to see how people are reacting to this. If she encounters any guards she will listen to what they might tell her, and return to the inn immediately if told to do so.
(Gather Information 23, Sense Motive 15)
Savin Friday January 30th, 2004 9:56:05 PM
Savin will crack his knuckles and sigh, "I guess we are gonna have to lay low for a while."
He will turn to the big minotaur and ask, "Shiraz what is in that book you are always reading? Can I borrow it someday?"
Barnum and Edgar Friday January 30th, 2004 10:46:32 PM
"Thank you, sir. If you have a moment, please tell your captain to send someone to ask for us at the inn we're staying at. My name is Barnum Berrybrawn and our groups name is the Children of Chaos." Barnum tells the guard the name of the inn the group is staying at, and thanks him again.
Barnum and Edgar return to the inn, and Barnum tells all his companions that he sees there or on the way what happened. When they get to the inn, Barnum asks a waitress for a platter of appetizers that the group can share. It might be a long while waiting.
Teleheri d20+4=12 Saturday January 31st, 2004 9:34:29 AM
Telheri will keep walking around and looking for more information about this murder, looking for things like, rewards, and physical description about him.
[Gather Information 12]
Sly Foxx and Luke Saturday January 31st, 2004 10:41:11 AM
Sly arives at the Inn where every body is to meet and gets the news of the lock down, "What a murderer lose in this town? Well we might as well get a couple of room" Sly pay the inn Keeper for two room and tells him that they don't know how long that they'll be staying. Barmum enters and tell Sly what he said to the guards. "Well the guards around here are very serious bounch, but if they want help I'll help, if the want infomation, I'll tell them what ever I know. Thank you Barnum you did right."
Shiraz Saturday January 31st, 2004 7:53:22 PM
Shiraz walks back into the inn after his workout and asks for his key back. "So now what do we do?" Shiraz asks his friends, "I know we were not in any hurry but now that we have a path I am itching to get back on it."
Ilsidur Sunday February 1st, 2004 6:56:38 PM
Ilsidur congratulates Barnum, "Good job getting that guard on our side. With the town in a lockdown, it may be difficult for all of us to get out. And even if we do get out, we may be branded as fugitives. If there is in fact a murderer in this city, I would want the city guard trying to catch him, rather than concentrating on trying to catch us for just wanting to be on our way. I suggest we let this play out for a bit. If the Chaos Bell is still in the monestary, a few extra days shouldn't make any difference."
Justin Webber (DM) No news is good news?? Monday February 2nd, 2004 1:25:38 PM
Teleheri's trying to gather info does little good as the guards have yet to release any info to the people and they will give out no details at the current moment. It seems that whatever the murderer did is a high priority to the guard and most likely the nobles of the city.
The group decides to make do with being stuck for now and Sly gets a couple of rooms. The Inn your in seems to died down quite abit and most people have went to their homes instead of being in the eating and drinking area of the Inn.
The few people in the place only seem to be complaining of not being able to leave and hunt or trade outside of the city. Others complain about the lack of info on the murderer that is suppose to be loose. Even the bartender seems to be in a slightly foul mood do to his customers having almost abandoned the place for now.
The only ray of sunshine in the place seems to be Bria and the other barmaide on duty who are acting or possibly just normally nice and cheerful considering this is their job. Bria spends most of her time flirting with Ilsidur more and serving the table he is at.
Other then these events the day seems to drag on slowly and the sun outside has began to sink some to show it to be past noon outside.
Savin d20+13=14 d20+10=30 Monday February 2nd, 2004 3:58:49 PM
Savin is bored. He tried his hands at darts but its excitment soon pales. He flirts with the barmaids but they are busy serving what few customers their are.
He goes into the yard and does kata. It helps relax him a little but not much. He calls into the tavern. "I am going for a jog." He starts jogging down to the market, trying to keep his pace slow. Doesn't want to stand out to much.
When he gets to the market, he will do some booth browsing. He will make sure to keep an eye out for anything unusual.
OOC interesting rolled a natural one for my spot check but a natural 20 for my listen check. Must have gotten dirt in my eye.
Teleheri d20+2=8 d20+10=30 Monday February 2nd, 2004 5:21:11 PM
Woody decides to stay drinking at the inn, since it seems theres nothing new around, and try to convience a barmaid to warm him up this night, telling her that he's son of a very very rich man that lives at the Northern Continent...
[Rolls (if needed) Charisma - 8; Bluff - 30 (wow.... natural 20. i guess she will think i'm even richer... :)]
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday February 2nd, 2004 6:25:51 PM
Sly and Luke are restless"Savin, Wait up I'll be going with you. My arm and reflex are growing stail. I need some excersise." Sly looks down at Luke "Want to come along and streech your legs?" Luke will get up and follow the both of them.
Barnum and Edgar d20+6=9 d20+6=19 Monday February 2nd, 2004 7:36:42 PM
Edgar, taking advantage of the inconspiciousness of being a bird, leaves the inn for a little while and flies around. He flies just outside of city limits and sees if there's anything interesting going on past where the others are forbidden to go. (Spot 9, Listen 19)
Barnum sits at the table in the inn eating his appetizers. He is careful not to let himself drink any alcohol today, figuring that he had enough yesterday to last him the week. Seeing as how Sly and Savin have left, Niobe is out, and Woody and Ilsidur are preoccupied with the waitresses, Barnum takes a seat next to Shiraz. "So Shiraz... I suppose we all have a story as to what we're doing with the Children of Chaos, and why we've chosen our paths in life. Would you indulge me a little bit by telling me yours?"
Shiraz Monday February 2nd, 2004 10:16:23 PM
Shiraz sits at the nearest table to a window and pulls out his well worn book and begins to read it. Shiraz soon becomes absorbed in the book and ignores the activity around him.
Ilsidur Monday February 2nd, 2004 11:19:57 PM
Ilsidur tries his best to flirt back with Bria, and manages a few smiles, but is clearly distracted. He says, "Sweet lady, I am worried about what is going on in town. As much as we would like to stay in town and relax, we do need to get going. Do you know anyone in town who could tell us about what is going on with this unknown murder? I'm sure that you have served some local town officials that we could try to contact, haven't you?"
Niobe d20+9=29 d20+10=27 Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 1:06:27 AM
Niobe will find a place to sit and watch the people who are still out; in particular the guards. She will move to a new place to sit and watch from every so often until she finds what she thinks may be the scene of the crime. Niobe wants to try and find out what social class the victim was, and a name if she can. She will not stay in one place for too long at a time. If her observations don't give her any clues as to where it happened then she will return to the inn.
(Gather Information 29, Spot 27)
Peerimus Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 11:58:57 AM
Peerimus stays with Yorrick by the stables. IF no one is going anywhere that is fine. A few days and nights in the open air is a perfectly pleasant way to spend one's time.
The day is broken a bit while Savin tries to work the boredom from himself and Peerimus watches the man with interest, but then it is over and he stretches on his back to admire the sky in its meriad of blue and the dance of teh clouds as they move by.
Justin Webber (DM) Day into Dark Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 1:34:50 PM
The day slowly fades and most people once again gets very little info on whats going on around the city.
Edgar in his flight sees nothing of interest outside of the city.
Savin finds little at the market to see or hear.
Teleheri persuades one of the barmaides to come visit him tonight.
Ilsidur gets little help from Bria, she shrugs her shoulders and smiles to him, telling him that she has met very few high ranking people in the city.
Niobe in her search around town finds very little really. In a small area in the nicer section of town there is a house that is roped off pretty much and there are to many guards there and armed heavily to get to close.
After everyone returns to the Inn and start to relax some as the sun has started to set outside the Inn comes to life more and some people start to stream in, it would seem that people are starting to get use to the lock down status. It isn't to long after the sun fully sets that a guard comes into the Inn, the guard wears extremly nice armor and a longsword hangs at his waist. The guard slowly looks around before making his way to the table and adjusts his helmet on his head, "Sirs, I was told you offered to help us if we needed? I am captain Joran."
Niobe d20+16=27 Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 2:19:34 PM
Niobe gives up her vigil on the heavily guarded house and returns to where she had carefully hidden her gear. She takes all of her stuff back to the inn. This occurs just before the usual crowds go to the inns to gossip and have a drink. Niobe talks to the innkeeper and asks if there is anywhere that she can store her gear; that can be locked, instead of taking up a room that others might need. If he has a small room she can use Niobe will lock her gear up there otherwise she will rent a new room.
Niobe will join the others and eat a light meal of bread, sliced meat and cheese, with a mug of cold cider to drink. She tells the others, "there is a house that is very heavily guarded on the nicer side of town. I bet that is where the murder occured." Unless anyone wants to talk Niobe will hurry up and finish her meal. She will then relax and watch the locals. When the Guard Captain stops at their table Niobe smiles quite charmingly and nods a greeting to him. Inwardly she sincerely hopes that she isn't in trouble, until he says that they are looking for help.
(Charisma check 27)
Savin Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 4:02:10 PM
Savin will leap to his feet and stride over to the Captain. He will stick out his hand and offer to shake the Captain's hand.
"Captain Joran, My name is Savin and these are my companions and friends." Savin will introduce them all including animal companions and familiars.
"Please Captain, join us. Have you had any dinner yet? Perhaps a nice cool cider to quench the thirst or maybe something a littler harder?"
Savin will signal for the waitress and order whatever the Captain requests. "Now how can the Children of Chaos be of service?"
Sly Foxx and Luke Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 5:44:41 PM
Sly sit with a mug of cider, When the Captain Joran approches their table. He whisper to Niobe "Easy Girl! smile and keep an eye on the locals, Woody you too." Taken back by Savin introduction to the Captain of the guards. Sly smiles and knods his head to the man, but Sly almost fall out of his chair when Savin tell every body that they are the Children of Chaos. He remembers the last time he was in this town."
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 10:05:51 PM
Barnum stands up and proclaims, "Captain! I'm so glad you could join us! Please, have a seat and tell us what we can do for you."
Shiraz d20-2=1 Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 11:18:43 PM
Shiraz attempts to hide behind his book<Bluff 1 oops> but fails miserably as his friends attmpt to draw more information out of Joral.
Ilsidur Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 11:18:57 PM
Ilsidur introduces himself, "Well met, Captain. My name is Ilsidur Wayfinder, a cleric of the Gods of the Wold. We are trying to leave town, but we seem to be stuck here by this lock-down. Perhaps we can help you to solve the problem, and then we can be on our way?"
Peerimus Tuesday February 3rd, 2004 11:28:16 PM
Peerimus notes the captain mentally as he approaches, but as introductions are handed out he stands as nods to him before resuming his meal. There were far too many eager to help already, his voice was not needed to be added to the din.
Teleheri and Link Wednesday February 4th, 2004 11:33:44 AM
Woody gives a little smile to the barmaid, as she aggrees to warm him up tonight "Later then..."
When he see the captain gettin close the the Children's table, he sit down on the table, ask for a beer mug, and stay quiet and listen, waiting the opportunit to ask how much he would get for helping the guards.
Justin Webber (DM) Conversation Wednesday February 4th, 2004 12:17:44 PM
Captain Joran seems to take all the greetings in stride and even shrugs off the comment on the group being the Children of Chaos. He waves the barmaide off as he speaks simply, "Still on duty here, maybe later."
Captain Joram stays standing as he looks to each member of the group, as if measuring them before speaking, "Something just seems off tonight and with so many curious minds about town and eyes we need some more help. Most of the guards are watching the gates at the moment to make sure no one exits town." Captain Joram's eyes move to Niobe for a moment in wonder and it seems maybe he has a idea of what she may be before speaking, "The guards are given specific orders to shoot first and ask questions afterwards. I need you all to take a look around town and meet me back here. I will see that you are payed for your services."
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday February 4th, 2004 6:30:58 PM
Sly knows that to ask for help from the Children of Chaos, the Captain of the Guards has to be pretty well desprate. "Alright! If we have to stay here in lock down, it does get expensive. Now ! what do you want us to look for and do, besides staying out of the guards way?" Sly pet's Luke and gives his some jerky.
Barnum and Edgar d20+2=15 d20+4=19 d20+6=9 d20+6=20 Wednesday February 4th, 2004 6:33:33 PM
Barnum nods cheerfully, "Very good, sir!" he says. Barnum then looks to his friends. "I suppose it would be best if we split up to cover more ground?"
Edgar then says, "Do you all remember that Mother Lilian said something about we had someplace to go within the city, and she would tell us where, but we wanted to know things about the monastary instead? Perhaps one of us should visit her and see if she has any information."
As long as everyone agrees, Barnum and Edgar will go towards the Northern most part of the city and investigate there. They will walk around, looking for anything or anyone suspicious. (Barnum Spot 15, Listen 19. Edgar Spot 9, Listen 20)
Peerimus d20+10=13 d20+4=10 d20+7=15 d20+4=16 Wednesday February 4th, 2004 7:44:51 PM
Peerimus nods his agreement then speaks, "Captain wewould be of better assistance if we had more information and direction then 'keep our eye open.' Some detail perhaps on the murder, who the victim was, did they have family in the house, forced entry, a violent fight, was the rest of the family harmed, what kind of apparent weapon?"
After the Captain has departed, Peerimus agrees with Barnum, "I beleive Ilsidur should go to Lilian's. Yorrick and I will take a patrol aound the center of town."
If no one objects he and Yorrick leave for their choosen route. Along the way Peerimus shifts to a great black grizzly bear and casts a heightened Greater magic Fang on himself and Yorrick. [Peerimus Spot 13 Listen 10 Yorrick Spot 15 Listen 16]
Savin Wednesday February 4th, 2004 11:02:26 PM
Savin agrees on moving around town but says to the Captain, "Sir stop being coy. Tell us what is going on. We will keep it confidential. What or who do you wish us to keep an eye out for? Is it safe for us to split up? Or would it be wiser for us to fight this enemy as a group? What happened that has you so spooked?"
Niobe d20+5=22 d20+5=15 d20+15=18 d20+13=15 d20+14=32 d20+15=19 d20+13=28 d20+10=20 Thursday February 5th, 2004 2:42:03 AM
Niobe takes a chance and mentions once again the heavily guarded house in the nicer part of town. "Gentlemen, there is that house I mentioned." Niobe glances toward the guard captain. "It has far more guards then even a wealthy family would normally retain."
Niobe looks straight at the captain and says, "I am certain that at least some of those guards are retained by the city." She grins slightly, "were they merchants or diplomats? Maybe one of the local well-to-do politicians or minor nobles?" Niobe arches a brow in question as she asks the captain about the victim's station in society.
Niobe hopes that no one decides to check the rooftops while she is up there. She also neglects to tell the guard captain exactly where she intends to do her searching.
************************************************
When Niobe is done talking to Joram she rents a new room, gets cleaned up, and dresses for an evening of roofwalking. Niobe wears black and grey tight-fitting clothing with a belt with two large pouches on it. One has her thieve's tools and a small mirror. The other has resin, a few small items. She has a small, light backpack on her back with her climbing kit, rope and grappling hook in it. Niobe ties her hair back in a knot, so it doesn't get in her way.
Niobe slips out of her room through the window; after checking that no one is around of course. She carefully towards where she saw all of the guards. She takes care to avoid any people outside. Once she gets there she climbs one of the far houses from the guarded one and makes her way over to it. Niobe tries to be as quiet and stealthy as she can. Once she gets to the house in question she finds a place to sit and watch it. She will watch the goings-on until she is certain that either everything is normal or there is a chance to sneak in.
(Climb 22, balance 15, move silently 18, hide 15, open lock 32, disable device 19, hide (to scope out the house)28, spot 20)
Justin Webber (DM) More info Thursday February 5th, 2004 1:24:12 PM
Captain Joram nods and looks to Niobe when she brings up her comment before speaking to answer, "The murderer was of a noble family here in the city. He killed his parents and brother, luckly his sister was out of town. The man's name is Krilanos Quendeck and we actually know very little of him since he never left his house very often. Something about he is a albino, one of few in this whole area."
Captain Joram looks back to Niobe now, "The house that is so heavily guarded is the Quendeck house, we stationed guards there just incase he returns home, so far no one has went back their other then curious spectators."
Captain Joram pauses now in thought as he thinks of anything he missed and shrugs, "We have no idea where Krilanos might of left to but we know he has to be in the city some where. We have moved his dead parents and brother to a temple down the road. We just need you to patrol the city and watch for him or other problems. If you see anything you have my permission to tend with the matter and bring the person/s to me after you capture them."
(OOC:If this info changes anyones previous posts then just state the changes in your post. Otherwise you can restate what your doing.)
Barnum and Edgar d20+2=5 d20+4=19 d20+6=23 d20+6=22 Thursday February 5th, 2004 6:01:58 PM
Barnum and Edgar will go to the area of town around the temple that the deceased have been moved to. They will look around that area for anything suspicious. (Barnum Spot 5, Listen 19, Edgar Spot 23, Listen 22)
If they find nothing suspicious, they will enter the temple and try to gain access to the bodies there. [OOC: What kind of temple is it? Who is there? Anything else of note about the temple?]
Sly Foxx and Luke Thursday February 5th, 2004 6:33:14 PM
"Hmm! We will do our best, Captain." replied Sly. "Well if I was an albino where would I hide? Among statues? or He would have to cover himself from head to toe, like a monk?? Well let's give it a good try, Now let's hit the bricks." Sly will search the wall of the city, up one street and Down the other. The both of them all night long.
Shiraz Thursday February 5th, 2004 8:40:10 PM
Shiraz waits until the captain leaves to stand up. Shiraz walks upstairs quietly muttering to himself about patricide and the disrespect of the young. Shiraz returns ten minutes later in full armor with his dark cloak wrapped tightly around his breastplate, the tell tale sword hilts standing out visibly. "Who do I go with? and where do we go?"
Niobe d20+13=26 d20+10=17 d20+9=23 d20+10=14 d20+5=14 Thursday February 5th, 2004 9:58:29 PM
Niobe listens carefully to what Joram says, and makes a mental note about the man's name and condition.
Niobe still goes out on her rooftop scouting. She only brings two daggers, no armor, and other wise what I stated previously. She will not only watch what happens/does not happen within the house but also anything that happens around it. If she does this right then she will have a very nice vantage point from which to watch much of the surrounding area.
Savin Thursday February 5th, 2004 11:01:46 PM
Savin doesn't like all this splitting up but he decided to head to the seeder section of town. He will go to several different inns to see if he can pick some information up. He will only bring 10 gps with him as a precaution against theft.
Peerimus Thursday February 5th, 2004 11:38:22 PM
Armed with information Peerimus will continue with his original plan and will walk a route about teh center of town. Just before leaving, "Shiraz, why don't you come with Yorrick and myself as the rest seem to be undertaking things more on the sly?"
Hopefully with Shiraz, Peerimus in bear form and Yorrick move through the night at a steady casual gait.
Ilsidur Thursday February 5th, 2004 11:43:20 PM
Ilsidur takes Peerimus' suggestion, and heads back to Lillian's house. He keeps his eyes open as he makes his way through town, and when he reaches the house, he climbs the stairs, and knocks, calling out, "Madame Lillian, it is Ilsidur, from the Children. I have a few more questions if you can help me?"
Luke(ceil) d20+5=20 d20+5=9 Friday February 6th, 2004 8:34:11 AM
Luke is a little bit ahead of Sly, looking here and there, sniffing here and there. Luke is atracted to one spot,'Oh! you think this is your spot. (Luke mark the spot)Now it's mine."
Listens - 20 Spot - 9
Justin Webber (DM) The spread of Chaos Friday February 6th, 2004 2:23:28 PM
Captain Joram answers the question possed to him quickly, "The temple is a old temple devoted to Alemi."
The group decides to mainly split up. Niobe sneaks on to the roofs and watches for anything weird. She finds nothing though other then at a small section of town she can make out a small temple with eerie light coming from inside of it.
Ilsidur actualy gets no answer at Lillian's and it looks like she might be gone, probably to get some herbs or such for her line of work.
Yorrick is the first to pickup on something weird which Peerimus will notice shortly after since his big friend makes it none. With the strange scent you are lead towards the temple where Barnum and Edgar have headed to.
Luke picks up the same scent that Yorrick has and has began to lead Sly to the temple also.
Barnum is greeted at the temple by something terrible disturbing. On the walls of the temple is smeared blood and strange pictures that only a mad person could possibly make out. You can see strange light comming from inside the temple and incense can be smelled but it is normal since many temples do burn incense when dead are brought into a temple for any rights to be given.
Peerimus Saturday February 7th, 2004 9:26:49 AM
Peerimus and Yorrick follow the scent to the temple. Once there they will move around the perimeter once before settling on the location of just in front of the main temple doors about 20 distant.
Sly Fox and Luke Saturday February 7th, 2004 4:06:03 PM
Sly is talking to Luke "Well we have tho city pretty well covered, if anything out of the odernary move. We'll know about it." Luke start to pick up something, he goes down this street, with twist and turns he heads more or less for the Temple. Sly terll himself "Why am I not suprise? He takes an arrow, lighting it on fire, then shot it into the air. "We have not been togerther for long, but I hope Neobe, and a few others will see that arrow? And know what I mean." Sly then turn to Luke "Don't go into the temple alone, wait for me!"
Luke stop and look at Sly "Ahh! Gee!"
Niobe d20+10=21 d20+10=20 d20+5=16 d20+13=25 d20+15=23 d20+10=30 d20+2=14 Sunday February 8th, 2004 12:15:58 AM
Niobe looks around and sees the eery glow coming from within the temple. She speaks lowly to herself, "that's odd... I never thought I'd see a Temple of Alemi that would make my skin crawl." Niobe starts to look around to see what the guards are up to when she sees a burning object hurtle into the sky. She wonders what the heck it is before figuring that it must be some sort of signal. She thinks "I hope that doesn't concern me." She carefully makes her way off of the roof and stays to the shadows as she moves quickly towards the temple. If Niobe comes across any of the others she will ask them if they noticed the odd glow from the temple.
As Niobe heads towards the temple she thinks about the fact that she only has 2 daggers and no armor. She cringes. Niobe makes a point to tell the others that she isn't exactly equipped to fight anything, that she only has 2 daggers and has left her armor back at the inn.
Spot (Sly's warning arrow) 21, Spot (looking for guard activity around the house) 20, balance 16, hide 25, move silently 23, listen 30 (natural 20), wisdom check 14)
Barnum and Edgar Sunday February 8th, 2004 8:27:18 PM
Barnum looks to the others who have arrived at the temple. "So... Chaos spread us apart, and fate has brought us back to here. Let us enter together, then."
Savin d20+13=24 Sunday February 8th, 2004 9:54:01 PM
Savin is wandering the city when he notices a streaking beam of light. "Is it a meteor? Giant fireflies attacking the city? Maybe one of Sly's warning flaming arrows?" Savin decides to go check it out and starts to trot in that direction.
Ilsidur d20+5=13 Sunday February 8th, 2004 11:44:52 PM
[OOC: Spot roll of 13 to see Sly's arrow, so...]
If Ilsidur sees Sly's warning arrow, he will kick his boots into high gear, and travel as fast as he can to the origin point of the arrow. He arrives just in time to meet up with the others.
If Ilsidur does not spot the arrow, he leaves Lillian's house, and makes his way towards the original site of the murder, keeping his eyes open on the way.
Justin Webber (DM) Temple Monday February 9th, 2004 7:03:14 PM
Everyone finally makes it to the temple, rather lead, normally going there or seeing the flameing arrow shot by Sly. (of course this means that Illisdur and the others seen the arrow to let people know for sure :).)
Niobe didn't notice anything unusual with the guarding of the house and also didn't see no way of sneaking in without a very big risk of being caught.
At the temple the group decides exactly how to approach the situation.
The temple is quite normal other then the blood on the walls and such. It is a single story and the windows have curtains pulled so you can't look in. There is a window set higher up on the wall that is cracked open alittle but not to far either and way to high for anyone to reach without climbing the smooth walls.
The door leading into the temple is opened just alittle and inside you can hear slight mummbling but it is hard to make out anything at all from the mumbling since it is really saying nothing.
Savin d20+13=18 d20+11=20 d20+13=28 d20+10=17 Monday February 9th, 2004 10:23:54 PM
Savin trots up to the temple and meets his friends. "What is going on?" he will inquire. "Well it is a temple of Alemi. I think I will go take a quick look. Come running if you hear any screams of pain. Especially if it is me screaming."
Savin will then move quickly but quietly to the temple door to take a peek inside. He will try to keep to the shadows so no one can see him. Once he gets to the door he will peek in and see if he can hear anything.
Ilsidur Monday February 9th, 2004 11:20:28 PM
Ilsidur follows Savin up the stairs, and waits about 10' behind the monk. He whispers, "If you go in there, leave the door open a crack, and I will keep an eye on you through it. that way, if you can't call out for some reason, I will be able to see what is going on, and come in to help you, if necessary."
Sly Foxx and Luke d20=15 Tuesday February 10th, 2004 6:06:19 AM
"I'm glad you saw my signal, Luke and Yurric has led us here, Now we can go into the frount door, just don't look at the walls, or the window on the second floor, up there (Sly points to the open window), what we need is a human ladder. That way could be more dangerous! Any body wat to try?? I'm game!" Sly smiles at the ons left outside.
Luke sniff the open door and will take a few steps into the room.
perswasion - 15
Niobe Tuesday February 10th, 2004 8:46:53 AM
Niobe arrives at the temple a few minutes before Savin and Ilsidur walk through the front door. She hears Sly's comment about the window and looks up at it. "If you want to try the human ladder idea that sounds fine to me." Niobe smiles at Sly's suggestion. She studies the wall under the window, and notes that it is smoother than what is usual for buildings.
As a precaution she makes a point of informing the others that she isn't exactly equipped to be doing any real fighting. "Just so you know I left my weaponry and armor back at the inn. I only have two daggers with me. Oh, and various climbing equipment." Still looking up at the window she adds, "...not that this building is tall enough to need any such gear."
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday February 10th, 2004 5:12:18 PM
"Bah! Alemi would let no harm come to me within his temple walls!" Barnum proclaims. "Alemi bless me." He says, and enters the temple, following a few feet behind Savin.
Shiraz d20=1 d20+1=19 Tuesday February 10th, 2004 9:39:10 PM
Shiraz nods at Peerimus' suggestion and follows rhw druid and the bear away from the inn. Shiraz walks behind the two bears. Not noticing anything general<Spot 1> Shiraz attempts to pick out anything unusual<Search 19>. Following the 2 bears Shiraz stands before the bloody paintings, "What in the name of Imod's hammer is all of that?" Shiraz whispers. Shiraz throws his cloak open to draw his primary sword and to have better access to his second sword. The taur then pulls his shield from its secured spot on his back firmly stating a word in Tauric. The shield begins to float around him. "OK lets go in together."
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday February 10th, 2004 11:14:17 PM
Peerimus, as a great bear, agreeadly shakes his head to Shiraz and gestures towards the doors with a great claw. head on is generally a good approach.
Giving a nod to Yorrick to heel he moves in through the doors side by side with the taur if possible.
Justin Webber (DM) Inside the Temple Wednesday February 11th, 2004 1:25:01 AM
(OOC:I'm terribly sorry for such a late post everyone. I had a very hectic day and yesterday was also my mother's b-day. I hope you all can forgive this slipup.)
Since the general approach seems to be to move on in everyone or most everyone moves to the doors or one inside. Inside you see the following which you may or may not stop before being seen.
Along the row of benches and kneeling by the laid out bodies of the dead family of the muurdered family is a albino man who wears a very dirty and almost destroyed white robe. The looks of the robe shows that it isn't dirty from just a single day of hiding or other activities but years of wear and not being washed. The man stays kneeled and doesn't seem to hear you but he does speak and you can hear him from where you stand, "why did you make me kill you? why were you going to sacrifice me? I was no curse to the family..." The man's body shakes for a few moments in pain of the loss and what he did but then suddenly he is shaking in laughter and more words can be heard, "ohhh you deserved it...treat me like you did, beat me, try to kill me....ha! die and may your spirits never find peace and wonder forever!...I'll change the people who are like you...they'll have no choice...they'll change and be free of such laws or die and be set free!!"
A priest in dark robes who stands to the side of the room suddenly steps out. The man hasn't seen you either but on his robe is a single symbol that could be none other then a symbol for the power of chaos, "ahhh, so you have finally come out chosen one...you will lead us to the harmony of chaos...you will pave the way as our savior."
The room is large but the rows of benches will hinder to many moving about together. There is only the single door leading out and you see nothing else except the priest, the albino, the dead bodies and the alter at the head of the temple. there are normal decorations inside the temple and small hangers where the incense is being burnt.
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday February 11th, 2004 7:13:14 AM
Sly takes a last look at the window, high above the ground "We better leave the window alone for now, the others are in the temple." He tell Noibe. Sly draws his special sword and motions her to follow him. He tell Luke "Go find Yurric and be careful."
Luke enters the temple first.
Niobe d20+10=15 d20+13=33 d20+15=29 Wednesday February 11th, 2004 3:29:23 PM
Niobe follows Sly into the temple. She draws one dagger and keeps it hidden under her cloak. Niobe does her best to move quietly and keep to the shadows so she isn't seen. She tries to listen for any one or anything similarly trying to keep their presence masked.
(Listen 15, hide 33, move silently 29)
Teleheri and Link d20+8=22 d20+13=19 d20+19=38 Wednesday February 11th, 2004 5:00:49 PM
After walking around the town and finding nothing, Woody and Link reach the temple, just in time to see Niobe and Sly getting into it with weapons drawn. "I hope i'm not late for the fun". Grabbing Link wiht his left hand, and his rapier wiht his right hand, Woody runs in the direction of the temple.
As getting into the temple, Woody gets more cautious, and try to listen anything unusual, and walk trough the shadows, and stay beside Niobe in silent, and watching whats happening.
(Rolls Listen 22, Move Silent 19, Hide 38)
[off: im really sorry about these missing post, but it was because i got a really full week, with lots of exams to do...]
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday February 11th, 2004 9:40:04 PM
Peerimus pauses slightly taking in the scene before him, the chaos priest, the albino mad ramblings and the bodies in repose, the fall of the spirit
Jolting his mind to set himself to motion, Peerimus moves right without a sound, to the wall intending to move down the right side ailse, Yorrick on his heel. Looking to stay close to the wall and hopefully unobserved. the others will draw attention soon enough and hopefully prevent the enemy from noticing myself or Yorrick
Barnum and Edgar d20+2=19 d20+4=24 d20+7=27 d20+5=14 d20+6=26 d20+6=18 d20+9=14 d20+5=7 Wednesday February 11th, 2004 9:43:21 PM
Barnum and Edgar stay low to the ground behind the others, trying to watch and listen to the situation before deciding on an action.
Savin d20+13=26 Wednesday February 11th, 2004 11:23:15 PM
Savin will take the scene in at a glance and notice all his friends slinking around. "Where is all the big fighter types when you need them. Oh well I guess it falls to me."
Savin will silently glide up behind the cleric and say in a loud voice hoping to startle him and put him off balance. "This one isn't going to be leading the cause of chaos anywhere today. He and you are coming with me and my friends to the city watch. We have been asked to bring him in and for some strange reason, I think they might want to talk to you as well. So lets get down to brass tacks. You coming peacefully or am I gonna have to get unpleasant?"
OOC Savin rolled a 26 on moving silently
Ilsidur Wednesday February 11th, 2004 11:44:03 PM
Ilsidur moves to back up Savin, around from Peerimus and the huge sneaking bear, and says, "My friend here speaks the truth, although he could do it with a little more tact. The city watch is searching for you, and we have been tasked with bringing you in, so that the powers-that-be can determine the hows and whys of your actions. However horrible your actions were, you should be allowed to present your case, and we will try to make sure that you get your chance. Will you come with us?"
Justin Webber (DM) Fight? Thursday February 12th, 2004 10:11:26 AM
Everyone who made a move silently and hide in shadow check succeed since the temple is dark and the priest and albino man were to busy to hear anything.
The cleric of chaos jumps at Savin's words and grins as he looks at the albino, "your time has come, be watchful and wait." With that said the cleric slips a ring on and vanishes from sight.
The albino growls at seeing you and grabs a large candle holder (the candle holder is shaped much like a staff) and twirls it once, "You seek to take me into for punishment....I will not be taken to law...if you work for them then I will set you free first from you chains of servitude to it." As the albino waits for the first attack to come he strikes a defensive pose. Your suprised at the handling of the candle stick and skill but it is clear also that he has had no true combat test in fighting.
(OOC:Just a small comment here. You HAVE to bring him in alive.)
Savin AC 21 htpoints 67 d20+10=27 d20+5=20 d10+4=13 d10+4=5 Thursday February 12th, 2004 11:36:17 AM
Savin will say, "Find the priest, I will take care of this fellow." He will then lightly dance forward and snap a kick to the albino's head going for a stun (using his stunning fist feat)(albino needs to make a save versus fort dc 17. Savin will follow up this attack with a quick punch to the solar plexus.
OOC Savin is using subdual damage instead of real damage. Did 18 points of damage if both hit.
Peerimus AC 20 HP 64 and Yorrick AC 15 HP 51 d20+14=34 d20+8=24 d20+12=26 d20+16=19 Thursday February 12th, 2004 1:53:15 PM
Peerimus snorts at the clerics disappearence, as Savin moves to handle the albino. Shifting to the form of a Dire Bat, the druid now uses the creatures Blindsight to pick out the invisible cleric. [Spot 34 Listen 24]
Upon his discovery he will move over the fleeing man while Yorrick follows on the ground. If possible Yorrick will attack with a single claw [hit AC 26 Improved Grab Grapple check 19] OoC both Yorrick and Peerimus have a speed of 40
Barnum and Edgar Thursday February 12th, 2004 4:49:02 PM
"Thinks he'll escape? I think not!" Barnum says, and casts Evard's Black Tentacles in front of the temple's exit. Barnum is careful to position the spell so that it will not affect any of his companions. He then proceeds to kick himself for never learning Glitterdust.
Sly Foxx and Luke d8+4=11 d20+5=14 d20+5=21 Thursday February 12th, 2004 6:18:52 PM
"I know this is a stupid question But Did anybody bring a net? Here Niobe, I brough a short sword for you. defend your self." He hand her the sword by his side, but in hand he has his special sword. Sly will try to get as close as posable and Use a Shocking Grasp on the Albino. If he get the chance he'll try to grab a leg and infleck 11hp on him (hoping to shock him to a stop for a few seconds). "If this works tie him up, Oh! Yes, does anybody have a rope?" ask Sly
Luke sniff here and there, looking for a scent or movement anywhere. He listen at 14 and spots 21.
Niobe d20+13=26 d20+10=16 d20+15=20 Thursday February 12th, 2004 9:13:45 PM
Niobe puts her dagger away and takes the shortsword from Sly. Niobe stays near to the albino instead of trying to find the invisible priest. "I have plenty of rope. Does anyone have any flour?", she calls out.
Niobe stares at the man as he wields the candle stick like a pro. "Well, I am impressed he actually knows what he is doing...," she says dryly. She steps deeper into the shadows and attempts to flank the albino; moving as quietly as she can.
Niobe doesn't think that she could do anything to just hurt the man, so she decides to see if she can distract him instead. She keeps the shortsword at ready just in case the priest shows up again. Niobe hopes that some one can tackle the albino or render him unconscious.
(Hide 26, Listen 16, Move Silently 20)
Teleheri Thursday February 12th, 2004 9:25:30 PM
Teleheri remains on the shadows, and starts saying some strange words with little gestures, and keep concentrating himself from where he is, and looking around, for any magic arura that he detects [Casting Detect Magic, looking for magic auras that might come from the 'invisible' priest]. If he sees any aura that seems 'floating' without a source, he yells "The priest is there!" and points to the direction of the Aura.
Ilsidur Thursday February 12th, 2004 10:36:07 PM
Ilsidur calls out, "Sly, we need to take him in in one piece! If you have to hit him, use the flat of your blade! Good job, Woody! See if you can find him! Shiraz, if Woody points out an area, you try to grab whomever is where he is pointing!" Then Ilsidur targets a hold person spell at the albino. [OOC: Target needs to make a Will save versus DC17.]
Shiraz d20+16=34 d20+6=21 Thursday February 12th, 2004 11:30:02 PM
Shiraz watches Woody for a direction to attack and just hopes he is able to grab the disappearing priest. <attempt to grab and hold the priest AC 34 Str 21> If Shiraz manages to grab the priest Shiraz will attempt to bear him to the floor. If no floating aura is found Shiraz will advance on the albino and attempt to grab him and hold, <AC 34 Str 21>.
Justin Webber (DM) Capture and lost d20+2=17 Friday February 13th, 2004 12:48:36 PM
The Albino has no chance to shrug off the effect of the stunning fist as the non leathal damage alone drops him, knocked out to the ground.
Shiraz misses the priest and gets nothing but air actually.
Ilsidur casts hold person on the albino who is knocked out.
Teleheri's spell picksup nothing.
Barnum casts his spell on the exit to the temple and Edgar watches for any movments, etc.
Peerimus can find nothing also in his dire bat form.
Niobe watches from the shadows and flanking the albino as he is taken down.
Sly holds off on his attack since the albino has been captured (had to have your attack not hit as it would be real damage and enough to kill him. The albino is only level 1 at the moment.)
Luke and Yorrick have alittle luck with the priest since both of them follow their nose to behind the alter where a grate in the floor has been removed and below a small sewer can be seen. It's clear that the cleric is probably long gone or has a far enough head jump to make tracking very hard.
Sly Foxx and Luke Friday February 13th, 2004 1:56:20 PM
Sly holds off touching the albino, Since he knock out. "Good! I'm glad that I didn't have to use my Socking Grasp, He's weaker than I though. Let's bring him to the Captain of the Guards, tell him what we saw, and see what he wants done." Sly goes to find Luke, the dog is with Yorrick and they both are looking down into a small sewer, Sly ask "Is the sent end here?" Luke answers "Yes!"
Barnum and Edgar d20+2=8 d20+6=8 Friday February 13th, 2004 4:54:40 PM
Barnum looks over to the sewer and clenches his fist, "He's gone! I don't believe it... Does anyone here know the Scrying spell? If not... Maybe we could enlist Mother Lilian's help again? Anyway, you're right Sly. Let's see the Captain of the Guard first." Barnum and Edgar both scan the floor for anything belonging to the cleric that might be useful in some kind of divination spell. (Barnum Spot 8, Edgar... also 8)
Edgar gives Luke a curious glance. "Did the dog just talk...?" He says to himself.
Peerimus and Yorrick Friday February 13th, 2004 5:37:37 PM
Peerimus returns to human form. "The cleric is quick on his feet. The sewers lead somewhere, I do not think we should give the true cause of these murders any more time to atttempt escape from the city or to blend back into the population. He has less than a minute headstart, we, especially Master Savin, could close that gap quickly." Then turning to Yorrick, "Defend Sly." Peerimus then drops into the sewer.
Teleheri d20+5=22 Friday February 13th, 2004 9:43:55 PM
Woody now get out from the shadows, and looking at the helpless albino, says "Good work, guys, but..." Thinks a little bit with himself, and continues "Remember that he was talking something about being forced to kill these people. I think we should ask him some questions before take him so quickly to the Captain. It may be happening more things than our eyes and ears tell us.." While wating the others answers, grabs Niobe's rope and start binding the albino. [Use Rope 22]
Savin d20+10=27 Friday February 13th, 2004 10:01:16 PM
Savin sees Peerimus drop into the sewer and quickly follows him. When he gets to the bottom, he will hold up his hand for silence. "Use your ears. Listen for splashes. Can you make light?"
ooc 27 for listen skill.
Ilsidur d20+13=25 Friday February 13th, 2004 11:42:15 PM
Ilsidur calls out the potential sewer rats, "If you can't find the tracks from that chaos cleric, I suggest you get back up here!"
Ilsidur quickly checks to see that the albino is in fact unconscious, and tries to tell about how long he will be that way. [OOC: Heal check of 25.] Assuming that the albino will be out for a while, Ilsidur slings his axe and shield over his back, and picks up the albino, slinging him across his shoulder in a fireman's carry, and heads towards the entrance to the sewer. When he reaches the entrance, he calls out, "Do you really want to chase that priest? I don't want to leave this guy here, since he was what we were originally sent to get. If we all insist on chasing that cleric, Shiraz, if you climb down the hole, I will pass you this guy, then climb down, and we can carry him between us."
Justin Webber (DM) The big stink! Saturday February 14th, 2004 11:15:36 AM
Savin and Peerimus is greeted by a great stink of the sewers which could almost curl a dwarf's beard. (Fort DC of 20 or loose your lunch)
They both hear no padding feet sounds or even splashing down here and it is terribly dark. For some odd reason you feel that the chaos cleric has already made good his excape.
Ilsidur is pretty sure the albino will be out for some hrs. The deffinet amount unsure still.
The comment is brought up about questioning the albino but what shall the group do now.
Sly Fxx and Luke Sunday February 15th, 2004 7:59:15 AM
Sly goes to the sewer opening and yells down, "I don't think that cleric is anywhere around, we better get out of here, now you two come up out of there and Please walk ahead of us." Sly turns to the rest of the party, asking them "Want to see what in the other rooms? including up stairs?" Sly knew this would tickle the imagination of a lot of them. (including himself)
Niobe Sunday February 15th, 2004 6:52:30 PM
Niobe moves over to the sewer opening and peers down into it. She can't help but get a brief whiff of the nauseating stench.
"Well, I was going to suggest trying to track that cleric. However I don't think we will find him today; not down there anyway." Niobe steps back from the opening and glances around the room. "I think taking a look around is a very good idea. We might find some clues concerning that cleric." She thinks to herself "and we might find some nice little trinkets..." She is more than ready to take a look around.
Savin Sunday February 15th, 2004 10:16:40 PM
Savin looks at Peerimus and says, "Guess we have been out voted." He will grab his friend by the waste and give him a boost up. He will quickly follow and say, "Well lets get this chap to the Captain."
Shiraz Sunday February 15th, 2004 10:32:43 PM
Shiraz mutely reaches out and removes the albino from Ilsidur's hands. "We need you to keep those fingers ready," Shiraz whispers to the cleric as he places the albino on his left shoulder and draws his sword with the right. "To the captain first and then to find the priest."
OOC sorry about missing a post I moved my mother in law all day saturday. Reworking on Shiraz's character sheet it was lost in the hard drive meltdown a while back.
Teleheri Monday February 16th, 2004 8:51:41 AM
"Hey Savin, and Shiraz... havent u heard what i said? before we deliver this guy so fast to the guards i think we sould interrogated him, to know what's really heppening. I dont like to be ordered to do something, and dont know why am i doing this... can anyone wake him up?" Teleheri waits for the others movements...
Peerimus d20+10=30 Monday February 16th, 2004 10:36:31 AM
Climbing back out with Savins help he turns and gives him a hand up as well. "We heard no sign of him, he must have used more powerful magic then a simple invisible ring to make his getaway." "There may be a clue to his identity about, but as this is a temple of Alemi it is more likely we should convince the captain to let us go through the noble house first. The cleric has probably been poisoning his ear for some time and there may be a journal of what the guard saw as indecipherable scribbles that would yiel to our scrutiny." At Telehri concern, Peerimus turns casually, "Telehri, the man is responsible for the murder of the three people laid out before you. To me the only reason he still breathes, is the captain of the guard wishes the honor.
Ilsidur d20+6=10 Monday February 16th, 2004 1:14:26 PM
Ilsidur says, "Thanks for taking the load off, Shiraz. I agree, lets spend a few minutes searching this place; maybe we will find some clues."
Ilsidur will make his way around the building, looking for obvious religious signs, etc. [OOC: Knowledge religion roll of 10, so they had better be really obvious!]
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday February 16th, 2004 1:24:03 PM
"I don't like what you said about 'using more powerful magic than a simple ring'and also you two did not hear any splashing of some one walking in water. The only reason I want the Albino outside is all this blood on the walls, might set him off again. But I would like to see what is in the other rooms, before we go??" said Sly as he looks behind the door to the other room.
Barnum and Edgar d20+2=7 d20+2=5 d20+6=23 d20+6=13 Monday February 16th, 2004 2:01:41 PM
Barnum looks over the three bodies on the floor, noting anything of interest about them. (Spot 7, Search 5)
Sly's comments spark a bit of curiousity in Edgar, who flies around to see if there are any rooms in the temple. If he finds one, he will casually investigate it. (Spot 23, Listen 13)
Justin Webber (DM) Temple Search and Guard we go Monday February 16th, 2004 2:58:06 PM
The group decides and searches through the temple in hopes of finding some info about the cleric and what went on here.
In the search of the temple you find only the normal Alemi relics around the temple and some various coins in the poor box. Upstairs is a single bed room where a cleric of Alemi lays. The cleric's eyes have been removed and his tongue cut out. For some reason you find it unlikely that the albino killed the cleric though since you found no sharp weapon on him.
The bodies down stairs you do find a single slash mark across each parents throat, the wound is jagged though and couldn't of been made by a dagger or other bladed weapon. The brother though has his head badly bashed in.
Shiraz d20+3=11 d20=1 d20+1=11 d20=6 Monday February 16th, 2004 4:06:26 PM
Shiraz waits on the steps of the temple until his companions return. Shiraz takes a few minutes to tie the albino man's hands securely<Rope Use DC 11> and places the man back over his shoulder and stands watching and listening to the darkness<Spot 1, Search 11, Listen 6>
Peerimus d20+16=23 d20+19=23 d20+1=16 Monday February 16th, 2004 5:21:31 PM
Peerimus will stoop to look at the throat slashes to see if there may be a resemblance to an animal claw or talon. "I think we can easily agree our captive is not wholly responsible. While we can not track him through the sewers, perhaps he came in through a different way." Peerimus then moves outside, "My friend can you find his trail anywhere about this building?" Yorrick lends his nose to the perimeter search. [Peerimus Survival to Track 23 Yorrick Survival to Track 16] [know nature 23]
Niobe Monday February 16th, 2004 5:50:14 PM
Niobe looks around the temple and takes a good look at the wounds on the corpses; including the cleric upstairs. "I think we should ask the guards if they have a map for the sewers. Then we can see where the priest might have exited at." Niobe waits outside the temple for everyone and hopes that they will head for the Guard HQ quickly. She looks at the shortsword she is borrowing and wonders how she is going to carry it around town and not scare anyone!
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday February 16th, 2004 9:39:24 PM
Sly looks around Here and there, there is nothing of real intrest. "Alright lets go get clean up, then talk to the captain of the Guards. I'm would like to hear what he has to say. Come on Shiraz I'll scroub your back." As they all start back.
Savin Monday February 16th, 2004 10:16:16 PM
Savin inspects the dead as well and is horrified by the murder of the priest and defilement of the church. He is a little surprised at the blase manner his companions are taking it.
"We just can't leave the bodies of the family and the priest unattended. I suggest you all stay here and I will fetch the Captain and some guardsmen. This way you can awaken our friendly murderer here and get some questions in on our own and protect the church from more defilement."
Savin will start backing away, "Is this OK?" If no one responds with other ideas, he will sprint away at awesome speeds heading for the barracks.
Base movement 50 X 4 = 200'x 10 = 2000' or around 666 yards a minute.
Ilsidur Tuesday February 17th, 2004 12:17:13 AM
Feeling the need to relook at his attitude, based on Savin's comments, Ilsidur says, "Savin, my friend, you are totally correct. We need to help this family as much as we can."
Ilsidur collects the bodies of the family and the cleric inside the main room of the temple, laying them out as peacefully as possible. He covers them with whatever cloth he can find, and readies the bodies for transport to another, undefiled church.
Justin Webber (DM) Captain Joram Tuesday February 17th, 2004 4:24:51 PM
(OOC:I'm taking for granted that everyone plans to wait on Savin to get Joram and get back so will use that.)
Shiraz ties up the albino carefully and Illisur goes about laying out the bodies nicely and covering them with cloth found in the clerics room.
Savin runs off to get Joram, alittle later both of them showup along with a total of 6 other guards. Captain Joram claps his hands together as he grins and looks at the albino, "Thank you all for capturing this man, I will take him and he will be judged and sentenced to whatever fits the crimes he has committed. Of course I will need all of you to attend, since you captured him you will now need to testify to what you seen and had to do."
Captain Joram waves his men and looks to them, "4 stand guard here and the other 2 come with me and bring our albino criminal there. Gentleman and lady, any comments on what has happened here should only be told during the hearing for sentencing so please do not tell me nothing till then. I'm sure the judge of this matter will want to handle this tonight since this was a noble killing."
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday February 17th, 2004 4:44:31 PM
Finding nothing and not being too surprised at the result of the search Peerimus rejoins the others as the captain arrives. He stoically nods to the captains request and falls in line behind the guard as the albino is being taken off. A casual gesture against his leg and Yorrick falls in next to him and takes up an easy stride.
Savin Tuesday February 17th, 2004 9:15:37 PM
Savin doesn't like the Captain's attitude at all. He speaks up, "Well I want to speak at his trial for sure. I would be mightily displeased if he was lynched without a fair trial. I am holding you responsible Captain."
Savin will follow along behind the guards muttering to himself about insanity pleas and possession.
Shiraz Tuesday February 17th, 2004 11:07:47 PM
"I agree Savin. We will wait for the captain to come here with the guard." Shiraz waits until the monk has left and entrusts the watch of the albino man to Sly and Luke for a few minutes as he makes his way around the temple. Shiraz stops at each body, bowing his head for a few momwnts then arranging the body in repose. As Savin arrives with the captain Shiraz places the captive over his shoulder again and resumes his watch. "We should be at the trial. We should speak." Shiraz turns and addresses the man with the captive over his shoulder, "Captain, I agree that if this man is guilty he should be punished for his crimes. However we should not judge the man before his time and before any evidence is committed. If we do we are as guilty as you accuse him to be and our actions no less base."
Ilsidur Tuesday February 17th, 2004 11:26:08 PM
Ilsidur tries to figure out the Captain's intent. Is he saying that the albino will be railroaded in the trial? Ilsidur doesn't get that sense from what the Captain has said, only that justice will be swift. Joran's stating that he wants the party to be there and testify only reinforces that the Captain wants to find the truth, whatever that may be.
"Friends," Ilsidur says, addressing the others in the party, "let's wait to see how the rest of the night plays out, before we start raising concerns about anyone's attitude."
Niobe d20+3=18 d20+8=28 Wednesday February 18th, 2004 12:28:46 AM
Niobe follows Captain Joram inside the temple when he and the guards arrive. She listens to what is said about a quick trial.
"Hello people... What about looking at a map to the sewers, and checking out the house? That priest surely has something to do with all this!" Niobe chimes in sounding more than a bit surprised that no one has mentioned the sewer-rat cleric yet.
Thinking quickly Niobe quietly and swiftly leans the borrowed short sword against a pillar. Then she saunters over to Captain Joram and does her best to keep his attention fixed on her. She makes the best use of the little light there is and her posture, so the Captain isn't thinking entirely about what she is asking. Usually she doesn't try alluring law-men; unless she wants to get away with something, however she thinks that trying to find out more about the priest is worth the effort and the risk. For the first time this evening Niobe is glad that she isn't wearing any armor!
"Captain, we won't tell you any details until the trial, but we need to find that man's accomplice. If it isn't any trouble we need to see a map of the sewer exits, and to look through the house where the crime surely must have been commited." Niobe smiles a friendly yet inviting smile. Inwardly she prays that this will work...
(Charisma 18, Diplomacy 28)
Woody(Ceil) Wednesday February 18th, 2004 6:36:38 AM
Woody step up to the Captain "What the Lady here is saying is that we heard a strange noise that led to the sewers. What we would like to know is , Is there a map of the sewers around anywhere?". The little thief smiles as the big imposing Captain.
Sly Foxx and Luke d20+5=14 d20+5=20 d20+5=22 Wednesday February 18th, 2004 6:50:04 AM
Sly helps out with the bodies and with Shiraz. When the Guards arives with the Captain, Sly will listens to what is being said, Then turns to Ilsidur "I think your right, the Captain is happy to get his hands on his man so soon, he's just going by his orders. He has no intentions of listing to any added details to this case. Your right! We will just have to wait and see." Sly look down at Luke, "Luke, just keep an eye and ears open, we don't want any suprize now Do WE??"
OOC: Lukes Look 14 - Spot 20 - Listen 22
Teleheri Wednesday February 18th, 2004 9:53:44 AM
"and now will become a witness... that's no good." Woody gets close to Niobe and says to everyone else "I dont think this albino man is all guilty. Maybe somebodie killed these people and he was in the place moments after these people were killed.", and the whispers to Niobe "and i dont trust this captain either."
If the captain handle us some sort of map, woody ask him "I guess now this is becoming a official hunt. Dear captain, im not used to risk my life for free. What will we get if we bring your man? "
Justin Webber (DM) Guard and Trial Wednesday February 18th, 2004 1:36:31 PM
Captain Joram thinks a moment and looks to the other after looking over Niobe slowly, "Well dear lady my duty is to get that man over their in as quick as possible. I can have my men though look for this cleric you speak of, if he is in the sewers then they will look. I need you and your friends though to testify on what you seen."
Captain Joram begins to lead the way and looks back speaking as he does, "I do not want a quick trial sirs and lady, I just have my orders and want justice to be seen. The nobles demand this problem have first priority and you probably know the kind of pull they have. The man who is judge though is a honest man and will look at everything carefully and listen to you before making a verdict."
Captain Joram leads you finally to a rather large building. Out front it has 4 wood like pillars holding up the overhang of the porch. Captain Joram walks up and opens a solid well worked door and walks in, leading you into a large room with a few benches and up at the front a pair of tables and a couple chairs. Off to one side is a box where a couple people sit with writting feathers and papers and at the very front is a large desk and a man sitting behind it in a dark robe. The man in the dark robe looks to captain Joram and waves him in.
Before moving in captain Joram looks back at the group, "Stay silent for the moment, you will know when to speak." Captain Joram makes his way inside now and stops infront of the large desk, "Judge William, these people caught the albino noble named Krilanos Quendeck. They will be testifing at this hearing also as to what they have seen. I vouch that they are trustworthy people."
Judge William nods and looks to the group and motions you in, "Come in and sit please, place Krilanos at one of these front tables. At the moment the charge is murder of 3 nobles who were Krilanos's family except sister who was out of the city at the moment. We have ruled out it being his siter do to she has been gone for 3 weeks and this murder is to recent. Also speak with dead has shown that the bodies say their killer was Krilanos." Judge William sighs abit and takes a sip of his glass of water near him and continues, "we have alot of evidence at the moment saying he did it. I need each of you now to tell me what you have seen and done before I allow Krilanos to speak for himself."
Savin Wednesday February 18th, 2004 3:42:45 PM
Savin will look around at his friends and then step forward. "Sir my name is Savin. I was the first in the temple and this is what I saw. I saw a confused and heartsick youngman grieving over his slain kinsmen. Then I saw the same man change. It was almost a switch in his personality. An evil over took him. I wonder if he is possessed or insane.
Then I saw a priest of chaos step forward and call him the chosen one. I had the feeling that he was driving this poor soul towards some dark destiny. I wanted to capture him but he escaped through the sewers.
It was easy to subdue our friend here. I chased the cleric into the sewers but there was no sign of him. I feel the cleric is the force behind this man."
Savin will look down with pity at the Albino. He adds, "I believe he committed the murders, though I have no real proof of that. I sense he was abused as a child and beaten. Still that is no excuse. I wonder though if he was just the dagger in the cleric's hand. A horrible and efficent killing tool but still a tool"
Savin bows and steps back
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday February 18th, 2004 4:55:54 PM
Sly steps forward, "I, Your honor Sir, entered the Temple after our Druid, Who is sitting with the bear and my dog, over there (here Sly points to Peerimus) What I saw as we, Niobe here (pointing to Niobe). I observed that a Cleric in dark clothing, stand behind the Krilanos telling the Albino that he was a Chosen One and it was time to start. Start what I do not know, then the cleric disapered in back of the temple. The defendant was no problem for us, although he did swing the candle stand at us, He was not adapt at fighting. We first tied him up, them Some of us went in the back room , the sewer grade was open. Three of our party decended into the sewers, there was no sound in there. That's when Monk Savin went to get the Guards and the Captain, to take the Charged of prisoner. I too feel that this man did the murders, But he is being used for a deeper plan." Sly bows and steps back.
Teleheri and Woody Wednesday February 18th, 2004 6:10:06 PM
"Greetings your highness. I guess i was the last men to get into the temple, and maybe i didnt saw many things. Everything i saw was this pitiful man, standing over the dead bodies, and saying something about being forced to do whatever he did." Woody looks to the albino "Not sure, but i think there's more things behind this than our eyes can see. Dont know if the opinion of this traveler matters, but im not sure if he knew that he was killing those people." After that, he takes a deep breath and say "Well, whatever... it doesnt matter to me anyway. Could we talk about rewards? im kinda poor at the moment so..."
Barnum and Edgar d20+14=31 Wednesday February 18th, 2004 6:45:39 PM
Barnum steps forward, after carefully thinking up what to say. "Good evening your honor. My name is Barnum Berrybrawn. As you've already heard, a cleric of chaos is currently on the loose, one who is most certainly somehow involved in these murders. I understand you've spoken to at least some of the deceased, and they point Krilanos as their killer. That's a hard fact to argue with. But may I point out that there was a cleric of Alemi in the temple who was obviously killed with a blade of some sort, perhaps a dagger. I think it should also be pointed out that Krilanos was not in the least an apt fighter, I suggest he would have a great deal of trouble murdering everyone he did, at least, all by himself. I'm not trying to say Krilanos is innocent, but I believe it might be in the best interests of justice if the cleric of chaos is captured and it is investigated how he was involved, before anyone passes judgement." (Diplomacy 31)
Shiraz Wednesday February 18th, 2004 8:59:24 PM
Shiraz stands up from his seat, his full 8 foot frame easily dwarfing the rest of his comrades. Shiraz bows his head for a minute before speaking, "This man is a killer." Shiraz says softly. "He killed his family and save few instances there can be no worse crime than that.' Shiraz sighs deeply and looks over at his friends, "That said I too stand with what my friends have said. There is something more going onhere and it bears looking into."
Peerimus Wednesday February 18th, 2004 9:00:50 PM
Peerimus stands now and looks at the captive and then to the judge. "As I entered, he was over the bodies sadden of look. the walls covered in the blood of the slain, yet he was not covered. A second man, identified by our cleric Ilsidur as a follower of Chaos, entered and spoke in soft tones to him. He became filled of great anger and admitted to the slayings. The cleric, who caused the deaths, escaped to the sewers beyond our reach, leaving his weapon behind."
Peerimus then sits again and is quiet.
Ilsidur Wednesday February 18th, 2004 11:29:51 PM
Ilsidur steps forward, to say his piece.
"My friends speak truly. There is much more to this than meets the eye. When we first enterred the old chaple, Krilanos Quendeck was crouched over his family members, in tears. He was asking the bodies of his families why they made him kill them, and asking why they were planning on sacrificing him. Suddenly, his demeanour changed, and he began to laugh, saying that the family deserved their fate, after beating him and trying to kill him. He went on to say that he would change the people that are like the rest of his family, and these others must change or die. It is almost like there are two different personalities residing in his body."
"The cleric of Chaos then appeared, and called Krilanos the 'chosen one', and that he will lead them to the 'harmony of chaos', paving the way as their 'saviour'. When the cleric spotted us, he told Krilanos to 'be watchful and wait', as his time has come."
"When we tried to capture Krilanos, he picked up a candle holder and swung it around, saying that he would not be 'taken to law', and that if we work for 'them', he would set us free from our 'chains of servitude to it'."
"Meanwhile, the cleric put on a ring that seemed to make him disappear, and we think that he escaped into the sewers."
"I believe that this man did in fact kill his family members, but I cannot say if he is truly responsible. If you are honestly looking for the whole story, and the complete set of facts, you will need to talk to that cleric of Chaos."
Niobe Thursday February 19th, 2004 12:52:01 AM
Niobe waits for everyone else to speak and doesn't know what else to add really. "Your Honors, I can add little more to the testimony of my companions. I can say that this man; Krilanos Quendeck, obviously needs healing - he seems to be quite insane. Appearently his family thought him cursed, and they surely could not have treated him very well. I mean that man didn't seem to have a coherent thought and definately little or no weapons training; which is unusual for a noble son." Niobe pauses and looks at the court officials, "still if the apparitions said he killed them that cannot be argued with I suppose."
Justin Webber (DM) Hearing the case Thursday February 19th, 2004 1:51:04 PM
Judge William leans back in his chair and is in deep thought for many mins as he thinks over what was said so far, after a moment he nods and speaks, "Captain Joram, I would take it that you have posted guards at the temple and also have other looking through the city for this cleric of chaos?"
Captain Joram seems to jump when his name is called and a quick look at him and you can see he was almost asleep, any of you can guess that this has probably been a long and trying night for him and he needs rest, "Yes Judge Willaim, my men look over the city and are watching Krilanos's house and the temple as we speak."
Judge William nods and looks at the albino that is still knocked out, "The fact of this matter is though that Krilanos did kill his parents, rather insane or not from abuse. The people of this city can not allow such a man to run around free. Before I sentence the man though we will allow him to speak on his behalf."
One of the court guards walks over and splashes some water on Krilanos's face to wake him up. Krilanos quickly comes to and suddenly and begins to jerk at his rope bindings and then sneers when he sees the judge, "Ohhh great...another fool of law...release me judge and I will release you to sweet chaos..the beauty of change."
Judge William frowns and looks to Krilanos, "Shutup about that and tell me why you killed your parents and brother."
Krilanos's face gets a almost sick but satisfied look on it at the Judge's words and breaks into a grin, "ohhh how great it was, I did it all...that day mother broke a mirror in my room because I wouldn't wakeup....stupid woman anyway...boy was she surprised when I snuck into the kitchen while she was making good and slit her throat with a large piece of that mirror glass...ohh and father, he was unlike mother, he screamed...hahaha, slit his throat also while he was writing a note to his noble friends...and brother, well..he was always rather nosy and came running in when father screamed...my trusty staff was in father's library though...spent 2 years carving it while no one new...did a right good job on my brother's head didn't it?..24 whacks exactly to dent his head, ohhh it was beautiful to...the terror in his eyes...they all got what they deserved and you know whats best???? THEY ARE FREE, yesss no more laws, just pure chaos...they can wander anywhere now, free of binds, free of everything...ohhh just wait to see the world I will carve for everyone...sweet sweet chaos to set everyone free."
Judge William looks like he has heard quite enough and motions to the guard who steps up and ties a piece of cloth around Krilanos's mouth. Judge William sighs, "The man is quite mad. An clearly quilty of murder. Captain Joram, you will keep hunting the city for the cleric of chaos. I fear that the full penalty of this man's crimes should be dealt. Tomorrow he will have a exorcism to release all evilness in him and so he can be beheaded pure and clean." With that Judge William slams a small wooden hammer on the desk and stance, "You people who caught him will attend the exorcism, you have earned the right by capturing him and also I make in as your job as to make sure no problems happen."
The Judge now leaves through a back doow and probably into his room, leaving you and Captain Joram alone. Captain Jorma sighs and watches Krilanos get hauled to the small stairway and down it since the jail is below the court house, "I'm sorry it had to end this way and for your trouble I can only offer a small amount." Captain Joram pulls a small pouch from his pocket and tosses it to Peerimus, "Kind sir, there is enough for each one of you to have 200gps a piece. This is all I can offer other then setting up free rooms for you at the Inn you were staying at." Captain Joram looks like he might drop any moment from need of sleep so turns to go himself, "One of my men will fetch you tomorrow to see the exorcism."
Teleheri and Link Thursday February 19th, 2004 4:17:43 PM
As Krilanos speaks, Woody says, "well, he was guilty... insane, but guilty"
Then he grabs Link, and look in his eyes "See Link, was a fun night! and tomorrow we will see an exorcism! that's nice uh?"
As he gets his 200gp, he finaly says"Well, now i have money to pay the inn! gentlemen, good night for you, and im heading to the inn for a good sleeping night... Will you join me for a big beer mug Niobe?"
Then he heads to the tavern, ask for a drink, ang go to sleep. If Niobe joins him, he keeps talking a little with her, while Link sleeps beside him.
sly Foxx and Luke Thursday February 19th, 2004 5:28:37 PM
"Thank you Captain, and the free room will come in handy. You go and have a good night sleep, you earn it." Sly and Luke follow the others to the Tavern. Sly oders beer for those who wants it, wine for those who like the grapes. Sly sit at the table with a far away look in his eyes, then ask Ilsidur "Friend Ilsidur, I wonder about the Sister, I guest She'll inherit every thing when she gets back into town? I sure would like to see the Will as to who get the estate IF She Should Die??" Sly down his wine and bids everybody a good night. Sly "Come Luke, Lets go to bed, too many odd though are running throw my mind."
Savin Thursday February 19th, 2004 7:04:23 PM
Savin will listen to the trial and hear the sentence. He thinks, "It seems a little harsh, but he did kill his own family."
He will go back with the others and enjoy a good meal. He is feeling restless though and asks, "Does anyone feel like a walk? I am not ready for sleep yet."
Savin will accept anyone's company that says yes or head out on his own.
Barnum and Edgar Thursday February 19th, 2004 9:47:46 PM
"Thank you, Captain. It's been a while since I've had any coin at all." Barnum smiles, putting the 200 gold pieces away.
Barnum decides to go for a walk with Savin, chatting lightly with him, "Never been to an exorcism before. I bet it should be interesting to see."
Ilsidur Thursday February 19th, 2004 11:37:52 PM
Ilsidur thanks the Captain for the money, and adds, "There is one thing that we failed to mention at the hearing. Upstairs at the temple, we found a slain cleric of Alemi, with his tongue cut out, and his eyeballs poked out. Looking at the body, we felt that he had not been killed by Kiralon. Also, the albino, who was so quick to admit killing his family, did not mention the cleric. So, it appears that someone else has committed murder this night."
In answer to Savin's question about going for a walk, Ilsidur replies, "I would like to accompany you, but I am a little upset by what I have seen here tonight. I think a good night's sleep, and an early morning with some serious contemplation is in my immediate future. So, have a good walk, you two."
The dwarven cleric makes his way back to the room in the inn, going straight upstairs, only managing a small smile for Bria. He falls asleep as soon as his head hits the pillow, but he does not have a terribly restful sleep, as his dreams are troubled.
Niobe Friday February 20th, 2004 12:34:16 AM
Niobe gladly accepts Woody's offer about going to have a beer. "I'd love to. I think I have seen my fair share of human depravity tonight." Niobe also collects her share of the 200 gold and pockets it. She spends some time just staring into her beer, in between taking long draws from the mug. Niobe is thinking about the strange case and the impending exorcism. "I wonder if that priest has anything to do with that church that mistress Lillian mentioned. What do you think Woody?"
Peerimus Friday February 20th, 2004 9:35:34 AM
Peerimus takes the coin and once back at the inn, gives everyone thier 200, though it is obvious he feels quite queer about it.
"I would love to join you Savin. A nights walk I have always enjoyed. Yorrick, you looked tired. Go with Luke and take care of him my friend."
Peerimus remains in his human form during this walk. once outside..."Sly brings an interesting point on the future of the family fortune. If things were at all like they seem, I doubht if Krilanos was ever in the will. Since the judge has given us a charge we may want to pursue that direction."
Justin Webber (DM) Night and Early Morning Friday February 20th, 2004 2:36:01 PM
Captain Joram nods and bids everyone a good night before departing.
Back at the Inn/tavern every goes about their own buisness pretty much and talk about various things that had happened in the day.
Very early in the morning though a knock comes to each persons door and a voice calls in, "Sir, lady, the exorcism is in a few hours. Please make yourself ready and meet me outside. I will escourt you to the exorcism once you are ready." With that said the guard who woke you walks outside and waits for each person to do what they need in the morning and get some food and drink if you think it is a good idea to.
When the people come down stairs Bria meets Ilsidur and smiles to him, "I hope your rest was peaceful sir, I snuck a peak in on you to make sure you were okay." Brai smiles and winks at Ilsidur.
Shiraz Friday February 20th, 2004 10:20:28 PM
ooc: Sorry about missing yesterdays post I was at work for well over 16 hours.
Shiraz looks aghast at the money bag, "I AM NO MERCENARY!" Shiraz thunders, the anger clearly visible on the minotaur's face. The large taur unconsciously places his hands on the hilts of his swords. "I will not accept that you would cleanse this man of demons or whatever then condem him to execution. if you do you have given no justice to his family only vengence. You become the murder and this so called weapon of chaos. You should find out if he is truely crazy or if in fact he is simply playing some elaborate game." Shiraz stops and stares at the judge, "I have killed men. More than I have need to count. I have always considered myself a just taur. This i swrong and I will not be a party to it."
Savin Friday February 20th, 2004 11:19:36 PM
Savin will yawn and stretch when the wake up call comes. He will splash some water on his face and use a stick to clean his teeth.
He will go to the common room and get some breakfast and quickly wolf it down. He will head out into the yard, do some stretching, followed by some light exercise. He will shadowbox and then perform his forms. He will calm his mind and prepare himself for the day.
He will then go to the guard and say, "I am ready when the others are." He will sit in the shade of a tree, meditate and wait for the others.
Peerimus Saturday February 21st, 2004 4:15:18 PM
Peerimus's eyes widen slightly at Shiraz's condemnation of the whole affair, but he quickly recovers and decides to act. Stepping between the judge and his big friend, facing Shiraz, "This is not the best time Shiraz and mentioning how many MEN you have killed while thumbing your weapons in front of the judge and guard of this town of MEN will not do anyone good or justice. Let us go calmly that we may speak amongst ourselves as to the best course of action."
Assuming this helps and the night then passes, the guard find Peerimus awake by the barn, crossed legged on the ground with the imposing figure of Yorrick sitting and facing the woodman. Having already prayed for the spells which he might need to beseech both Father and Mother Wold at the exorsism, Peerimus joins the others.
During the previous evening Peerimus will want to meet as a group and discuss the days events. "Of my opinion it is this. It is thier town, their laws , thier beliefs and thier citizens. I do not know if we should intervene. Perhaps Ilsidur you could aid by entailing what an Exorcism is and does? Will it free his spirit so that upon death a just reward for his unmarred life will await?"
Niobe Sunday February 22nd, 2004 5:37:34 PM
Niobe jolts awake at the knock on her door very early in the morning. She throws the blanket back over her head and mutters, "what is it with church people and guards? They always, always, have to do things so darn early in the morning?! I bet even the roosters are still sleeping!"
She rolls out of bed and washes throughly before getting dressed for the day. Niobe combs out her tangled hair but lets her long hair hang loose today. After seeing to it that she has everything she needs with her for the day she leaves the room and locks the door. Niobe eats a quick, light breakfast before exiting the inn.
Niobe will greet any of the others that are out and about this morning. She will sit and watch the very last bit of Savin's morning workout with interest. She seriously doubts that she will ever be that active and awake so early in the morning! She marvels at Savin and Peerimus' early-bird tendencies as she waits for everyone to gather.
Niobe doesn't bother to think much about the impending exorcism, since she has never ever witnessed any before, and therefore doesn't want to start thinking about all of the possible nasty things that could occur during an exorcism.
Ilsidur d20+6=10 Sunday February 22nd, 2004 11:43:05 PM
Ilsidur doesn't remember ever having seen, or even heard of an exorcism, although Peerimus' question might twig a memory. [OOC: Knowledge religion roll of 10].
In the morning, Ilsidur wakes up, little refreshed. He makes his regular morning devotions, and readies himself for the day. Over breakfast, he says, "I didn't get a good sleep at all last night. I am worried about this proposed exorcism. I can only hope that it can shed some light on what is going on."
When the guard comes to lead them to the ritual, Ilsidur is ready to go.
Sly Foxx and Luke Monday February 23rd, 2004 7:41:52 AM
As the sun rises, Sly cannot sleep any longer, after all he is half elf. He gets up and washes and dawn new chothes, take another good look in the mirror (To see if his face showes a few stubble of a beard) "No! Nothing! I guest that I'll take after my mother side of the family.
Sly goes out and climbs a tree, sitting there reading in his magic book. Luke has gone off into the woods. Sly observes the guards going into the Inn, "Well! when they knock on my door, there will be only two other people there to answer." Sly looks down and there's Savin deep into thoughs, Sly will quitly climb down, asking Savin "Hey! Buddy! how about some breackfast?"
While Luke was in the woods, Luke meet with his old pal Yurric "Woof! Woof! (come on it time for food).
Justin Webber (DM) hi ho hi ho off to a Exorcism we go! Monday February 23rd, 2004 12:53:35 PM
The group gets ready, eats and Yorrick and Luck make it back in time to get abit of food also. Afterwards they all come out and meet up with the guard who nods to everyone, "Morning everyone, please follow me."
The guard after saying that moves off and letting you follow. After a short walk you are lead to a small house and ushered in.
You are surprised to find that inside the house is very roomy and there are chairs set for everyone. The house is rather plain with a small mat in one corner for someone to sleep on and other wise just a few items related to Alemi, this looks much like a house of a cleric of Alemi. A heavy wooden chair sets in the middle of the room, you can tell that the chair has been bolted to the floor.
After a few moments Krilanos is lead in and strapped to a chair sitting in the middle of the floor and you see a clerics wearing robes depicting the symbol of Alemi come in. Each of the 7 clerics take positions around the chair with one in the center near Krilanos. After a few mins of silence the cleric near Krilanos speaks, "We the followers of Alemi will purify you and allow you to pass into the after life clean of any past crimes."
The cleric standing near Krilanos pulls out a small bottle of holy water and splashes it onto Krilanos and begins chanting now, now and then the clerics surrounding Krilanos's chair speak a single word "Alemi"
As the cleric near Krilanos speaks you notice the following things happening. A picture that was on the wall suddenly looses the image inside and is completely black, plus has come off the wall and is flying around the room. A small statue of Alemi has also began to fly around the room. The last thing to takel ift off is the sleeping mat. You also can see Krilanos's chair shaking as if it is trying to float up.
(Everyone needs to make a Reflex DC22 or be hit by floating items that are flying around the room. Everyone also needs to make a Will DC20 or start laughing suddenly.)
The cleric near Krilanos's calls out as the items start floating and possibly laughing starts, "Do not break our circle around the chair...continue my fellow clerics....the darkness is weakening." You can see Krilanos's now in the chair as the clerics shift some and can see him jerking wildly in the chair and saliva is running thickly from his mouth, he seems to be in some pain but mainly looks quite mad.
Sly and Luke d20+5=9 d20+7=22 Monday February 23rd, 2004 3:30:24 PM
Sly eat breakfast, give some egg and Ham to Luke. Gives the honey oats to Yurric, Places a gold pice for the wench (to clear their mess on the table). Sly follows along with the others, after a short walk, they come to a small house. Sly wrinkle his brow, he thinks the house is small for a exorcism, well anyway he follows every body else to a seat. Sly happens to sit next to Ilsidur, "Please! Ilsidur, explain to me what will happen?" No sooner had he said this the cleric start to chant, then the holy water is splash at the albino. The picture flies by, But Sly did not see the statue of Alemi and it happens to sit Sly on the head,"Ouch!" But the statue keep on going, when the mattress came by, Sly was taking no chances, he duck down and peek over the top of the chair (to see what would happen next??).
Savin d20+10=19 d20+9=20 Monday February 23rd, 2004 4:56:52 PM
Savin eyes go wide as things start to fly around the room. He is watching things fly by as one bumps into his body. He feels the urge to start giggling but fights it down.
He calls out in confusion, "Why is this happening? Is this normal? What should we do?"
Peerimus d20=6 d20=20 Monday February 23rd, 2004 5:34:20 PM
Peerimus stands where he is told and watches the proceedings with a bit of wonder as the apparent forces of Alemi and whatever held this man's soul began such an outward dual of will. As objects lift and whirl about the room, the druid attempts to force himself to stand his ground fighting the urge to remove himself from this greatly unatural situation. The intrusion upon his spirit, he feels distinctly. A Pulling call from the normal scerene melody of his mind. This, the man is if not prepared for, is fully capable of overpowering. The physical objects are another matter entirely, as those about him duck or shift, he seems to practically draw the flying debris' attention.
OoC I don't have access to Peerimus currently. the two rolls are his unadjusted d20's, but a 6 will fail the reflex and nat 20 makes the will
Teleheri and Link d20+12=26 d20+5=25 Monday February 23rd, 2004 6:56:57 PM
As Teleheri wakes up with the guards knoking on his door, he starts to remember his last night talking wiht Niobe and start talking with Link "hum... i hope this church thing that she was talking about dont take uf to the afterlife... after all, she is a pretty girl..." then he shake his heads, "nah! forget it woody. you know these things never have a good end. And why am i talking to you? u dont understand me... do you?"
He gets ready and walk out the room, encountering Niobe when he gets out of his room. "Hi Niobe, good night sleep?" He keeps walkgin on her side until reach the exorcism site,
"I was thinking about that church thing you asked me yesterday, and to tell the truth, i never was really an religous guy, but i always were afraid of priest, especially evil ones. After all, they have gods on their side, so i hope we dont have to chase that priest. Hope our road lead us to another way. Did i mention how u are beatiful in the morning?" ---------------------------------- When the arrive at the exorcism site, he keeps silent and watch eveything, when the alemi statue starts flying around, he make a little commet "Thats why i dont like priests.."
He easily avoid the flying staute, cross his arms and keep watching.
[OCC: sorry missing last post, but its carnival here in Brazil, so, i was getting a little drunk these weekends, and wasnt home :) sorry]
Ilsidur (AC24, 88 hp) d20+3=12 d20+11=12 Monday February 23rd, 2004 10:19:33 PM
Ilsidur becomes more and more upset as he watches the intense ceremony taking place. As the items seem to grow wings and fly around the room, the dwarven cleric tries to dodge them, but his heavy armour seems to hold him down, and he is repeatedly bumped by the flying objects [OOC: Missed reflex save with a 12].
Then, against his will, Ilsidur breaks out in laughter. [OOC: Missed the will save with a 12].
Shiraz d20+3=8 d20+6=12 Monday February 23rd, 2004 10:46:43 PM
Shiraz enters the room if only to see what happens to Krilanos. Shiraz sits as close to the proceedings as possible so as to catch any word that might explain the man's actionsor prove his guilt. Shiraz intent on the albino man is hit soundly with a floating object and begins laughing at it.
Niobe d20+11=16 d20+4=20 Tuesday February 24th, 2004 11:11:23 AM
"Actually I slept amazingly well last night considering that we are going to be present at an exorcism today." Niobe smiles as she answers Woody's question. "Thank you for the compliment Woody. Perhaps I should wear my hair loose more often?" As she continues to walk to the little house she thinks about that priest. "You know I think we might be unlucky enough to have to track that priest. Maybe we could investigate that old church first too though? I guess the local law with dictate what we do next." Niobe makes a face showing her disagreement with have the law say what she can and cannot do.
************************************************
Niobe watches the exorcism with a mix of curiousity and apprehension. She looks mildly disgusted when Krilanos starts foaming at the mouth. Suddenly that wierd picture smacks her in the back of the head and she lurches forward while trying not to loose her balance. Not quite knowing why Niobe chuckles briefly at the crazy situation; though she cannot really find anything funny about it. She bites back any disire to laugh any more and watches the bolted chair shaking. Niobe feels a growing sense of fear within herself.
Since the items haven't stopped flying around Niobe kneels down and avidly watches the exorcism. Absently she says to Savin, "I don't think there is anything normal happening here. We should probably just stay were we are..."; Niobe's mind is drifting wondering about what happens if you die and still have past mortal sins on your conscience.
(Reflex 16, Will 20)
Justin Webber (DM) To be or not to be? Not to be! Tuesday February 24th, 2004 1:13:41 PM
Everyone hit by a floating item in the room finds a small bruise starting to form and takes 2 points of subdual damage.
The exorcism continues, some of the group getting hit by objects and others breaking out into laughter for no apperant reason.
You see the center cleric splash more water onto Krilanos which seems to make him jerk and now a slight hissing can be heard (listen DC25 do to noise).
Suddenly Krilanos burst into a grin and looks dead on at the cleric infront of him and clearly leader of the exocism group, "Play time is over, those who obey the laws need to be set free."
Infront of you you see something amazing by all standards. Krilanos, suddenly snaps the leather straps tieing him to the chair and jumps the lead cleric of Alemi. Krilanos moves with terrible speed that even Savin the monk has trouble following and before your eyes and with his hands only you see the life get drained for the lead cleric. Krilanos drops the cleric to the floor and grins wickedly as he speaks, "Followers of chaos...it is time to show yourselfs! I your chosen one am here...follow me and find glorious chaos and freedom of all law."
The remaining six clerics turn and with a easy jerk of the cleric robe of Alemi they wear, rips it off to show well crafted chainmail under the robes. Depicted in the center of the chainmail chest is the symbol of chaos. Each has a hvy. mace in their hand also and one even speaks up, "Run now our leader, we will hold these people off." The same cleric of chaos looks at you all and grins, "I excaped once, but this time things are different."
Krilanos grins at the words and surprisingly winks to the group, "I know we will meet again...glorious chaos draws us together and will again...if you join me later we will plunge everywhere we go into chaos...think on that."
(OOC:The clerics of chaos have positioned themselves to block the door and allow Krilanos a free get away.)
Ilsidur (AC24, 86/88 hp) d20+11=22 d20+17=36 Tuesday February 24th, 2004 8:28:33 PM Assuming Ilsidur is no longer laughing, or he can fioht it off with another save [Will save 22], or he can make a concentration check to cast a spell [Concentration check of 36]:
Ilsidur casts his FLY spell on himself, and flies across the room, over top of the clerics with their heavy maces and chain mail and chaos symbols, to the doorway, trying to block the albino's exit.
If Ilsidur cannot cast a spell:
Ilsidur dashes across the floor towards the doorway, trying to block the albino's exit. He will run right around or even through the group of clerics, if he doesn't have a clear path to the door, ignoring any attacks of opportunity that he may have to deal with. He can run up to 160' if necessary.
Barnum and Edgar d20+6=9 d20+7=19 d20+6=13 d20+7=24 8d6(5+5+1+4+4+3+6+4)=32 Tuesday February 24th, 2004 8:48:50 PM
Barnum and Edgar are both struck by the same statuette of Alemi, and Barnum clutches his chest, bursting out in uncontrollable laughter.
(Assuming the laughter wears off after Krilanos escapes) Barnum raises his hand and takes a few steps to the side, repositioning himself to fire his spell on as many chaos clerics as possible. "How dare you spit upon the name of my God by borrowing his robes for your vile deeds! Let me show you Alemi's light!" With that, a stroke of lightning launches itself from Barnum fingertips, towards the chaos clerics. (Lightning Bolt: 32 HP damage, Reflex DC 17 for half)
OOC: Sincere apologies for missing two posts.
Savin AC 21/20 hps 62 d20+10=28 d10+4=13 Tuesday February 24th, 2004 10:11:19 PM
Savin will step forward and deliver a sidekick to the cleric closest to him. He will try to use his stunning fist feat.
Not sure how far we are from our opponents so I didn't take a full attack. Stunning fist hits for 13 points of damage. Cleric needs to save vs a DC of 17 to avoid being stunned. It is a fortitude save.
Sly Foxx and Luke d4+4=7 d4+4=7 d4+4=6 Tuesday February 24th, 2004 10:28:24 PM
Sly who is already down on one knee anyway, will take out his two daggers from each boot. Point one dagger to their old disapering cleric, and chant 'Poo Doo' three migic missles hitting (that old pal of theirs) in his chest.
OOC: Ithink it's three mm Damages are 7+7+6=20 hp.
Shiraz d20=10 d20+17=32 d20+6=26 Tuesday February 24th, 2004 11:04:34 PM
Shiraz continues laughing until Krilanos stands up. As the man dashes for the door Shiraz charges the clerics arrayed around the door with his arms out stretched. Shiraz attempts to bowl over several to let his friends pass by. Hit AC 32 Strength Nat 20 for 26.
Niobe d20+10=23 Wednesday February 25th, 2004 1:51:25 AM
Niobe is very displeased with her ill luck. "Once again I only have three daggers!" she thinks. She holds off any attacks for the moment and instead looks to see if she can either exit the house (behind Shiraz maybe?), or find a way to get a better attack on one of the well-armored 'guards' without having to throw any weapons. She does not ready any weapons at the moment. Niobe moves a few steps away from the side of the room with the door. She feels a little dizzy after getting hit by what must have been the pictureframe earlier.
************************************************
(This is only something Niobe will do if the house meets two criteria: It has a window big enough to crawl through, and it is preferably a wooden house.)
If there are any windows in the house; and the house is wooden, Niobe will either open it or break and yell as loud as she can "FIRE!!". Nothing summons the local guards faster than a cry of fire. If the house is not wooden then she will open a window (if any) and sneak out.
(Spot 23, looking for a window)
((Any windows in this house Justin?))
Justin Webber (DM) Posting Wednesday February 25th, 2004 1:59:24 PM
(OOC: Quick question to everyone. Do I need to change my posting time to alittlel ater in the day to possibly help with people's posting? I will change if I'm posting to early for some of you. Also I like to move on combat with all posts or we will have people needing to make up for lost combat or loosing that round. Either one of those choices aren't really fair.)
Savin d20+9=27 d20+4=10 d10+4=9 Wednesday February 25th, 2004 2:23:15 PM
OOC ( adjusting my last post. Justin said I was close enough to use my flurry of blows feat)
Savin follows up his kick with a savage palmheel strike to his opponents head and then an elbow to the clerics throat. Unfortunately he misses with the elbow.
ooc between the 2 posts I should do 22 points of damage. Not sure if it matters but on the first post I only hit ac 27. cleric still needs to make fort save of 17 or be stunned.
Sly Foxx and Luke d20+12=20 d20+12=27 d4+4=7 d4+4=8 Wednesday February 25th, 2004 7:31:26 PM
Sly attack the #1 cleric again with two magic missels, he will try to get through the line of guards. To get into contact with this high and mighty Cleric of chaos and stick the dagger into his adam's apple (or tries to).
OOC: Dear DM it makes no differance to me when you post.
Attack 20&27, Damages 7+8=15.
Justin Webber (DM) Battle Round 1 d20+10=19 d20+10=18 d20+10=17 d20+10=29 d20+10=12 d20+10=27 d20+6=13 d8+2=10 d20+6=10 d8+2=8 d20+12=16 Wednesday February 25th, 2004 7:33:37 PM
The room is small enough where none of you need to move far to reach the clerics of chaos. Also the house is made of wood and there are two windows with heavy curtains hanging and pulled to cover them. Of course it has been raining outside since you reached the town, just not as bad as when you were making your way here. Also everyones laughing stopped and the items floating around the room stopped once Krilanos broke free from the chair.
Ilsidur casts fly on himself and flies to stop Krilanos from leaving.
Barnum casts lightning bolt at one of the clerics. (Cleric saved for half)
Savin attack hits the cleric he confronts hard but the cleric is able to shrug off the stun.
Sly casts magic missles at the cleric you guys met earlier. The cleric growls at the blows.
Shiraz comes rushing foreward and hammers one of the clerics hard, sending the cleric flying back abit to hit the wall.
Niobe looks around the room for a window and spots the two in the room, one is close to the chairs the group was sitting in. ------------------------------------------------ (OOC:Ignore some of the rolls as for some reason the dice roller decided to make a whole bunch.)
All clerics except C3 and C5 hold their ground and do not make attacks.
C3 swings his hvy mace at Savin, yelling at him, "Just let our chosen on leave." (Can hit AC:13 Damage:10)
C5 moves back foreward and swings his mace at Shiraz, you can tell he is upset and wants nothing else then to kill. (Can hit AC:10 Damage:8)
Krilanos frowns when he sees Ilsidur land infront of him and he moves foreward with the same burst of speed he used before on the actual cleric of Alemi and tries to slap Ilsidur out of the way. (Can hit AC:16 Damage special if hit.)
(OOC: Clerics have AC:18. Sly, please post your next move on this combat round, otherwise it looks like you made to attacks in one round.)
Savin ac 21/20 hps 62/62 d20+9=26 d20+9=26 d20+4=11 d10+4=12 d10+4=13 Wednesday February 25th, 2004 8:27:42 PM
Savin easily side steps his cleric's swing and moves back in using only knees and elbows this time since they are so close. He slams a knee to the pit of the cleric's stomach and an elbow to the back of his neck. He misses with his third blow but he does another 25 points of damage to his opponents.
OOC total damage to cleric I am facing is 47.
Niobe Wednesday February 25th, 2004 8:39:33 PM
Niobe quickly opens the unlocked window and climbs out. She hits the ground rather gracelessly and rolls to her feet. She makes a mad dash for the door to the house; taking the shortest possible route. She readies one of her daggers as she runs.
Niobe hopes to get to the door before Krilanos gets out of the house. If she gets to the door before he does she presses herself against the wall next to the door (on the side where the door will not hit her). Niobe hopes to catch Krilanos off guard, and maybe get in one good stab.
((I hope to get in a sneak attack on Krilanos if he is caught off guard. If I can try a sneak attack I will make the rolls in my next post.))
Peerimus d20+16=20 d8+10=14 d20+20=24 d20+20=21 Wednesday February 25th, 2004 9:07:04 PM
OoC Sorry for missing guys
Peerimus moves 5 feet and shifts a Dire Bear in front of Cleric #2. With a great claw and thunderous roar, several thousand pounds of bear stand before the cleric for a slightest fraction of a moment. Then a great clawed paw, the size of the mans head slams down the man. [Hit AC 20 for 14 Dmg Improved Grab Feat allows for Grapple check 24 to start and 21 Defenively when its the clerics turn]
Shiraz d20+17=19 d20+6=23 Wednesday February 25th, 2004 9:36:19 PM
Shiraz frowns at his attempt to knock more than one cleric out of his way and spots Krilanos standing less than 10 feet away. Shiraz roars in tauric starting his shield spinning around him. Shiraz charges into cleric 4 ,<AC 19> and attempts to push the cleric into Krilanos <Strength 23>.
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday February 25th, 2004 9:59:19 PM
"My apologies, to my friends who get tangled up in this, but there's no time for fine adjustment!" Barnum calls out to his companions, and with a wave of his hand and an utterance, mighty black tentacles burst through the ground around Krilanos and company. (Cast Evard's Black Tentacles, centered on Krilanos)
Ilsidur (AC24, 86/88 hp) Wednesday February 25th, 2004 11:47:34 PM
Ilsidur avoids the slap of the albino, then watches in disbelief as the black tentacles jump up from the floor. He quickkly flies back through the doorway, stopping just on the other side of the doorjamb, waiting to see how the tentacles will affect the albino, the clerics, his friends, etc.
If the albino manages to avoid the tentacles, Ilsidur will cast hold person at him. [Will save vs. DC17.]
Justin Webber (DM) Tentacles tentacles, who has the tentacles? d20+6=7 d20+2=13 d20+2=22 d20+2=14 d20+2=13 d20+6=11 d8+2=5 d20+6=15 d8+2=6 Thursday February 26th, 2004 3:35:14 PM
Sly attacks the cleric she attacked earlier. Her daggers cutting nasty wounds into him, her one dagger though doesn't get his adama's apple though.
Savin hammers the cleric who tried to attack him and watches at the cleric crumples to the floor.
Shiraz rams the cleric he was aiming at and watches the cleric go flying back into Krilanos, the cleric though hits Krilanos and falls to the floor more then pushing Krilanos anywhere. (The cleric miss his aoa)
Niobe hides outside of the door, hoping to sneak attack Krilanos.
Peerimus attack one of the clerics also and is successful in grappling him also as the cleric struggles.
Barnum casts evards black tentacles centered on Krilanos.
Ilsidur is able to make it outside the door just intime to miss the tentacles.
C1 not injured C2 is being grappled by Peerimus and is slightly injured. C3 is dead (inless Savin was doing non leathal damage) C4 was charged by Shiraz C5 Sly has hit with magic missles and stabbed. C6 not injured
C3 is stuck in the tetacles but is dead anyway.
C4 was able to excape them but is still in the spell effect area do to the shove.
C5 is stuck in the tetacles.
C2 is stuck in Peerimus's grapple and trying to get free.
C1 moves and takes a swing at Sly. (Can hit AC:11 Damage:5)
C6 moves and swings his hvy mace at Barnum. (Can hit AC:15 Damage:6)
Krilanos was able to break free of the tentacles and before everyones eyes his body weaves in the air before turning into gas and begins floating/flying out the door.
Savin ac 21/20 hps 62/62 d20+9=15 d20+9=26 d20+4=21 d10+4=13 d10+4=12 Thursday February 26th, 2004 4:17:18 PM
Savin does a quick look around and decides to help Barum. He moves over quickly (might be giving C4 an AOO, not sure as he is fighting tenacles) and take 3 fast strikes at C5.
The first was using the stunning fist feat but it missed. The second and third attacks both hit solidly doing 25 points of damage to the cleric. Savin is showing no mercy and not pulling his blows. C3 is dead.
Teleheri d20+9=10 Thursday February 26th, 2004 5:34:54 PM
After a few seconds, Woody now 'wakes up' and realize what's going on sayin "Step back Link, time for fun!"
Then draw his short bow and fire at the cleric that is attacking sly, but miss
When Krilanos turn into gas, he say "Wow... that man is good..."
Teleheri (AC 20 HP 34/34) Thursday February 26th, 2004 5:35:19 PM
sorry, forgot the stats...
Barnum (6 hp damage) d20+17=33 8d6(4+4+2+3+4+1+5+3)=26 Thursday February 26th, 2004 10:15:52 PM
C6's mace comes down hard on Barnum's left shoulder. The Halfling nearly drops to one knee when Savin comes to his aid. If Savin does not knock out the cleric attacking him, Barnum will fire a lightning bolt at him. If Savin knocks him out, Barnum will fire his lightning bolt at the cleric attacking Sly. (Casting on the defensive, Concentration 33, Lightning Bolt damage 26, reflex save DC 17 for half)
Evard's Black Tentacles will be in effect for 7 more rounds.
Shiraz d20+14=32 Thursday February 26th, 2004 11:14:35 PM
Shiraz flings his cloak from his back and attmepts to fling it over Krilanos in gaseous form. <AC 32> Shiraz looks over his shoulder, "Can anyone change him back?"
Ilsidur (AC24, 86/88 hp) d20+8=28 Thursday February 26th, 2004 11:18:29 PM
Ilsidur watches the albino change into a gas right before his eyes, and quickly casts a targeted dispel magic on the humanoid-shaped cloud, trying to make him reform. [OOC: Rolled a natural 20 for the dispel check, for a total dispel result of 28.]
Sly (AC 20 - 56/61 Hp) d20+12=25 d20+7=23 d4+4=6 d4+4=5 Friday February 27th, 2004 7:09:04 AM
Not wanting to get tangle in those tetacles of C5, and since C1 has taken a swing at him, the cleric#1 is close enough to get a strike on him. Sly turns to face the cleric 1, Striking him once with his left(in hand) dagger, then quickly striking a second time with his left dagger (in hand).
OOC: attack Ac25 & Ac23, Damages 6+5=11 Hp.
Peerimus d20+20=37 d20+20=33 Friday February 27th, 2004 8:53:57 AM
Another great furred arm wraps about the Cleric (C2) as Peerimus, in Dire Bear form, pins the cleric face down and unable to speak. Looking down at the helpless man, he issues forth a thunderous roar of victory.
[the second roll is my grapple check against the cleric 33]
Niobe Friday February 27th, 2004 1:29:41 PM
Niobe is awfully curious about what Ilsidur is up to. She listens to the arcane mumbo-jumbo that he is spouting. Niobe notices a minor shift in color near the top of the door, looks up and sees part of a very weird cloud just barely emerging from the doorway. "Now that is interesting..." she says in a detached tone of voice.
Justin Webber (DM) Gas away d20+2=13 d20+10=12 d20+6=10 d20+2=20 d20+6=10 d20+2=10 d20+6=25 2d8(3+3)+8=14 Friday February 27th, 2004 10:49:22 PM
The battle continues and Peerimus keeps C2 in a tight bear hug no matter the effort the cleric puts up.
C6 gets pounded on by Savin which sets the cleric of chaos to staggering and the the bolt of lightning from Barnum makes him colapse to the floor.
Niobe sees the strange cloud coming towards the door and slightly peeking out the door.
Sly stabs C1 with his daggers, making a pair of nasty wounds on the cleric of chaos but not dropping him.
Teleheri fires a arrow at C1 and misses, he does get to see his arrow hit and stick into the wood wall.
Shiraz tries to cetch Krilanos in his cloak but in his gases form Krilanos is able to wiggle around it quiet easily.
Ilsidur casts dispell magic on Krilanos but finds his spell has little effect since Krilanos stays in his gas form. (Do a knowledge arcana check or religion to find out more)
C1 is slightly injured but presses his attack on Sly, swinger his hvy mace at Sly in a overhead fashion. (Can hit AC:10 Damage: Couldn't hit).
C2 is still in the bear hug of Peerimus, yelling as he tries to wiggle his way free and finding his kicks to be ineffective against the dire bear.
C3 Is dead
C4 moves out of the tentacle area, being able to stay form getting caught and strikes at Shiraz with his hvy mace. (Can hit AC:10 Damage: Can't hit)
C5 is stuck in the tentacles yet and unable to break free.
C6 has fallen to the floor and is badly injured, he casts a cause moderate wounds on Savin. (Touc attack can hit AC:25 Damage: 14)
Krilanos flies 30ft from the door way in excape. Of course the black tentacles are in the way of everyone but Niobe.
Savin ac 21/20 hps 48/62 d20+9=22 d20+9=24 d20+4=21 d10+4=7 d10+4=12 d10+4=13 Friday February 27th, 2004 11:02:30 PM
Savin winces as a nasty cut opens up on his chest. "Ouch!" the monk says with a grimace. "Not bad, but now its my turn. Savin launches a flurry of attacks which are almost to fast for the eye to follow. Three quick efficient punches all to the ribs designed to break bones and puncture lungs.
OOC flurry of attack feat, 3 hits for 32 points of damage.
Sly d20+12=21 d20+12=19 d4+4=5 d4+4=8 Saturday February 28th, 2004 10:18:10 AM
Sly duck and weaves around cleric #1, then come in to strick again, once with the right trust (hit ac21), then jabs with the left (hit ac19).
OOC: Sly will start to prepare Shocking Grasp, for the next round. OOC: Attack Ac21 & Ac19 - Damage 5+ 8=13 hp.
Teleheri (AC 20 HP 34/34) d20+9=21 d6=6 Saturday February 28th, 2004 12:35:23 PM
Teleheri became a litte scared about thos tentacles, walking back and stands near the wall and and now fires an arrow at the cleric that is attacking Shiraz (C4), and hits a nice shot (6 dmg)
Peerimus AC 17 HP 74 d20+20=26 d20+20=27 Saturday February 28th, 2004 1:13:10 PM
Looking about, the clerics are all well in hand and there is little the druid suspects he can do to affect a gaseous cloud if Ilsidur could not dispel it. Peerimus will maintain his pin on the cleric.
Barnum and Edgar d20+5=18 Saturday February 28th, 2004 11:38:43 PM
Edgar watches Krilanos's movements to try to determine the source of his gaseous form. (Knowledge Arcana, 18)
In the meantime, Barnum dismisses Evard's Black Tentacles, in hope that it'll give the others a chance to chase after Krilanos. By doing this, C5 is now freed.
Niobe d20+13=24 d20+15=21 Sunday February 29th, 2004 2:40:56 PM
Niobe feels compelled to follow the gaseous form of Krilanos. She doesn't realize that it is him though, but figures that she might as well see what it is since Ilsidur was blocking the door and the others are taking care of the clerics. Niobe has never really seen a 'cloud' that moved on its own before. She moves quietly, going from shadow to shadow as she follows Krilanos. Niobe conceals her readied dagger under her cloak.
(Hide 24, Move Silently 21, if necessary Niobe has the Ranger ability Track.)
Shiraz d20+17=29 d20+6=19 Sunday February 29th, 2004 10:48:01 PM
Shiraz grumbles in frustration as his cloak misses the gaseous form of Krilanos. Turning his eyes towards the fighting clerics Shiraz attempts to grab the closest one and ensure they have one to interrogate. Striking quickly Shiraz grabs the cleric by the chain shirt, AC 29, pulling the cleric to him,Strength DC 16.
Ilsidur (AC24, 86/88 hp) d20+6=8 Sunday February 29th, 2004 11:11:33 PM
Ilsidur flies after the cloud, trying to figure out why the dispel magic didn't work. [OOC: Knowledge (religion) roll of 8]
He calls out over his shoulder, "I will meet you back at the inn, if we get separated!"
Justin Webber (DM) Cleric fight and cloud chase d20+6=20 d8+2=5 d20+6=11 d20+6=21 Monday March 1st, 2004 3:52:58 PM
Savin does a flurry of blows to C6 and gets a satifing feeling as the cleric goes still and makes no movements.
Sly stabs C1 with his daggers and the cleric now looks badly injured.
Teleheri shoots C4 and the cleric stumbles abit as the arrow sticks out of the cleric quivering.
Peerimus continues his bear hug on C2 and the cleric has now passed out.
Barnum dismisses the Evard's black tentacles and tries to figure out Krilanos's gaseous form ability. Barnum is able to come to the conclusion that Krilanos has some how beenable to obtain vampire traits with the exception of having to bite someone to drain life.
Niobe chases after Krilanos but stays in the shadows as she does. Outside it is raining but this doesn't seem to effect her hiding.
Shiraz grabs C5 and tries to hold him.
Ilsidur flies after Krilanos. Ilsidur is quickly soaked in the rain outside as he flies also and lighting flashes in the sky now as if something is angry outside.
C1 frowns at Sly and continues pressing his attack to Sly since he isn't to badly injured. (Can hit AC:20 Damage:5)
C2 has passed out in Peerimus's bear hug.
C3 is dead.
C4 continues attacking Shiraz even with Teleheri's arrow sitcking out of him. (Can hit AC:11 Damage: Can't hit)
C5 is actually able to break free of Shiraz's hold and tries to make a break for the door.
C6 is dead after Savin's flurry of blows.
Krilanos still flies quickly in his gaseuos form. The rain seems to have no effect on him and the lightning flashing in the sky shows him in the light now and then.
Peerimus AC 17 HP 74 d20+16=35 2d4(1+2)+10=13 d20+16=30 2d4(1+4)+10=15 d20+20=26 d20+11=14 2d8(1+8)+6=15 Monday March 1st, 2004 5:54:23 PM
With one taken care of, Peerimus looks about quickly. Sly is wounded and Shiraz while technically having two opponents has yet to even unsheathe his weapon. Standing to his full 12 feet of height, 8000 pounds of bear steps in on the cleric before Sly. Two great clawed attacks slam down, pulling the cleric from his feet into a bonebreaking gapple, as well as into the great bear's timber splitting jaws. [Claws Hit AC 35 13 Dmg; Hit AC 30 15 Dmg] [Grapple 26] [Bite Attack Hit AC 14 15 Dmg]
Savin hps 48/62 ac 21 d20+9=16 d20+9=24 d20+4=19 d10+4=12 d10+4=10 Monday March 1st, 2004 6:15:02 PM
Savin sees C5 trying to escape and quickly cuts him off. "Hello again. Didn't we met before. Stay for awhile.) He throws a quick right but the cleric is able to avoid it. (Darn that was the stunning blow feat attack.) He follows up with 2 more quick attacks both of which land. Savin wants to question this one, so he is pulling his punches causing subdual damage.
Subdual damage is 22
Sly d20+12=18 d20+12=14 Monday March 1st, 2004 8:35:15 PM
The cleric #1 gets a few lick into sly, Sly drop to his knees and takes a couple of breaths before getting into battle again. 'Good chance Peerimus is with that black heath gussard.' Sly think to himself.
Shiraz d20+17=21 d20+6=22 Monday March 1st, 2004 10:12:58 PM
Shiraz groans as teh cleric pulls free of his grasp and latches onto the cleric again, AC 21 grabbing with both hands this time, Strength 22, Shiraz attempts to bear teh man down to the ground.
Niobe d20+13=32 d20+15=29 d20+9=13 d20+10=21 Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 12:16:07 AM
Niobe continues to follow Krilanos; and now also Ilsidur. She picks up her pace quite a bit and closes the distance between herself and the cloud, but still stays to the shadows. Niobe isn't bothered by the rain and lightning, though it does seem that a major storm is building. She looks around at her surroundings to see if she can figure out where the cloud is going.
(Hide 32, Move Silently 29, Search 13, Spot 21)
Ilsidur (AC24, 86/88 hp) d20+5=14 Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 8:08:03 AM
Ilsidur continues to fly along, following the cloud of Krilanos. Growing up in the mountains, he is little bothered by the rain and wind, although he hopes that the lightning doesn't get too close. [OOC: Rolled a spot roll to notice Niobe, but only rolled a 14, so not successful.]
Justin Webber (DM) Making good the escape. d20+6=19 d20+6=16 Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 4:44:37 PM
Peerimus attacks C1 but misses with his bite. He does however land both large paws on the cleric and jerks him into a bear hug.
Savin misses with his stunning fist but lands his other two hits. He watches in staisfaction as the C4 crumples to the floor, knowckout.
Sly takes a moment to cetch his breath before jumping back into combat. (I noticed you made dice rolls but didn't state what for like to hit and damage, etc.)
Shiraz tries to grapple C5 and this time gets the cleric in a tight minataur hug.
Niobe continues following Krilanos and isn't sure where he is headed since he is heading towards the gate area.
Ilsidur flies after Krilanos also, unable to spot Niobe as he does.
C1 is being grappled by Peerimus and can't break free.
C2 is passed out after Peerimus bear hug.
C3 is dead.
C4 is knocked out after Savin's flurry of blows.
C5 is grabbed by Shiraz and is unable to break free.
C6 is dead.
Krilanos suddenly shifts from a gaseous cloud to a dire wolf and you see him break out into a full out run. (New movement of 200ft) The speed quickly leaves Niobe behind inless she can run that fast.
Sly d20+12=30 d20+12=23 d4+4=7 d4+4=6 Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 5:20:37 PM
Sly gets to his feet, Takes the hilt of the dagger, Hitting the Cleric#1 on the head twice. "Good night, I hope you see the stars with these two lumps I'm giving you. Thank you for holding him,Peerimus." then Sly look around to see who is still standing. "Want Me to club him for you Shiraz? Hey where is Ilsidor and Niobe?"
OOc: Attack ac30 & ac23 - Damages 7hp+6hp=13hp. PS> Dear DM I always roll armor class first, if I fail their Ac., then there is no damages.(I think)
Peerimus AC 17 HP 74 d20+20=39 2d4(2+1)+10=13 d20+20=34 2d4(1+1)+10=12 d20+19=38 Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 5:49:54 PM
Peerimus will assure the cleric is unconscious by giving him another good squeeze [Grapple 39 dmg 13, Grapple 34 Dmg 12]and then drop him to the floor moving outside to see if Niobe or Ilsidur, which of course are too far off.
Once outside though the weather strikes him oddly. There was no earlier sign of such With that thought he puts his nose into the air to learn what he can about the strange appearance of the storm [know nature 38]
Savin Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 9:10:54 PM
Savin will take a quick look around and see that things seem to be in hand. He will quickly go to the unconcious cleric C4 and start to strip him of his weapons, clothes, everything. He will stack anything that looks valuable in a corner for someone to detect magic on. He will then ask Sly, "Sly I bet you are better at tying knots than I am. Could you tie this one up while I get started on the next. My master always said, It is helpful when taking prisoners to strip them naked. They are less likely to cause trouble when they wake up and be more compliant. Make sure you gag them as well. We don't need any spells going off."
Niobe d20+7=18 Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 9:38:35 PM
Niobe stops dead in her tracks and is very surprised when the cloud turns into a dire wolf. Her jaw drops as it takes off at impossible speed next. Niobe sheathes her dagger and and runs over to the tracks that the wolf made and studies them. Next she starts to track the wolf (following its tracks of course) moving as fast as she can; even out the gates if possible. Niobe knows that there is no way that she can keep pace with the wolf, so she concentrates purely on following the tracks for as far as she can before the rain washes them away. The idea is to get to know the general direction the wolf was moving in.
(Tracking Feat (Ranger), Survival 18 (to follow tracks; I don't jnow what the DC is))
Shiraz d20+1=16 d20+6=17 Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 11:18:10 PM
Shiraz shakes his head at Sly, "Not right now. Thanks though," Shiraz grunts. Shiraz begins to apply pressure to the body of the cleric,<Int DC 16 to not kill or injure him><Strength DC 17> pressing his wait against the cleric,"Where is he going and how do we get there?"
Ilsidur (AC24, 86/88 hp, flying) Tuesday March 2nd, 2004 11:20:50 PM
Ilsidur watches as the cloud turns into a wolf, and speeds away. Realizing that he cannot keep up, he stops chasing, and then is startled when Niobe steps from the shadows to try and track the speeding creature. He lands beside the half-elf, and says, "Well, I don't think that we will be catching him this way. Maybe Peerimus can change into a cheetah, or some other fast creature, and follow him. But, I am sure that we have not seen the last of him."
Then the cleric makes his way back to the church to see how the rest of the party faired against the Chaos clerics.
Justin Webber (DM) Cleric Stripping? Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 4:50:38 PM
Between Sly's hit with the dagger and Peerimus's squeezing C1 passes out or maybe passes out, it's hard to tell from which.
Savin moves to start stripping the cleric's and piling their weapons up to the side.
Niobe stops for a moment when Krilanos changes to a wolf and races off. She regains her composure though and begins trying to track him.
Shiraz presses the cleric to the floor and squeezes him while trying to get info from him.
Ilsidur lands beside Niobe and speaks to her.
C1 knocked out
C2 is passed out.
C3 is dead.
C4 is knocked out.
C5 is being grappled by Shiraz and only speaks alittle as he is forced to, "A old church outside of town....thats all I know."
C6 is dead.
The treasure found on the clerics are: 4 potions 1 scroll 1 tube (the tube is about 5inch long and as wide as a person's thumb) PP:75 Gems:17
Barnum and Edgar d20+13=30 d20+5=7 Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 5:42:59 PM
"This is a curious thing for me to say, my companions, but from what I've observed, Krilanos seems to have somehow become... vampiric. Granted, he's not a true vampire, I think he drains energy just by touch, as we witnessed earlier upon the leading cleric of Alemi. I'm not sure whether he's undead or not... I also don't know of any way he could've gained these vampiric attributes, but I don't think I need to say that he's obviously very powerful now." Barnum says with a sigh. "Now what?"
Barnum picks up the scroll and looks it over (Spellcraft 30). After that, he takes one of the gems, examines it (Appraise 7), and pockets it.
Savin Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 10:22:36 PM
Savin suggests that we get the other clerics tied up. "I am gonna go get the Captain of the Guard.....again. Maybe we should get out of this town. Seems like a dangerous place."
Savin takes off towards the guardhouse at full sprint. He will bring back an officer as quickly as possible.
Peerimus Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 10:57:42 PM
Finding nothing about the storm and no sign of his companions, Peerimus returns to human form and goes back inside. Arriving just in time to hear the cleric sputter about the church outside of town. "I think we have a starting place...again." As Savin leaves, the druid calls to him to be watchful as there was no sign of Niobe, Ilsidur or the creature. he will then assist in anyway he can with the captives. The dead he leaves as they lie.
Shiraz d20=9 Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 11:13:38 PM
Shiraz lessens the pressure on the cleric, "What direction is the church?" Shiraz is busy with the cleric and doesnt notice Barnum pocket the gem.
Ilsidur Wednesday March 3rd, 2004 11:58:40 PM
Ilsidur flies back into the temple, arriving as Shiraz asks about some church. "Ask him to tell us what is going on. Who is the albino, and why did he kill his family? What is their sect trying to accomplish? How did they infiltrate this exorcism?"
Niobe d20+7=15 Thursday March 4th, 2004 1:06:02 AM
Niobe nods at Ilsidur's comment but still tries to follow the creatures tracks to get a general idea of where the creature is going. She turns her head to tell Ilsidur that she will return to the inn if or when she can no longer follow the tracks, but Ilsidur has already flown off. With any luck she can discern where the creature was heading in general. Especially since there shouldn't have been any similar type of tracks in the area. Niobe is not happy with the extremely poor weather. She is beginning to feel like a drowned cat!
(Tracking, Survival 15)
Sly d20+4=18 Thursday March 4th, 2004 6:58:20 AM
Sly ties the cleric up, thinking how wise to take off all his chothes, Then he hears something about an Old Church. "What Old Church? The only old church is the Monestary where the Bell was? Shiraz make him talk a little bit more..."
But Sly has notice Barnum pocket the gem.(Spot 18)
Sly turn as Ilsidure arrives into the house, "Ilsidur, have you seen Niobe and Woody?? I hope those two has not gotten into trouble??" If Sly has time, he'll go to the door and give Luke a whistle.
Justin Webber (DM) Cleric talks Thursday March 4th, 2004 1:34:55 PM
Barnum tells the group his thoughts on how Krilanos has became so powerful suddenly. Otherwise he looks at the scroll and can tell it's a divine scroll. The gem he isn't sure how much is worth but pockets it.
Savin runs off to get the captain of the guards and returns after sometime since the captain was at his house sleeping and Savin had to find out where the captain was and also allow him time to dress.
Peerimus helps strip and tie the clerics up after looking outside to check on his companions. (Sorry about missing the weather check in the last post Peerimus. The rain has never stopped since the group has arrived at Harnamar. The storm though just suddenly hit and you can feel no magic behind it though, just a funny feeling that it's like a omen.)
Shiraz presses the cleric to tell more.
Ilsidur comes back to the temple/house and has a new set of questions for the cleric.
Niobe tries tracking the tracks abit more and finds that they lead towards the gate and then suddenly stop. She can now find foot prints leading to a stable like area and sees that one of the stalls in empty. Outside there are tracks of a horse leaving the city.
Sly asks questions about the church also and otherwise helps with the clerics and goes to the door to whistle for look to come. Luke comes running in alittle while after the whistle and greets Sly happily.
The cleric that Shiraz is pressing moans as he is presed farther and finally speaks after a few moments, "I do not know the direction of the church, I only know that is where he is headed. Krilanos is our savior, he will lead this place and others into Chaos...that is his destiny. I know not why he killed his family other then possibly beginning to circle of chaos...now the nobles will watch their back and if there were any plots among them then this is a good time to start them (this comment should be taken as if another noble house wanted to obtain power then this is a good time for them to do something. So no, the cleric doesn't know if there is a actual plot of that matter). My group are here to aid Krilanos, to see the area filled with chaos...that is our goal and he is our leader." The cleric says nothing of the exorcism though and how they got in.
Right about now Captain Joram and Savin show up and Captain Joram sighs as he looks around, "Well, this looks quite bad. I would take it Krilanos excaped and from the looks of the bodies here I would also say that some clerics helped him. What happened to this one?" Captain Joram nudges the actual dead cleric of Alemi with his boot, the body rolls over now and the people looking can see how the cleric now looks almost mummified, drained of all his life.
Peerimus Thursday March 4th, 2004 6:36:28 PM
Peerimus nods to Joram's assertation of what happened. Kneeling beside the Alemi cleric he adds, "Krilanos snuffed out his life with a touch. Barnum likened it to a vampire." Peerimus arranges the cleric into a position of repose, arms neatly folded and then stands. "We have a lead of the church outside of town as to Krilanos's destination. Captain Joram can take care of things here, we should begin our pursuit soon." He looks to the others for their agreement.
Sly and Luke Thursday March 4th, 2004 7:39:36 PM
"I agree with all of you. Peerimus get Yurric I think we are going to need him." Sly kneel and takes the short sword that Niobe used earlyer in the day, "Here take the scent of Niobe and find her for me." To the others Sly tells then "I think she might be following the Albino. If she heads any where near the city gates to the north road, then she's heading for the Church. Shall we follow??"
Niobe d20+7=10 Thursday March 4th, 2004 8:44:13 PM
Niobe follows the horse tracks to just past the gate and marks them with a large stick stuck next to them as a large 'flag'. She feels like they are getting much more difficult to follow now.
Niobe takes note that she is at the North Gate, "so he must be heading north... I wonder what is north of here?".
"Well if I am going to follow him, then I need my stuff!" Niobe runs like heck for the inn. When she gets to the inn she runs up to her room unlocks it, and hurriedly straps on her weaponsbelt, quiver and slings on her Haversack. She leaves her armor in the haversack. Niobe checks the room to make sure that she hasn't left anything behind. That being done she very quickly pays her bill and runs flat out for the north gate again.
When she returns to the gate she will probably be winded. Niobe wonders how it went with the others? Unless anyone has showed up at the gate by the time she returns she will try again to follow the tracks a ways. She thinks it is better to keep doing that, since everyone else seems to be accomplished warriors.
If anyone is at the gate then she will hurriedly tell of what she has seen and done; hardly pausing for a breath so the words might just run into each other a bit.
(Tracking, Survival 10. Running at full speed back and forth to the gate; and works as fast as humanly possible to get her gear on.)
Barnum and Edgar Thursday March 4th, 2004 9:19:35 PM
Barnum hands the scroll he found to Ilsidur, saying, "I believe you may be able to find some use for this, friend."
"Curious people... Treating 'chaos' as if it was some kind of ideal. The only other beings I know of that see chaos that way are demons, or... Was it devils? Well, something underworldly. Ironic though, that we, the Children of Chaos, seek out to stomp out the worshippers of..." Barnum trails off, the gears in his mind beginning to turn.
"Say... That monastery we were discussing earlier, the one filled with the negative energy that hurt Mother Lilian the other day... That's not to the North, is it?" A grin crosses Barnum's face, as he looks to the others.
Savin Thursday March 4th, 2004 10:31:19 PM
Savin will take a close look at the dead cleric of Alemi and shudder. He will cross over to the loot and start looking through it. He will pick up the tube and take a closer look at it.
He will ask, "When I was away, did anyone detect for magic? I wonder what this tube does or what is in it?" Savin will look to see if it can be opened. If it can, he will gently open it.
After he is done investigating, he will scoop up all the remain gems and hard money and say, "I will hold on to these for now. We can have them appraised and divide them later."
He will then pick up the potions and head over to Ilsidur and ask, "Is it possible to get a cure. One of those Chaos clerics got lucky. Why don't you hold on to these. Don't want people to think I am greedy."
He walks over to the Captain and says, "Well you can handle these guys I hope. They are naked and tied up. We need to go check out that monestary."
Ilsidur d8+5=9 Thursday March 4th, 2004 11:24:34 PM
Ilsidur asks to see all the items that were taken from the chaos clerics, and casts detect magic over all the times, including the gems.
Then, he casts read magic on the divine scrolls, to determine what, if any, spells are inscribed on them.
When the captain shows up, Ilsidur asks him, "Apparently, Krilanos has escaped and is heading to some sort of monastery or church outside of town. Can you tell us anything about that place? And if you don't know, is there someone in town who can?"
When the monk approaches for healing, Ilsidur casts a cure light wounds spell on him, saying, "Do you need more healing? How badly are you hurt?" [OOC: Savin receives 9 hp healing.] Then, he says, "I can hang onto the items if you want, but I have every faith in your honesty. I hope that we can trust everyone in the party, or else we will start to question each others' motives, and whether we can expect help when we most need it."
To the Church we go!
Justin Webber (DM) Chase in the dark Friday March 5th, 2004 7:59:20 PM
The group goes about their activites and Niobe runs back and gets her stuff before running back to the gate where she put the stick as a guide. The raining outside is quickly making the tracks herder to read.
Ilsidur's detect magic spell reveals that the four potions, scroll and tube are magical. The gems and money however are normal. He also finds out that Flame Blade and Cause Fear at a 5th level caster level.
Savin finds one end of the tube has a small cork like plug that can be removed and inside is some dust of some sort.
After the questions are asked and such to Captain Joram the man frowns and thinks hard before speaking, "The small church outside of town is a place that no one here goes to or by. It has a weird aura to it that scares most people, it would be a perfect place for Krilanos to hide at." Captain Joram sighs and looks at the body and the catpured clerics before speaking again, "No rest for the weary...me and my men will handle these clerics but you should go find Krilanos. I'm sure you have many questions to ask him and from the sounds you are interested in this church outside of town also."
Savin 62/67 hitpoints Friday March 5th, 2004 10:03:32 PM
Savin will thank Ilsidur for the cure. He will confide, "I didn't want Captain Joram to take the gems as "evidence". I am saving for some cool magic items which will make me fight so much better."
Savin will head outside and wait for the others.
Barnum and Edgar Friday March 5th, 2004 10:08:50 PM
Barnum nonchalantly takes the gem that was in his pocket and places it with the rest of the loot. "I guess we'll be headed to that church then," he says and walks out of the door.
Peerimus and Yorrick Friday March 5th, 2004 10:38:48 PM
Peerimus will move out into the rain with the others, "I must stop by the stables and rouse good Yorrick, he'll not want to miss this." AS he moves off into the rainy night he calls, "I'll meet you at the main gate." Peerimus will get his friend and join the others at the main gates on the north end of town.
Sly and Luke Saturday March 6th, 2004 7:21:17 AM
"Wait! Peerimus, I must go to the Inn and retrive my Special Sword, I'll go with you." to the others he Tells them "Prepare yourself well, I will meet all of you at the north gate, from there we will all go there together." To Luke, He tells him "Find Niobe, she's in danger all alone. Now Go!" Luke answers "Yes! Niobe!"off the dog goes.
Niobe d20+7=13 Saturday March 6th, 2004 11:36:14 AM
Niobe returns to the north gate wheezing and with a stitch in her side from all that running. She quickly finds that no one she knows is here, and then relocates the marker she left. Niobe is dismayed by the poor condition of the tracks. Not wanting to waste any more time Niobe does her best to try and follow the tracks. She feels that this just isn't going very well either. Cursing she peers at the ground trying to make as much as possible out of the rapidly fading tracks. *Sigh* "maybe I should just admit that the weather has beaten me and go find the others..."
(Tracking, Suvival 13)
Ilsidur Sunday March 7th, 2004 12:25:34 PM
Ilsidur lands on the ground as his flying spell runs out. He smiles to himself as Barnum adds his gem to the party treasure, and asks Savin, "Does carrying the treasure weigh you down at all? If so, I can carry it for us, since weight doesn't affect me at all. But it looks like these things are small enough not to bother you, weight-wise. You just let me know what you want."
Then he makes his way, with the rest of the party, to the North Gate.
Justin Webber (DM) The chase if a foot Monday March 8th, 2004 7:20:39 PM
A few of the group go to get their stuff or animal friends and otherwise head for the gates.
Luke quickly cetches up with Niobe who is currently still tyring to follow the prints that are fast disappearing in the growing mud. Shortly Niobe is to the point of giving up when the group finds her and Luke not to far from the gate of the city.
From the looks the wolf paw prints lead off in the directions you believe the old church must be in.
Lightning still splits and lights up the sky and rumbles as it rains hard.
Sly and Luke Monday March 8th, 2004 7:50:09 PM
Sly spots Luke and Niobe up ahead, "There she is, over there. Let's go to that little grove until we are all together. Safer that way." Sly catches up to Niobe, His face is wet "Are you alright, you look wetter than Luke." said Sly with a smile. "Here take my slick and wear it. When we are all asemble, I'll show you the cross road, then It's a hop and a skip to the church. I think that's where he'll be with the Bell."
Shiraz Monday March 8th, 2004 8:16:17 PM
Shiraz keeps up with the rest as they head to the church. Shiraz ignores the cold rain letting it trickle down his head, flatening out his fur. Shiraz eases his swords out of their scabbards, "Rain slows down the draw, you know."
ooc: 2 kids sick so sorry about missing posts on Thurs and Fri.
Niobe Monday March 8th, 2004 8:56:47 PM
Scratching Luke behind the ears while she tries to make heads or tails out of the washed out tracks, Niobe turns to see the others arriving. With a bit of hesitation Niobe takes the rainslick from Sly and puts it on. Then she laughs at the comparison, "yes I am wet through and through. You only look slightly drier than Luke and I though!" Niobe brushes a very wet lock of hair from Sly's forehead and smiles too inspite of loosing the tracks and the incredibly bad weather.
"I managed to follow the fog-wolf-being to the gate - without it noticing I might add. Well, I think it didn't notice me anyway..." Niobe takes a breath, "I had no chance of keeping pace with the wolf thing though. That wolf was quicker than a chicken before a cookout!"
Niobe scans for the tracks again and frowns, "This blasted rain has totally obliterated the tracks now, so I am thankful that you have an idea of where "he" is going. Would that be the same church that Lillian tried to See?"
The deep mud sucks at Niobe's boots as she walks towards the grove (following Sly). She shivers as she notices Shiraz blatantly ignoring the cold rain trickling down his neck. "Shiraz, are all Miontaurs as stoic? Or do you just like this weather?", Niobe sounds inquisitive; not sarcastic.
Savin Monday March 8th, 2004 10:12:33 PM
Savin will answer Ilsidur's question. "I don't carry weapons, armor, or much gear. This little amount of treasure isn't gonna slow me down much. Remember this belt helps increase my strength quite a bit. Thanks for asking though."
Savin smiles into the rain as they near the temple. "Any ideas how to catch this guy? He is gonna be tough. He can shapechange, turn into animals, and suck the life out of you. He seems to have special chaos powers. Not sure how to fight him. I guess I will just kick him really really hard."
Savin is actually smiling thinking of the challenge ahead.
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday March 9th, 2004 1:27:34 PM
Sloshing through the rain without protection or apparent concern comes Peerimus and Yorrick, though the bear seems to be merely accepting the rain while the druid is enjoying it. Looking to Savin, "He is definately now more than he was at the Alemi temple and the other cleric may well be with him. If we can lure him outside, my powers will be greater. Between my enchanted claws, help from Father Wold, Shiraz's swords and your skills master Savin, we should prevail against him. As for the cleric I believe Ilsidur should attempt to counter anything he may do and Yorrick will take care of the rest."
Ilsidur Tuesday March 9th, 2004 6:13:45 PM
Ilsidur makes his way towards the monastery with the rest of the party. Having spent much of his time outdoors, a little rain doesn't slow the dwarf down. He does realize that his armour will need to be cleaned and oiled the next time that they are indoors, however.
"Sly, do you know something about that place? Why do you think that there will be some sort of bell there? Have you been there before?"
"Peerimus, I can try to counter the cleric, although I have already used my dispel magic today. I can try to hold him, though. If the albino is in fact a type of undead, I can try to turn him, as well."
"The last thing that we can do is call on the power of Chaos to aid us. Somehow, whenever we were in dire straights, we were able to call on the power of the sign on the back of our hand, and it helped us in some way. For example, when we fought the red dragon, it gave us insight into how to hit the beast, and we were able to hit it more often."
To church we go part 2 Tuesday March 9th, 2004 6:29:01 PM
The group gathers and starts to head out, getting some info about the place as they do from Sly.
As you move along through the mud and starting to stand water from the rain you finally see what looks like a large church up ahead. The church seems to be in some state of repair since some of the wood looks new. You also see a small area where a single bell sits at the top of the church. Around the area is some shrubs and brush that seems to live well in this type of weather. You see no sign of a threat or anything and a single door can be seen from where you stand.
There are a couple very very dirty window that some light shines through dimly and you get the odd feeling that something protect..no..maybe currupts the area nearer to the church. You thinks you see shadows dancing across the surface of the church as you watch and now and then a howl of some creature can be heard but you can tell clearly that the creatures howl is like a echo. Lightning splits the sky in a forked pattern just behind the bell tower where the single bells lays and the rain grows colder. For some reason something does echo in each persons thoughts, a single saying, "Ringing a bell can dispell evil spirits."
Shiraz Tuesday March 9th, 2004 8:18:32 PM
Shiraz turns and gives a flat look to Niobe, odd until she sees the twinkle in the taurs eyes, "I was born into a family of clerics but I was bred a warrior. My swordsmaster would be very put out if I let this slight drizzle to snare my attention from that which is required." Shiraz shrugs, "If thats stoic then yes I am but I think that I am a bit overtrained, " Shiraz smiles. The smile doesn't last long though as Shiraz feels the corruption in the area, "Guard!" Shiraz thunders in tauric. His shield begins to float in front of him.
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday March 9th, 2004 8:37:14 PM
Barnum pulls his cloak's hood up covering his head from the rain, "Ilsidur, the power of chaos... Perhaps that might be where Krilanos draws his power from! If anyone knows Magic Circle against Chaos, or some variant of the spell, I imagine it could be useful against him."
As the group arrives in front of the church, lightning crackles through the sky, and dark sounds and shadows fill Barnum's eyes and ears. It's rather intimidating, and Barnum feels like jumping to action when Shiraz yells out 'Guard!.' Barnum casts Mage Armor on himself and shares the spell with Edgar. (+4 AC, 8 hours.)
"If anyone wants any protection spells, I can provide some." Barnum says to the others.
Savin Tuesday March 9th, 2004 9:17:17 PM
Savin will listen to Barnum's offer and respond, "All I have is my skill and this ring of protection. If you could do something to help, I would appreciate it. I have a feeling, we are gonna need it."
Savin will look down at his arm and notice goosebumps rising from it. "I wonder if that is a bad omen." he muses. He will then glance up at the bell and say, "For some reason, I think we are supposed to ring it. I wonder what will happen if we do?"
Niobe Wednesday March 10th, 2004 2:03:06 AM
Niobe listens to Shiraz explaining why the rain isn't bothering him, and nearly jumps out of her skin as he yells something she does not understand.
Niobe stops and takes off her pack, the borrowed rainslick, her weaponsbelt and her cloak. She takes her armor out of her haversack and puts it on as quickly as she can. "I will catch up with you all in a minute." Once her armor is on she puts everything she just took off back on.
As she moves quickly to catch up with the others she draws her rapier. "Anyone have a plan for how we want to do this?", she asks as a shiver runs down her spine. Niobe can't help but think that those dancing shadows remind her of ghosts. She looks up at the bell and the roof and wonders if she could climb up to the bell tower. "I wonder if whomever is in there knows about ringing that bell. If so then it could be difficult to get to..."
Sly and Luke[Protection from Evil] Wednesday March 10th, 2004 7:30:35 AM
As Sly leads everybody through the rain, water poddles up the North Road to the Crosss Road. "The Church is not too far down this Road. So let's us start to be careful and watch each other's backs." As they wade throught the mud down the cross road to the Church grounds. As they arrive at the church grounds,Sly goes to stand next to Savin, putting a hand on Savin's shoulder, Sly cast Protection from Evil on the both of them, "Spritus Beasta Exatus!" he whispers. As Sharaz warns them of the Evil around them "Alright everybody stay alive, Kill as many as you can and don't look back."
Luke follows along Sly's side, until they arrived at the church grounds. Luke fur (on his back) stands on end and he growls "Grrr! Evil! Grrr! Here! Grrr!"
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday March 10th, 2004 10:10:30 AM
Standing closer to the church and seeing the shadows dance about he looks to Ilsidur. "It may soon be time to demonstrate the power of faith." His hand strays to Yorrick almost for reassurance his life ling friend is beside him as once again they will test thier mettle and spirits.
"Barnum are you capable of flight?" he asks turning to regard the halfling and then the bell tower. "We could draw them out and hold them allowing you access." Yorrick emits a low growl at Lukes barking and shifts his massive bulk in anticipation.
Justin Webber (DM) Saints or devils? Wednesday March 10th, 2004 5:47:27 PM
Everyone makes ready for combat and make some plans. As you move abit closer you can hear the cutting of wood and hammering inside the church. Clearly the place is under repair even as you speak. You also hear a single voice speaking also, "fix that pew, you work on that wall. After we finish here we move towards the door." The voice you hear sounds rather old and vacant though and clearly no Krilanos.
The shadows dart along the walls of the church more as you come closer and the wailing and howling of beasts comes louder. The noise and sound spooks Luke and Yorrick but they seem to be able to bare it for the time being do to their master's/friends coming also. At a bush near to the church you hear the heavy buzz of flies and other insects.
The thunder and lightning get louder and lightning dances more often around the bell tower. You get the idea climbing up or flying up to the bell might be a very bad idea.
(OOC:Sorry seal but no full moon.)
Ilsidur Wednesday March 10th, 2004 6:13:37 PM
Ilsidur readies his axe and shield, and moves with the rest of the party towards the church. "Maybe one of us with some sneaking ability (surely not me in this plate armour) could have a peek through the window, and see what is going on inside? Before we charge in with weapons ablaze, maybe we should figure out if the people inside are truly evil, or if the albino is hiding there secretly without the residents' knowledge.
Barnum and Edgar d20+6=21 d20+6=12 Wednesday March 10th, 2004 7:40:47 PM
Barnum casts Bear's Endurance on Savin. (+4 Constitution for 8 minutes)
Barnum nods to Peerimus, pulling out a figurine of a housefly, carved out of ebony wood. "With Ebony here I can, but the last time I rode Ebony into the sky during weather like this... Well, I ended up in the Southern Continent. If it's necessarry I can, though."
Edgar looks over to the buzzing bush of insects, inspecting it for a potential meal, or perhaps something else. (Spot 21, Listen 12)
Niobe d20+9=16 d20+10=14 d20+10=14 Wednesday March 10th, 2004 8:07:52 PM
Still feeling uneasy about the shadows and becoming increasingly worried about the source of the howling Niobe decides to not mention anything about climbing any buildings tonight.
Niobe cautiously approaches the insect-swarm and the bush in Edgar's wake. Her stomach feels knotted up and her shoulder and necks muscles are tense. She peers into the bush as the lightning flashes.
(Search 16, Spot 14, Listen 14)
Savin Wednesday March 10th, 2004 10:29:55 PM
Savin looks at his friends and says, "I am willing to go look in the window. I also think we should do a quick recon around the outside of the church. Our vampire friend, might be having a hard time going into a holy place."
Sly and Luke d20+4=14 d20+4=16 d20+5=22 d20+5=17 Thursday March 11th, 2004 6:05:42 AM
Sly whispers to Savin, "Alright I'm with you, But I don't know about how Holy this place is, if what Trace told me is right, the evil that they had to fight, had killed the Abbet and used his body as a tool some how. So I figure that this place is not holy any more." To Luke, he tell him "Let's go and be careful."
Luke will spot(22) and listen(17) as he walks ahead of Savin and Sly.
Sly will Listen(14) and search(16).
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+10=25 d20+5=24 Thursday March 11th, 2004 8:46:56 AM
Peerimus's hand starts to rub Yorrick's head to help assure his friend. Peerimus continues to look about the group into the lightning flashed night for signs of danger. [Spot 25 Listen 24]
Justin Webber (DM) Window looking and bush of the dead Thursday March 11th, 2004 9:16:35 PM
The group continues to get ready and Savin tries looking through the window but can make out nothing through the heavy dust on the window. The dust is also mostly on the inside of the church.
The few who move to the bush find a horse behind the bush that looks alot like the priest at the temple of Alemi but it also has been chewed on by a few small creatures that goes to show that it had been there for just alittle while. (Everyone looking and near to smell the dead horse need to make a Fort Save DC20 or loose your food.)
Shiraz Friday March 12th, 2004 12:51:39 AM
Shiraz looks at Ilsidur, "Normally I agree about checking first, but in this case I think that 2 of us need to check the back out for a second door and teh rest of us march in the front." Shiraz grips ther hilts of his swords a bit tighter.
Niobe d20+6=16 Friday March 12th, 2004 1:08:08 AM
Niobe blinks as she sees what is laying in the bush then she becomes pale and starts to retch. After trying unsuccessfully to keep her food down she quickly finds another bush and spends a couple of minutes vomiting. She misses hearing Shiraz's suggestion about back doors.
Feeling only slightly better; and still looking pale, she catches some water in her hand and uses it to clean up. When she returns to the group Niobe makes a relatively wide curcuit around that one bush and its decomposing, vile contents. "So do we knock, or just kick the door in?" Niobe asks in a clear attempt at a joke.
(Fortitude 16)
Savin d20+13=26 d20+13=33 d20+10=20 Friday March 12th, 2004 10:15:52 PM
Savin will try to find a cleaner window or crack in the wall. If not, he will creep over to the door, press his ear against it and listen, then check to see if it is locked.
Sly and Luke Saturday March 13th, 2004 7:27:44 AM
Sly whispers to Savin "Are you opening the door just a crack? And see how many they are? Or are you going to slam the door open and let the rest of us go in? aqnd Suprize them?"
To Luke, Sly tell him to go in and root them out in different rooms.
Peerimus and Yorrick Saturday March 13th, 2004 3:14:39 PM
Nodding to Shiraz and Ilsidur and patting Yorrick, "Yorrickk and I will take you usual position. Move quickly to the back for I am going to go through the front door very soon."
Peerimus maintains his firm grasp in Yorricks fur, "Mother Wold hold us close." he whispers. [shared Barkskin]
He then begins to move slowly to the main doors to give Shiraz and Ilsidur time to get around back.
Barnum and Edgar d20+5=20 Saturday March 13th, 2004 11:27:11 PM
With all the restraint in the Wold, Edgar the raven keeps the contents of his stomach within himself. He flutters over to the group and reports his findings. "It seems our friend Krilanos isn't a picky eater, as he appears to have 'fed' on that horse behind the bush. It's a vile sight, I think Niobe can attest to that."
Barnum casts Bear's Endurance, sharing it with Edgar. (+4 con, 8 minutes)
Justin Webber (DM) Inside the Church Sunday March 14th, 2004 12:44:03 AM
Savin slowly glances into the church as others move to back him up and Niobe goes to empty her stomach. When Savin first listens he hears mainly the pounding of a hammer and cutting of wood.
When Savin glances in he sees a old man wearing thread bare brown robes, the man has a large beard and very little hair on his head. As Savin watches the old man gives orders and the small group of people in the church continue to hammer and nail new boards on the church in repairs and also you see some cutting wood for the repairs.
The men making the repairs do have weapons and some of them look like fighters while one of them look like wizard and the last one looks to be a thief. All and all it looks like a well balanced group but you can't be one hundred percent sure that the people inside are good or evil.
(OOC:For the very moment Savin is not seen nor do the people inside seem to be aware of anything. Savin sees no Krilanos either.)
Sly and Luke Sunday March 14th, 2004 5:11:09 PM
"Hey! I have an Idea, just in case these people are on the up and up. I'll knock on the door once, then push in the door. Then you follow me in and please bring Shiraz with you." Sly whispers in savin ear. To Luke, he tell him When you come in to the church there will a railing towards the wall, you and Yurric go down those stairs, make a lot of noise". "that should confuse the lot of them!!"
Sly will Knock once, Then with the help of Savin will push the door into the church (with weapons drawn.)
Niobe Sunday March 14th, 2004 11:54:34 PM
Niobe will wait for a plan to be implemented before doing anything. She prefers to not be directly in the front lines of battle. She slides her rapier back into its scabbard and readies her bow instead. Niobe waits off to the side; near the door.
Peerimus and Yorrick Monday March 15th, 2004 6:41:27 PM
Peerimus shifts to a Dire Bear and waits beside Yorrick for Ilsidur and Shiraz to get to position.
If the door is opened sooner he moves in and also heads for the stairs down with Yorrick and Luke on his heels.
Barnum and Edgar d20+7=12 Monday March 15th, 2004 8:35:36 PM
Barnum pulls out his crossbow and loads it. He then finds a good hiding spot in the shadows fifteen or twenty feet from the door, with a direct line of sight to it. He crouches down there, and pats his crossbow, musing, "Haven't used this for a while..." (Hide 12)
Ilsidur (AC 24, 88 hp) Monday March 15th, 2004 10:27:22 PM
Ilsidur makes his way around the back (with Shiraz) as quietly as possible, in his plate armour. He looks up at the minotaur, and says, "I hope there is some sort of back door around here. So, do we just walk in? Neither one of us is known for our subtlety, right?"
Savin Monday March 15th, 2004 10:41:01 PM
Savin will gently close the door and motion Sly back with him. He will head back to the others and describe what he saw. "They look to be a band of adventures. Don't know if they are evil or not. Can anyone detect evil? Would hate to strike down the innocent. I somehow doubt they are good but that is just a gut feeling."
Justin Webber (DM) Oh no! Tuesday March 16th, 2004 1:19:19 AM
Savin backs off to tell the others about what he sees inside, stopping all others from entering the church quite yet.
Shiraz and Ilsidur unhappily find out that there is no back way into the church so inless there is some secret door there is only one exit and enterance.
Barnum hides where he has a half way decent shot towards the door.
The shadows on the church seem to start flittering about even more now and you have the odd feeling their watching you. The howling you been hearing stays the same though so you get the sense that nothing is truely wrong yet. Without warning though just as you start to get use to the howling and the shadows you feel a weird feeling coming from the church itself, it seems to be part of the howling and shadows...something not really evil but just lain chaotic. Inside you can still hear the pounding of hammers and cutting of wood but the funny feeling sticks in your mind. (Everyone make a Will save DC18 for up coming effects.)
Shiraz d20+3=21 d20=16 d20=10 d20+1=20 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 9:34:31 AM
Shiraz silently trudges around the church with Ilsidur. As the two walk up to teh front door Shiraz shakes a feeling <Will DC 21> and looks over at Savin, "Ok Savin I am coming in behind you." Shiraz looks around,<Spot DC 16>, and listens to the sounds coming out of the church,<Listen DC 10>. As the taur enters the church behind Savin Shiraz takes a careful look around for any hidden dangers,<Search DC 20>
Sly and Luke d20+7=26 d20+6=26 d20+10=27 d20+5=6 d20+5=15 d20+15=30 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 11:12:59 AM
"Alright, let's go tell the others." Sly tell Savin, but the half elfe cannot shed this odd feeling<will check of 26>, as they approches the others, he uses his Wildeness Lore<26>. "Come Luke! We'll go in in a minute."
Luke <will check 27> looks<6> around, will try to spot<15> as to what is the shadow is all about<Wilderness Lore 30>. But does follow his master towards the others.
Niobe d20+4=18 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 5:21:43 PM
Niobe takes her eyes off of the door and starts to intently watch the shadows flitting about. She feels an ice cold shiver run down her spine; and it is not from the rain! She does her best to shrug off the weird feeling, and isn't really able to convince herself that it was unfounded. She starts to chew her lip as she waits for something to happen.
(Will check 18)
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+12=28 d20+3=22 d20+10=13 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 5:59:51 PM
Peerimus gives an annoyed snort as Shiraz and Ilsidur emerge from behind the building and decides the group has stood in the pouring rain quite long enough. Peerimus starts to make for the door with Yorrick just behind him. Once in front of the door he stands to his full 12' height and aggresively opens the door. [str check 13, how sad]
[Will checks 28 and 22 for Peerimus and Yorrick]
Savin d20+9=28 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 8:14:26 PM
Savin notices the shadows swirling around and feels the hair go up on the back of his neck. He shrugs off the feeling and says, "Well lets go beard the lion in his den."
Savin leads the way as he pushes open the churches door. "The night is getting creepy out here. Do you mind if we join you?" Savin will say this to no one in particular but loud enough for all to hear.
Will check 28
Barnum and Edgar d20+7=13 d20+7=24 d20+5=17 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 9:13:21 PM
Barnum still holds his crossbow pointed toward's the church door, but his hands begin to shake. His eyes widen as chills run up and down his spine, "E... Edgar..." he lets out. (Will save 13)
Edgar the raven (Will save 24) looks curiously at Barnum. He is feeling strange as well, but whatever this feeling is seems to be affecting Barnum much more intensely. Edgar examines how this odd phenomena affects him, how it affects Barnum, and how it affects their companions, trying to gain some feel for what it is. (Knowledge: Arcana DC 17)
Ilsidur d20+11=18 Tuesday March 16th, 2004 11:07:09 PM
Ilsidur tries to figure out just exactly what is going on. He feels the wierd emanations coming from the church, and tries to fight off whatever effect they are causing (Will save made with an 18).
He follows closely on Savin's heels, as the monk enters the church. He carries his waraxe and shield at the ready.
Justin Webber (DM) Priestly talks? Wednesday March 17th, 2004 1:34:34 AM
Everyone shakes off the strange chaotic feelings that started to play with peoples minds at first except Barnum.
Barnum could swear that there is a very large cobra infront of his crossbow with it's hood spread and hissing threateningly. Edgar is able to figure out that the strong chaos energies around the old church are some how starting to effect Barnum and for the moment just being a nasty uneasy feeling for the others. (Barnum can do a Will DC18 with a -2 penalty to break the hold of the chaos power on him and to understand that the cobra is actually only in his mind.)
Savin and the others burst into the old church and surprise the old cleric and his workers. The old cleric turns to look at the group and frowns. From where you stand all the people look normal except the cleric has sunken in almost hollow eyes. The black eyes look haunted and look at you almost lifelessly as the cleric finally composes himself he speaks in a very deep voice that sounds almost as hollow as he looks, almost like the voice is the wind it's self, "What are you doing in this church!? You are un-clean and un-holy...your eyes should not look upon this places let alone the inside. Explain yourselves this minute!?" The cleric stands waiting as you see the others suddenly pull weapons they were wearing or carrying on their person some where. They make no move to attack you and from the looks even struck a total defense pose.
Sly and Luke Wednesday March 17th, 2004 12:50:46 PM
Sly heads back with Savin, when they hear the loud noise comming from the frount door of the church, Sly turns and yells "It's Peerimus, yurric and Luke! Come on guys and gal, lets go!" Off Sly goes with the others to help.
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+5=11 d20+4=22 Wednesday March 17th, 2004 5:50:03 PM
Peerimus leads Yorrick towards the stairs to the right, pretty much ignoring the preist and others except for as he move he gives them a look and a "Ynnnnngggg!
Both sets of ears are alert for trouble coming thier way. [Peerims listen 11 Yorrick Listen 22]
Shiraz Wednesday March 17th, 2004 10:05:11 PM
Shiraz ignores the annoyed look of Peerimus and enters the church with swords drawn and shield floating. Seeing the surprised look of the cleric and the defensive stance of his followers Shiraz steps forward, "We mean you no harm. We don't know you or why you are here but we do seek an albino man who was or is heading here and we will bring him to justice. "
Ilsidur d20+6=8 Wednesday March 17th, 2004 10:46:35 PM
Ilsidur looks around the church, trying to figure out what is going on, but is obviously distracted. [OOC: Rolled an 8 for a knowledge (religion) check.]
He asks the head cleric, "Why are we unclean and unholy? What kind of church is this? What are you doing here, trying to rebuild it like this?"
Savin d20+13=21 Wednesday March 17th, 2004 11:04:20 PM
Savin will let the others take the lead in conversation but will start to saunter to the left. He is ready to spring to the attack at the first sign of aggression. He starts looking closely into corners, looking for anyone hiding.
Spot check 21
Justin Webber (DM) Priestly Talks part II Thursday March 18th, 2004 3:48:45 AM
The strange loking cleric frowns more and cross his arms as his fellow rebuilders stand behind him in defense yet, "This church is devoted to the powers of chaos and holder of the sacred relic we worship. I nor my friends know anything of this person you seek and other then your RUDE entrance no one has been here."
The cleric looks back at the people heading towards the stairs that they will notice is closed off and now a new floor has been built securely in it's place, "GET OUT! My work is not done yet here and you interferring. GET OUT or do you force my hand?"
(Sly and all others who knew the old Children of Chaos group. If you make a straight Int or Wis check DC18 you will realize that this cleric is the same one that Sir Thomas and the others fought before.)
Sly and Luke d20=19 d20=9 Thursday March 18th, 2004 7:50:30 AM
OOC: Sly Int or Wis strait check made is 19-Luke didnot make it only a 9)
Sly enter the church after some of the others, he looks around and listens to what the cleric was saying. Sly look closer at this cleric, he seem familure, then It come to him, the Children of Chaos has met this cleric before. "Ah! We meet again... Hey! fellows do you know who this cleric happens to be? Some of us should remember the fight between this cleric of Chaos and Sir Thomas. And how this cleric ran like a whiped puppy. What are you up to now? Is that the Bell of Chaos up in the tower?" Sly laugh to him self 'Oh! If only Sir Thomas was only here...' But insted he call Luke to his side. "Luke come here, I may need you."
Luke goes to stand by his master.
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+4=7 Thursday March 18th, 2004 9:04:14 AM
The two bears locate a spot by the new floor over the stairs and have a seat. When Sly speaks up about the cleric, the larger bear gruffly grunts and shakes his head about. The smaller yanws and gets himself comfortable, keeping a close eye on Luke.
Niobe d20+10=22 Thursday March 18th, 2004 10:20:11 AM
Niobe inches in past the door, her bow still held in her hand; but not held in such a way as to indicate any aggression. She looks carefully around, and takes a good look at the cleric's lackeys. She also looks for any other way in or out of the church other than the door she just entered anf the bell tower.
(Spot 22)
((OOC: I am so sorry for missing yesterday's post. I have had a couple of Hell Weeks... tons and tons of work.))
Ilsidur d20+5=17 Thursday March 18th, 2004 10:14:50 PM
Ilsidur waits to see how the cleric replies to Sly's barb. He glances around to see if there is any other way into the basement. He whispers aside to the others, "I can dimension door into the basement, if I need to, but that will only work for me and one other that I am holding, and it can't be as big as a dire bear."
Shiraz Thursday March 18th, 2004 10:28:39 PM
Shiraz looks directly at the flith covered cleric, "You speak of Chaos and claim to worship a relic of chaos. Well we are here, we were brought here helter skelter and as a result are an embodiment of Chaos. You will not direct us like cattle to leave at your conveinence. So, yes I guess I call your hand." Shiraz bounds across the church to stand directly in front of the cleric.
Justin Webber (DM) So be it! Fighter1 1st hit d20+8=15 fighter1 2nd hit d20+3=19 1st Damage d8+6=13 2nd Damage d8+6=14 Fighter2 1st hit d20+8=22 Fighter2 2nd hit d20+3=23 Fighter2 crit threat d20+3=18 Fighter2 1st damage d8+6=7 Fighter2 2nd damage d8+6=8 Thief 1st hit d20+6=18 Thief 2nd hit d20+1=16 Thief 1st damage d6+5=8 Thief 2nd damage d6+5=9 Wizard spell d20+2=5 Cleric spell 3d8(3+4+8)=15 Friday March 19th, 2004 2:48:20 AM
Niobe sees no way up to the bell tower nor any other rooms from the looks, the church has been under repair and the place consists of just this one main room now. There is a single cord hanging down along the wall near Peerimus. The cord is golden in color, thick and leads up towards the bell tower.
The cleric shakes his head and waves his men with a simple gesture into action after speaking, "The bell is none of your buisness nor is my duties. You will find your luck less then good against me and my helpers."
(Quick comment here. Everyone except Peerimus, Yorrick and Barnum are in half movement range. Peerimus and Yorrick are in less then half movement to attack range and Barnum is outside yet with his small problem.)
The two fighters rush foreward to defend the cleric and meet Shiraz and Ilsidur.
The fighter swings the longsword he carries in a side long slash and then brings it back in a slash towards Shiraz's leg. (Can hit AC:15/19 Damage:13/14)
The fighter attacking Ilsidur uses quite different tactics, he swings down at a angle at Ilsidur's shoulder/neck area and then tries a second slash along Ilsidur's arm. (Can hit AC:22/23*crit:18* Damage:7/8*16 if crit hit*)
The thief moves towards Niobe and slashes at her with his short sword. His attacks are quick and one slash is more of a stab and the other a slash as he pulls his short sword back in. (Can hit AC:18/16 Damage:8/9)
The wizard casts a spell and tries aiming it at Peerimus but misses him.
The cleric frowns and aims a hand at Peerimus and a beam of light shoots from his hand and hits Peerimus, burning him. (Damage:15)
Sly and Luke d20+3=21 d6+3=9 d4+4=6 d4+4=7 d4+4=8 Friday March 19th, 2004 7:42:07 AM
Sly cannot go around Shiraz or Ilsidur with his special Sword (it has a spell already loaded in it). He tells Luke to help Niobe (he does not remember If she has her weapons or not) "Help the female first, them your friends." Sly will use Magic Missels on the Cleric of Chaos. Looking him in the eyes as all three of the missels hits him. (Damages of MM 6+7+8=21 hp).
Luke takes off and jumps on the one guard that is going for Niobe and bites him on an unprotected area. OOC:Luke attack dc 21, Damage (fang marks of) 9hp.
Savin ac 21/20 hps 62/62 d20+9=23 d20+9=29 d20+9=25 d20+4=18 d10+4=7 d10+4=9 d10+4=14 Friday March 19th, 2004 5:20:24 PM
Savin decides to tackle the wizard first and leave the fighters to the fighers of the group. He steps forward and launches 3 attacks at the wizard attacking Peerimus. He is using his stunning fist attack on the first blow. Fort save of 17
Hit ac 23 with the first attack for 7 points of damage Second attack change at a critical with a natural 20. Follow up roll hit ac 25. Either 9 or 18 points of damage. Third attack hits ac 18 for 14 points of damage. Possible 39 points of damage.
Shiraz d20+17=32 d20+13=23 d20+14=25 d20+11=28 2d8(2+4)+9=15 2d8(8+6)+9=23 d8=3 Friday March 19th, 2004 9:09:17 PM
Shiraz holds his attack waiting until the guards close and unleashes his controlled fury on the incoming guard Shiraz slashes downward and quickly back with his main hand, <AC 32, AC 23> then lashes out once with his offhand, <AC 25>. Shiraz then bellows in tauric and rams the guard in the chest with his horn, <AC 28>. "I said we are Chaos imbodied cleric. You would do well to respect that!"
Damage: 1st- 15, 2nd- 23, 3rd- 23, 4th-3.
Ilsidur (AC 24, 88 hp) d20+13=18 d20+8=12 d10+5=9 d6=3 Friday March 19th, 2004 11:30:09 PM
Ilsidur swings back twice at the fighter facing him, after managing to dodge the attacker's first blows. [OOC: Hit AC18 with first attack, for 9+3 fire damage for a total of 12 hp. Second attack only hit AC 12, so didn't bother to calculate damage.]
Barnum and Edgar d20+5=12 Saturday March 20th, 2004 12:25:04 PM
Barnum drops his crossbow on the ground and falls back, trying to push himself away from the imaginary cobra. Edgar yells at Barnum to try and snap him out of it.
Justin Webber (DM) Church Fight Wizard Fort Save d20+3=13 Healing 3d8(8+7+8)+7=30 Fighter1 1st attack d20+8=17 Fighter1 2nd attack d20+3=16 Fighter1 1st damage d8+6=14 Fighter1 2nd damage d8+6=13 Fighter2 1st hit d20+8=12 Fighter2 2nd hit d20+3=18 Fighter2 1st damage d8+6=11 Fighter2 2nd damage d8+6=14 Thief 1st hit d20+6=26 Thief possible crit d20+6=14 Thief 2nd hit d20+1=16 d6+5=10 d6+5=9 Sunday March 21st, 2004 12:37:47 AM
(OOC:Niobe and Peerimus may makeup a post for this lost round of combat.)
Sly fires his magic missles which slam into the cleric's chest. Smoke slowly comes off the now burnt area of the cleric's robe.
Savin moves in on the wizard and lands his blows feircely on the wizard. The wizard afterwards lays on the floor, barely alive and stunned.
The thief attacking Niobe is surprised to get a nasty bite on the leg from Luke.
Shiraz blows and gore with his horns takes the fighter off guard and leaves the fighter bleeding nastily from some wounds but still standing.
Ilsidur is unhappy to find that each of his blows land on the fighter's shield and the fighter even has the nerve to offer a wink at the dwarf, "nice try."
Barnum outside drops his crossbow and begins moving back as the imaginary cobra slowly begins moving towards him. Before him he can see the fight going on inside the church which restores some of his confidence. (Will DC18 to see through cobra.)
The cleric looks around and frowns as he sees the wizard almost dead and stunned. With this in mind he pulls out a scroll and mummbles the words off of it. Afterwards a blue light surrounds the people with the cleric for a min before it disappears.
Fighter1 press his attack to Shiraz, swinging once again twice and growling as he does. (Can hit AC: 17/16 Damage:14/13)
Fighter2 presses his attack on Ilsidur, still speaking as he slashes at the dwarf twice, "It takes more then a half person to beat me little one." (Can hit AC:12/18 Damage:11/14)
The wizard lays on the floor stunned. (Savin, please let me know how many rounds inless you kill him before the time is up)
The thief glances at Luke and the Niobe and blows a kiss to her, "Just wait darling, a good time awaits after this." (Can hit AC:26*crit14*/16 Damage:10*20 if crit hit*/9)
(I'm sorry for the lateness of this post and will be trying to move on the game everyday of the coming week. I will be speaking to my ADM of possibly running the game for the 25th's post only since that day I may not beable to post. Everyone also please post your AC and HP when you post also.)
Niobe (AC 19, HP 59/49) d20+11=16 Sunday March 21st, 2004 4:52:53 AM
Niobe drops her bow, takes a 5-ft step back and draws her rapier. She grins a small mocking grin as both of the thief's attack whistle past her. Niobe is a bit surprised when Luke suddenly bites the thief.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Just before the thief blows her a kiss Niobe is a bit distracted wondering if she knows him from somewhere. And for her lapse she takes a hit from his short sword and winces in pain.
She smiles at his comment and the "kiss", then replies lightly, "You're being a bit forward Sir. Have we met before?" Grinning once again she continues, "If you want a good time then trying to kill me isn't the right approach. Sword fights don't really turn me on!" Suddenly she takes a small step forward and tries to slash at the thief but misses. Niobe shrugs as she misses badly. "You are certainly lucky this evening Sir. Might I inquire about your name?"
(Can hit AC 16, so a miss)
Sly{AC 20-HP 70} Luke[ac 16-hp 20] d20+18=33 d20+13=29 d8+8=16 d8+8=12 d20+3=22 d6+3=9 Sunday March 21st, 2004 9:28:10 AM
Since Shiraz moved to gore the fighter, the way is open for Sly to get to the Cleric, he will swing with the first strick at the evil Cleric, a down ward stroke(ac33). Then (still standing in the same spot)he will swing upwards for the second swing(ac29).
Luke will go after the thief again with tooth and fang, this time shaking his head to make sure he makes his point.
OOC: Sly's attack ac33& ac29 - Damages 16+12=28hp, now the special sword returns to normal long sword(until another rechange is put into the sword. Luke's attack ac22 - damages 9hp.
Savin hps 62/62 ac 20 d20+9=21 d20+9=17 d20+4=20 d10+4=5 d10+4=11 d10+4=7 Sunday March 21st, 2004 10:25:52 AM
OOC From page 101 of players handbook, Stunning fist feat. A defender who fails this saving throw is stunned for 1 round (until your next action). A stunned character can't act, loses dexerity bonus to AC, and takes a minus 2 penalty to AC.
Savin quickly evaluates the situation. He remembers his master's advice on dealing with Wizards, "Always make sure they are really down. Wizards are sneaky." Savin straddles the wizard, grabs his head and delivers a sharp punch to the wizards face. He is using subdual damage. After the first blow, he will look into the wizards eyes, and then deliver another one making sure he is alive but unconcious for a while.
OOC Rolled 3 hits and hit with all of them. I rolled 3 sets of damage but want to only knock out the wizard for a while, not kill him. Will only use the amount of hits necessary to achieve this goal.
Shiraz AC 26 hps84/84 d10+2=12 d10+2=6 d20+17=28 d20+13=31 d20+14=28 d20+11=23 2d8(4+1)+11=16 2d8(5+4)+11=20 d10+5=14 d8=4 Sunday March 21st, 2004 9:09:38 PM
ooc first 2 rolls are for Shiraz's 2 level increases.
Shiraz looks at the blood spattered fighter in front of him and nods at his bravers before launching into another round of attacks. Shiraz ripostes the fighters attack striking at the mans legs, <AC 28 dmg 16 dmg> then quickly slices upwards to the man stomach, <AC 31 20 dmg>. Shiraz quickly lashes out at the mans neck with his off hand, <AC 28 14 dmg> finally attempting to blind the fighter with his horns, <AC 23 4 dmg>.
Peerimus AC 21 HP 74 (59) and Yorrick AC 19 HP 51 d20+15=21 2d4(2+3)+11=16 d20+12=22 d8+9=11 d20+20=38 d20+16=35 d20+15=32 d20+15=19 d20+9=26 2d4(3+4)+11=18 2d4(3+2)+11=16 2d8(7+4)+5=16 d20+20=26 d20+12=19 d20+12=27 d20+6=24 d8+9=11 d8+9=13 2d6(2+5)+4=11 d20+16=17 Sunday March 21st, 2004 10:01:19 PM
First round reaction: [b]YNRRRRGGGGggggg![b] With a great roar of anger Peerimus moves in on the cleric's front left and Yorrick quickly takes the front right with a cry of his own. Over 5 tons of ferious bear tears into the cleric. Peerimus swings with one great claw after moving as does Yorrick. [Peerimus AC 21 dmg 16; Yorrick AC 22 dmg 11...If either hit Peerimus Grapple 38; Yorrick Grapple 35] Second Round Assuming the clreic broke free of the grapple. Peerimus tells Yorrick to help Ilsidur, then stretches to his full height and envelopes the cleric within his powerful arms and jaws. [Peerimus AC 32, 19 26 dmg 18, 16 16 Grapple 26] Yorrick turns to assist the dwarven cleric swiping visciously at the warrior attacking him [AC 19, 27 24 dmg 11, 13 11 Grapple 17]
Barnum (AC 18, HP 52) and Edgar (AC 22, HP 34) d20+7=8 d20+7=23 Monday March 22nd, 2004 7:13:48 PM
The amazing arcanist Barnum Berrybrawn, in all his self proposed glory, can't seem to see through the simple illusion of a cobra. Out of fear, Barnum lets loose a lightning bolt at the imaginary beast.
Edgar simply shakes his head, figuring that his master has finally lost it. (He had been expecting that to happen for quite some time now.) Edgar flies over to the thief fighting Niobe and rakes the thieve's eyes with his talons. Though he is not strong enough to do any real damage, he hopes he can distract the thief to give Niobe an advantage. (Aid another, AC 23. Gives Niobe a +2 AC bonus against the thief's next attack.)
Ilsidur (AC 24, 88 hp) d20+13=27 d10+5=8 d6=5 d20+8=27 d10+5=14 d6=4 Monday March 22nd, 2004 7:40:58 PM
Ilsidur smiles at the wild swings taken by Fighter #2, and responds, "I may only be half your height, but I am twice the fighter that you are!" Then he swings twice with his waraxe, striking at the mouthy foe. [OOC: First swing hits AC 27 for 13 hp total damage, and second swing hits AC 27 for 18 hp total damage. The additional d6 rolls are for the flaming property of the waraxe.]
Justin Webber (DM) Church Fight Fighter2 grapple d20+8=23 Fighter1 1st attack d20+8=13 Fighter1 2nd attack d20+8=26 Fighter2 1st damage d8+6=8 Fighter2 2nd damage d8+6=12 Thief 1st attack d20+6=7 Thief 2nd attack d20+1=6 3d4(1+1+3)+3=8 Monday March 22nd, 2004 11:17:34 PM
Niobe's swing misses the thief but Luke does bite him again on the leg this time, ripping a good gash in the thief's leg.
Sly's weapon bites into the cleric, causing the cleric to bleed worse then before. However the cleric does keep a smirk on his face now like he has some trump card up his sleeve.
Savin's blows leave the wizard once more close to death but not quite. The wizard stays laying on the ground near Savin's feat.
Shiraz's attacks causes the fighter he attacked to stagger back. The fighter is bleeding badly but remains standing and clutching his sword.
Peerimus's attacks causes the cleric to stagger more before Peerimus grapples the cleric in a bone crushing hug. The very old cleric danggles in the clutch but once again the cleric is still grinning.
Yorrick rips into the fighter attacking Ilsidur and grapples the fighter also.
Barnum scurries back and casts a lightning bolt at the cobra that seems to be chasing him. In utter horror though he sees the cobra actually swallow the lightning bolt before finally vanishing from Barnum's sight.
Edgar attacks at the thief attacking Niobe and succeeds in minorly annoying the thief.
Ilsidur attacks the fighter in Yorrick's bear hug and his axe blade finds firm placing in the fighter's skin.
Cleric AC21 injured/grappled Fighter1 AC22 All most dead. Fighter2 AC22 injured/grappled Wizard AC17 almost dead Thief AC20 injured
The cleric remains grinning in the bear hug from Peerimus.
The fighter struggles to break free of Yorrick's bear hug and succeeds.
The fighter who attacks Shiraz finally pulls his wits back together and rushes in, slashing twice fiercly at Shiraz. (Can hit AC:13/26 Damage:8/12)
The thief grins and shrugs, "Dead or alive don't matter, but I'll try not to kill you to far so we can bring you back." The thief slashes again at Niobe and then down at Luke. (Can hit AC:7/6 missed)
The wizard uses whats left of his energy to pull a wand from his sleeve and into his hand, aiming it at Savin. (magic missle damage 8)
Savin ac 21/20 hps d20+13=21 d20+9=25 d20+9=13 d20+4=10 d10+4=5 d20+9=22 d10+9=12 Monday March 22nd, 2004 11:36:24 PM
Savin sees the mage pulling out a wand and gives the mage a kick in the head knocking him out. He will quickly grab the wand and turns and launches 3 quick attacks at the thief. He only hits with one of them for 7 points of damage.
Niobe (AC 19, HP 59/49) d20+13=31 d20+13=14 d6+3=7 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 12:38:30 AM "You are very considerate to wish to bring me back from the dead. Now why would you want to do that anyway?" Niobe smiles widely as the thief misses her. She tries once again to attack the now badly outnumbered thief and scores a hit once for 7 points of damage. "It seems that my travelling companions don't like you very much Sir. Since you haven't given me your name then I take it that we have indeed not met before." Now Niobe blows him a kiss to go with her successful attack; almost mirroring his actions from earlier. Grinning she says, "Your turn..."
(Hits AC 31 *possible crit*, hits AC 14 *no crit*, does 7 pts dmg)
Sly and Luke d4+4=8 d4+4=8 d4+4=7 d20+3=19 d6+3=8 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 7:44:08 AM
Since Peerimus is so big and in the way of another attack, Sly will use magic missels again. "Poo Doo Ect" chant Sly.(MM will do damages of 8+8+7=23hp)
Luke will tell Edgar "Again!" then backs up a few inches, the attacks the Thief again by biting whit tooth and fangs. (Luke attack ac19 - damages 8hp)
Peerimus AC 21 HP 74 (59) and Yorrick AC 15 HP 51 d20+11=26 d20+11=12 d20+6=12 d8+8=11 d20+16=23 d20+20=31 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 11:59:48 AM
Yorrick reasserts himself upon the fighter before relentlessly. His great claws and fangs tearing at the armored man before once again firmly grabbing him. [Yorrick hit AC 26, 12, 12 for dmg 11 Grapple 23]
With the cleric firmly in hand, so to speak, and that peculiar expression, Peerimus sees if a change of scenerey will alter the mans mood. Peerimus carries the cleric outside. [Grapple 31, winning the grapple can move 1/2 speed (40)]
Ilsidur (AC 24, 88 hp) d20+13=17 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 12:45:21 PM
Seeing that the bears have the fighters well in hand, Ilsidur moves over beside Niobe, to help with attacking the thief. He swings at the foe, but is wild, and misses. [OOC: Hit AC 17, so not good enough.]
Barnum (AC 18, Hp 52) and Edgar (AC 22, HP 34) d20+8=10 d20+7=8 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 7:47:52 PM
Barnum is sorely confused about the whole cobra incident, when a great bear bursts through the door holding the cleric in its grip. Barnum shrugs slightly, and fires his crossbow bolt at the cleric, missing wildly. (AC 10) (OOC: I can't find the rules for firing into a grapple, though I imagine there's a chance I'll hit Peerimus)
Edgar tries to continue to flutter about the theif's head, but has less success then Barnum, and ends up flying into the ceiling. (AC 8)
Justin Webber (DM) Something bumps in the basment Fighter grapple check d20+6=25 d20+6=18 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 8:54:50 PM
Peerimus squeezes the cleric more and begins moving towards the door, all most making it outside. Sly also shoots the cleric with magic missles.
The thief finds himself in a perdicument as Ilsidur, Niobe, Savin, Luke and Edgar continues trying to attack him.
The fighter that Yorrick clutches tight in a bear hug struggles as he wheezes, his breath being squeezed from him.
The wizard lays knocked out from Savin's final hit to him.
The other fighter is still confronted by Shiraz. (Make your attack for last round and the new round. Warning, the fighter will be dead after your attack for the missed round.)
Cleric AC21 Dead Fighter1 AC22 All most dead/will be dead after Shiraz makes up his last ocmbat round. Fighter2 AC22 injured/grappled Wizard AC17 Dead Thief AC20 All most dead
The fighter caught in Yorrick's grasps struggles once more to get free and succeeds once more. The fighter afterwards turns to take flight towards the door. (Inspires a AoA from Yorrick and also Peerimus since Peerimus is near the door.)
The thief laughs when he sees Edgar slam into the roof and also makes a break for the door now. (Inspires a AoA from all of the attackers from last round.)
The cleric just as he dies looks into Peerimus's eyes and winks at him whispering, "My job is not over and I will return...this time though I was prepared, I learned from my fight with the man you call Sir Thomas."
Just as the cleric stops talking and he goes lifeless you start hearing loud bangs in the basement and the heavy wood planks over the basement stairs start heaving up but not breaking yet as something beats on them with unbeleivable power. The planks look twice as thick as a normal 2x4 and they have began splinting from the power of the blows being given. You can also see when the planks pop up with the blow that a thin sheet of metal was fitted to the bottom of the boards.
Shiraz AC 26 hps 72/84 d20+17=36 d20+13=26 d20+14=24 d20+11=22 2d8(5+3)+11=19 2d8(3+3)+11=17 d10+5=9 d8=4 d20+17=36 2d8(2+7)+11=20 d20+2=19 d20+17=36 d20+13=25 d20+14=29 d20+11=24 d20+17=26 2d8(6+2)+11=19 2d8(2+5)+11=18 2d8(8+5)+11=24 d10+5=14 d8=2 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 9:42:54 PM
Last post: Shiraz looks at the fighter and launches into a series of attacks designed to throw his opponent of balance attacking the fighters head with a thunderous right hand swing, <AC 36 potential crit, 39 dmg>. Then swinging quickly at the mans knees, <AC 26 dmg 17>, Shiraz then attempts to slam his offhand blade into the mans ribs, <AC 24 9 dmg>. Shiraz then headbutts the man inthe face with his horn, <AC 22 4 dmg>.
This post: Shirax watches the man drop and then watches as the floor begins to buckle and splinter. Shiraz quickly moves over to the the floor and looks over at his friends, "We should prepare for a much larger battle," Shiraz takes a moment to wipe teh blood running down his face matting his fur and to wipe the stickiness from his swords. Shiraz then stands ready to defend his friends. Shiraz then gets his footing under the buckling floor<Dex check 19> and readies his attacks <AC 36 possible crit AC 25, 29,24, possible crit AC 26. Damage if critical 37, 24,14,2. If not a crit 19,24,14,2.>
Savin ac 21/20 hps 62/62 d20+10=26 d10+4=7 Tuesday March 23rd, 2004 9:45:58 PM
Savin will take his attack of opportunity against the thief and hit him with a solid sidekick doing 7 points of damage.
He is about to follow up with the thief when the pounding starts hitting the floor boards. He backs away, looking quickly right and left. "What in the names of the gods is coming through the floor? Forget the small villians. I think we have bigger problems....much bigger"
Ilsidur (AC24, 88 hp) d20+13=17 Wednesday March 24th, 2004 12:30:25 AM
Ilsidur takes a last swing at the fleeing thief, but misses once again.
The dwarf cleric moves over behind Shiraz, waiting to see what comes up through the floor. He takes a firmer grip on his waraxe and shield, expecting the worst.
Niobe Wednesday March 24th, 2004 12:32:38 AM
Niobe doesn't bother attacking the fleeing thief. She retrieves her dropped bow instead and checks it for any damage (she isn't expecting to find any since the bow is magical). Satisfied that the bow is still in good shape she replaces it in the quiver.
Watching the heavy floor lift and buckle Niobe pales considerably. "Gentlemen, are we really prepared and equipped to fight something that can lift a solidly laid heavy floor?" She stares meaningfully at the door, "Should we just check out the bell tower and then clear out of here as fast as possible?" Niobe now has a death-grip on her rapier, and now fixedly stares at the floor being torn up. "Edgar, if you don't mind could you fly up to the bell tower and see if that bell is there? I would appreciate it if you would please." Niobe politely askes the shook up raven.
Sly and Luke d20+3=16 Wednesday March 24th, 2004 7:00:29 AM
Luke is about to bite the thief in a very vital spot, when the floor starts to crack and buckel. Luke uthers "Oh! OOO!"
Sly is about to use his Magic Missels again, when the floor starts to bang, splinter and buckel. Quickly Sly (with special sword in hand)start to chant"Ist Glaceia Oust" The special sword glows blue as Sly redies himself for whatever is comming. "Come on! Let me see the color of your eyes"
OOC Sly charger the sword with ice spell.
Peerimus AC 21 HP 74 (59) and Yorrick AC 15 HP 51 d20+11=28 d8+8=10 d20+15=22 2d4(3+2)+11=16 Wednesday March 24th, 2004 3:09:53 PM
Peerimus issues a great snort as a retort to the cleric, who goes limp in his arms. The fragile body unceremoniously drops to the floor as attention is turned to the buckling floor. As the fighter turns to flee, Yorrick readily takes advantage of the opportunity presented. [Yorrick hit AC 28 dmg 10] Peerimus will also attempt to take down the fleeing man with a great swiping paw. [Peerimus hit AC 22 dmg 16] Peerimus gives a roar to gain is companions attention and in bear to tell Yorrick to heel, and shortly thrusts his nose towards the door and then moves outside for greater room.
As Yorrick arrives outside he casts Bull Strength on them both.
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday March 24th, 2004 8:44:37 PM
Edgar shakes his head for a second, then nods and flies off at Niobe's request. Edgar flies up towards the belltower to see what he can see.
Barnum prepares a lightning bolt spell, and will fire it if anything that appears menacing comes through the floor.
Justin Webber (DM) The Basement Slasher? Wednesday March 24th, 2004 9:14:16 PM
The thief and fighter even with the extra damage taken from the swipes of bear paws make it out the door as the others of the group watch the boards and thin piece of metal attached to them thats over the stairs to the basement jump and shudder.
Shiraz stays near the boarded up stairs waiting for the creature in the basement to break through but suddenly the beating at the boards stop. To everyones dismay the howls they heard outside the church start even louder and the shoulders inside the church seem to swarm abit and grow darker as if the church itself is trying to freak out the group even more.
Just as you think the thing in the basement has given up, what looks like six large two-handed sword blade comes thrusting up through the sheat metal and boards covering the stairs to the basement. The tip of one of the sword blade comes only inches from Shiraz's goodies and it wiggles back and forth, enlargeing the cut in the boards and then you watch as the blade is ripped back out of the boards and metal. (Spot DC22 to notice that 5 of the sword blades were illusions and that the one almost getting Shiraz's goodies was real. Otherwise you believe you see actual cuts in the wood where the other blades cut through the floor.)
The slashed hole is big enough to get a human fist through but it is to dark to see anything in the basement.
Shiraz d20=18 d20=19 Wednesday March 24th, 2004 10:20:59 PM
Shiraz looks in dismay,<Spot DC 18>, as the six blades cut the metal and wood easily and raises on his tiptoes as the blade comes within inches of his goodies. Shiraz stands his ground and attempts to look down in the hole to see what is next,<Spot DC 19>
Savin d20+13=26 Wednesday March 24th, 2004 10:22:33 PM
"Shiraz! Look out! That sword is real! The others are illusion but that one is real!" He will head over to the minotaur and hand him a potion, "Here take this, it is a potion of bull strength. I think we are gonna need all the advantages we can get."
Savin pauses for a second. "Shiraz whatever comes up I will try and distract. You are the group's muscle. I will try to give you a clear attack."
Sly and Luke d20+4=23 d20+3=8 Thursday March 25th, 2004 4:55:08 AM
Sly sees the blade for what it is, Sly yells at Shiraz and Savin "Shiraz that blade is an illusion except for one between your jegs. You and Savin back off a little. Let's see what we have to battle first! Let me and my special sword get the first blow in first, the blade has a cold spell in it, We'll give it a frosty reception. Just don't get yourself killed, like you did with the Red Dragon!!"
Luke back up and take a snap at the thief as he tries to gets away.
OOc Sly made his role (23) and luke miss his.
Niobe (AC 19, HP 59/49, 59/57 after potion) d20+10=28 d20+2=20 d20+10=23 d8+2=8 Thursday March 25th, 2004 3:23:42 PM
Niobe sees the illusions for what they are. She backs up against the wall next to the door. "Has anyone seen Barnum? He's not here with us." She asks as she turns her head to look around the room. Niobe listens carefully to see if she can hear where the thing under the church is at the moment. She reaches into her haversack and pulls out a CLW potion and quaffs it down.
Peerimus AC 21 HP 74 (59) Barskin +4 AC, Bull Str +4, Endure Elements Fire and Yorrick AC 15 HP 51 Bull Str +4 d20+7=19 d20+4=9 Thursday March 25th, 2004 5:56:59 PM
Outside, Peerimus gives another yell, hoping his friends will move form the confines of the church to a more open battleground. Yorrick stays close at his side, keeping alert for possible closing foes. [Spot 19 Listen 9]
Peerimus, suspecting the howls in his vicinity are sure to turn hostile casts another spell for the upcoming conflict. [Call Lightning dur. 8 minute]
Barnum and Edgar Thursday March 25th, 2004 6:37:36 PM
"Right here, milady." Barnum says to Niobe, stepping in from his spot outside the door. He has his lightning bolt spell fully charged, and will blast whatever menacing thing comes through the floor. Electricity dances around his fingertips, as if the spell itself is anxious.
Edgar continues to fly up to the belltower to investigate.
Ilsidur (AC 24, 88 hp) d20+5=13 Thursday March 25th, 2004 7:33:30 PM
Ilsidur backs away from all the swinging sword blades, and says, "What can be swinging all those blades? I know of only one creature with that many arms, and believe me, we don't want to meet up with one of her type." [OOC: missed the spot roll.]
He quickly looks around to make sure that all of the original foes are actually out of commission, and then readies himself for whatever can swing that many blades.
Justin Webber (DM) It comes boss, it comes!!! Thursday March 25th, 2004 11:14:45 PM
The thief and remaining fighter run out of the church and make it a small distance away from the church.
Everyone retreats out of the church and wait to see what comes out of the basement. No one has to wait long though as just as the last person gets out the door there is a very loud breaking board sound and you see at first what looks like a giant iron man fly through the boards and then land with board shaking force on the remaining undamaged floor of the church. The large 10ft figure looks or is wearing what looks like a solid suit of iron, even the things face looks like a iron mask.
As you look at the creature it moves it's one hand that holds a shield with a symbol emblem of chaos on it and it lifts a sword that you seen shoot through the boards earlier in a almost salute like gesture. embedded in the armor looking iron is also a amulet that has been forged into the metal.
During all this Edgar flies up to the bell tower and circles it, seeing a very large and odd looking bell. He sees nothing else up there at all as he circles it. He can see a large and thick cord hanging down and goes into the church.
Ilsidur (AC 24, 88 hp) (Prayer) Thursday March 25th, 2004 11:36:51 PM
Ilsidur moves to place himself and the iron creature within a 40' radius circle, and prays to the Woldian powers, "Gods of the Wold, aid us in our battle with this iron creature, and stay its hand." [OOC: Ilsidur casts a prayer spell, which will last for 8 rounds, with the following effects: +1 to hit and damage, +1 to saves and skill checks for all friends, and -1 to hit and damage for every attack, -1 on saves and skill checks for foes. If Ilsidur cannot cover the party as well as the creature, he will stay in the middle of the party, and make sure that he catches all of the Children, at least.]
Savin ac 21 hps 62/62 Thursday March 25th, 2004 11:46:46 PM
Savin sees the iron beast bust out of the church and he remembers a lesson from his master. He was sitting under a cherry tree in the spring. The blossoms were beautiful and their delicate smell perfumed the air. His master was lecturing on magical beasts. He got around to golems and his master face turned very serious.
"Young Savin, If you ever come across a very tall, broad statue made of iron, most likely it is an Iron golem. You can't trip it, or grapple it or use those pressure points attacks on it either. My advice is to you is practice your running skills very quickly and for a long time."
Savin thoughts return to the present. He quickly scans the area looking for escape routes. He catches glimpse of his companions and realizes he can't run. He would escape but without his help some of them will surely die.
"I will ring the bell, that is what I will do. Can't hurt...I hope."
He will yell to the others, "It is an Iron golem! Be very careful! They are extremely tough and dangerous!"
Savin will look for an opportunity to dart back into the church.
Sly and Luke (Ac 20-hp 61/61)Prayer d20+16=36 d8+9=14 Friday March 26th, 2004 7:55:43 AM
Sly watches the golem rise out of the depts of the cellar, quickly start to think out loud "Iron Golem is a magical, none living thing. That means most magic might not hurt it? But pircing weapons might do the job, except Is it hollow or Is there liquid in side of the thing?? Hmmm! I wonder?? I have a ice spell in my sword, Yes! I wonder what that spell would do?" To the others he yells "Come On Let's go out side!! and regroup?"
But before Sly heads out Will take a swing at the golem Before he is fully out of the cellar and on his feet, just to see what will happen to the golem. the Sly run out of the church.
With Luke running ahead of him.
OOC; Attack ac36 (critical hit, but does not count because it is not a living flesh) - Damage (If any) 14hp.
Shiraz AC 26 hps 72/84 Prayer d20+1=21 Friday March 26th, 2004 8:01:17 AM
Shiraz appears unruffled as the iron man bursts from the basement. Carefully looking over the creature Shiraz eyes settle on the amulet,<Int DC 21>, "That amulet has to be special. Its so prominent!" Shiraz calls out to his friends. Shiraz shrugs off his wet cloak and steps towards the door, " Ok Savin I will try to draw him out, you ring the bell." Shiraz then prepares to meet the golem head on.
Peerimus AC 21 HP 74 (59) Barskin +4 AC, Bull Str +4, Endure Elements Fire and Yorrick AC 15 HP 51 Bull Str +4 3d10(6+1+7)=14 Friday March 26th, 2004 8:55:36 AM
Peerimus's eyes narrow, Learned from his past battle indeed. Peerimus turns to Yorrick and tells his friend to stay back. The enchantment on Yorricks claws is no longer working and Peerimus does not have another. As Yorrick takes a few steps beck, Peerimus moves alongside Shiraz. He stands and with a great roar, raises his arms and calls down a great bolt of lightning from the heavens, striking the creature. [Call Lightning dmg 14 reflex 18]
Niobe (AC 19, HP 59/57) Friday March 26th, 2004 1:01:54 PM
Niobe looks in fear-tinged awe at the iron behemoth. She absently says to Barnum, "I am glad you are here now, Barnum. Do you have any idea how to destroy that thing? I don't think that my rapier will do much damage to it at all."
Niobe will not slip out the door just yet. She wants to see what the guys are up to first; since she is right next to the door she figures it won't take her too long to exit the old church. Keeping her grip tight on her rapier she prepares to dask outside if the iron beast looks like it is gaining the upper hand.
Chaos Powers Renewed
Justin Webber (DM) Are ya listening, the bells are ringing Saturday March 27th, 2004 12:42:59 AM
Everyone pretty much watches the iron golem in a mixture of horror and awe other then Savin and Shiraz and Sly.
Sly's attack hits the iron golem but the blow does little good other then leaving a small cut in the iron.
Peerimus calls lightning to strike the golem also. This causes lightning to dance along the surface of the iron golem and maybe slowed it down some.
Shiraz moves towards the iron golem in hopes of stopping it from getting to his friends while Savin runs in behind Shiraz andh eads for the cord that leads up to the bell tower.
Since the cord is not to far away Savin makes it to the cord and begins to pull it as he sees the iron golem come charging after him. Savin watches as the large two handed sword that the iron golem wields in one hand is raised up for a down ward chop but then Savin pulls the cord and the bell above goes off.
Everyone can hear the dong of the bell, it's sweet...no something seems wrong, the bell's sound seems funny and everyone starts to feel a rush of chaotic power. The power seems to tear at your minds and body, it makes you want to scream and yet laugh...it courses through you with a musical harmony but yet a chaotic surge that feels like it is ripping your body apart. The pain of this feeling and energy is so powerful and unbearabe that one by one you all start dropping to your knees and hold your head. While you fall you see the iron golem seemign to go through convulsions of it's own, it's iron face even twists in emotions that a iron golem shouldn't know. Just as you loose conciousness you hear from the bell tower terribly and horrifying screams. It is not hard to tell that the scream comes from Krilanos.
In your unconcious state you seem to float, you see worlds of multicolored lights and creatures that you would sware only a drunk person would see. They seem so real and yet so unreal that you almost are scared to touch them or try. After what seems like years of being out of it you finally open your eyes to find yourselves inside the ruined church. The place is dark and outside the sun still is set. You see no sign of the golem but many of you who were outside can tell that something very large and very powerful had dragged you out of the rain and storm outside.
Just as you think you are along you notice infront of you three people, their robes are pitch black and they are stoopped over as they look at you. For a moment you think Gargul has sent someone to collect you but then the three people who you find are old ladies talk as one, "Saviours" and "Destroyers," the time is here...the bell has chosen again, the power is passed on once more. You bare the power, but it is no blessing but a curse. Savious and destroyers you are and much will you change as you wander forth."
The crones stop speaking and slowly turn and begin moving to the door, maybe them leaving on foot was a sign of respect or maybe they are human but never the less they speak once more, "We feel sorry for you all, your destiny is not of your own making, you from this point will be following a course laid out by many others who once carried the power. The man you were seeking here is gone. He has in him pure chaos, much more chaos power then any should wield and you will need to find him and do something to make sure he is not a problem to you in the future. You also this day made a very large friend and possible foe...we see him aiding and causing problems in the future, do not seek this friend or foe for he will find you." With this said the crones walk out and vanish with a small gust of wind, leaving you in the church.
In the church you find it to be normal and you find yourselves okay except a tattoo on the back of his hand, of small black broken spiral, shaped much like a pinwheel turning in on itself. In one corner of the church are the items the people here that you fought earlier had and you are surprised to find in the basement of the church the bodies of people you killed, plus a thief and fighter who have large two-handed sword slashes in them, infact the cuts almost split both of them in two. The thief and fighter who have these marks are also missing their stuff and you will find it in the stuff in the corner.
Sly and Luke Saturday March 27th, 2004 7:38:27 AM
Sly being one of the first to wake, gets to his shaky feet, "OH! My head! That was so painful and a louder ring than ever. That My Friends Was The Bell Of Chaos." Sly bring his hand down from his aching head, the notices that his tattoo is now Black, as he raises his head to tell the others about his hand. He sees the three people in black robes, but when they starts speakings, he reconise them as being the Witches. He listens to what they are saying, almost the same thing thing as when he first came to the Children of Chaos. Except they now know the name of their enermy "Krilanos" and what this? That big clumzy dummy is our friend, or more like foe?? That what we should call it "Fi-Fo". He listen to them until they leave the church and disapears into the night. Sly turns to his companions, raising his hands in a welcome jesture, Smiles and tell them "Welcome! Children Of Chaos" then show them his now black tatoo, "You will never be able to get rid of this tattoo, unless the curse releases you. Look like we'll be together for a long time." Sly will start looking around for food, He and Luke are geting hungry.
Barnum and Edgar Saturday March 27th, 2004 10:03:31 AM
Barnum rubs the back of his hand, as if he expected the tattoo to rub off. It was there permanently, though. Barnum Berrybrawn had become a Child of Chaos.
Barnum moves over to investigate the belongings of the people they fought earlier. He will announce his findings to the group.
Edgar hops around on the ground a little bit, contemplating what just happened.
Niobe d20+8=24 Sunday March 28th, 2004 4:38:15 AM
Waking from where she slumped to the ground near the door Niobe sits up into a kneeling position. As her double vision begins to clear she swears that she sees 3 angels of death sent from Gargul. She rubs her eyes just as they start to speak. Not angels, but really old women she realizes. A very surprised Niobe listens to what they say and the words burn into her mind. She turns and watches the Crones walk past her out the door. Whispering to herself, "this is too weird, it must still be that nightmare. The Crones are folklore. I wasn't looking for this."
Niobe snaps out of her own thoughts when Sly speaks and the others begin to move around. She scratches at the back of her left hand as she studies the black tattoo that wasn't there before. "So much for a little adventure, looks like I'm in this for the long haul. Hmm, I wonder what my parents would say to this?", she thinks feeling only slightly amused, and still a bit befuddled. Niobe takes a pair of fingerless gloves out of a belt pouch and slips them on before picking up her dropped rapier and sheathing it in its scabbard. She walks over to Barnum and starts to look through the equipment. "Do you think that any of this has an enchantment Barnum? If it does we might be able to get a decent price for it from a travelling merchant. The ones in the local town probably won't even know how to price any of this." She continues to study each piece of equipment cursorily, trying to figure out the worth.
Niobe doesn't explore the basement right away; she will leave that to anyone else who is curious enough. Her interest is currently with what can be made into money, something that she knows and understands amidst all of this confusing, mystical stuff.
(Appraise 24)
Savin Sunday March 28th, 2004 5:13:12 PM
Savin will stand up and brush himself off after the crones depart. He is unsure how to feel. He will help the others up and say, "I guess we were making a mistake about the iron golem. It makes sense upon reflection. He was being locked away by the forces of Chaos. I guess he was a guardian placed to protect the bell."
Savin will start rubbing his head trying to clear away the cobwebs he is still feeling. He will dart into the church and look up to see if the bell is still there. "I think it was a mistake to ring it again. Sounds like our role as pawns in this cosmic game just enlarged."
He will then look at the bodies of the agents of chaos and add, "Looks like we got some loot. That is good. I have a feeling we are gonna need to buff up when we come across Krilanos again. Sounds like that is our next mission."
Savin will snap his fingers and pull out the wand he found and add it to the pile. "Can anyone detect magic?"
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+6=18 d20+6=18 d20+6=25 d20+6=20 d20+6=25 d20+6=7 d20+6=17 d20+6=7 d20+6=14 d20+6=16 d20+6=15 d20+6=17 d20+6=9 Monday March 29th, 2004 7:00:27 PM
Peerimus opens his eyes as his head pounds and slowly pulls himself up from the floor to a semi sitting position and begins to stretch with a loud cracking of his neck, back and ribs. As the crones begin thier unison crack voiced speech, he nearly jumps to a standing position having missed them completely. Yorrick is shaking teh cobwebs from his head and upon seeing more potential threats gives a warning growl.
Peerimus puts a reassuring hand to his friend to steady him as the Crones continue. All they say intrigues him greatly, stirs his mind and confirms his call. He now, like nature in of herself is being drawn purposefully with possible unknown effects upon the lands he will cross. Like the storm, both benefit and bane. It is a calming notion and exilierating at the same time and as he thinks on it more he can not help the sudden explosion of joyful laughter. He has indeed been blessed by the Wold.
Peerimus bows as the crones depart and turns his attentions to the matters at hand. "I can Detect Magic, let us spread the items out a bit so I can focus clearly on each one." and with that the spell is cast. Peerimus will concentrate on each item present attempting to learn the school of magic and aura. [bunch of spell craft checks; 18, 18, 25, 20, 25, 7, 17, 7, 14, 16, 15, 17, 9]
Shiraz d20+3=9 Monday March 29th, 2004 9:26:52 PM
Shiraz wakes last, <Will Dc 9>, and slowly stands up. "What in the name of holy.." Shiraz bites the last off and looks around the church. Shiraz attempts to find his weapons but even this type of simple action seems to take all of his faculties.
Justin Webber (DM) Aftermath Monday March 29th, 2004 10:49:13 PM
The group slowly gets their senses back and listens to the three old crones talking to them before the crones depart.
Some look over the items while the others go about figuring out things that just happened after the crones departed.
(ooc:I'll have to get back to you on treasure. I'm waiting for the final bit to be approved before actually giving it.)
While everyone goes about there thing you all hear something coming towards the church. The steps are very heavy sounding (like several 1,000lbs) and what ever it is is clearly not trying to hide it's approach.
To everyones amazment you also notice through the broken doors of the church that the storm outside has stopped. The first rays of sunshine even have began to poor down across the land. Clearly the storm was some type of herald to what has happened to you all, like it was destined to be.
Savin Monday March 29th, 2004 10:59:22 PM
Savin will dart to the door and take a quick look at what is coming. He assumes it is the iron golem returning but it is always safer to go take a quick look. Could be a rampaging elephant or something.
Ilsidur Tuesday March 30th, 2004 8:11:19 AM
Ilsidur follows Savin outside. He says, "Does anyone know how to defeat a golem? My only experience is that they are incredibly tough, and immune to most magic." [OOC: Can we try some knowledge checks?]
Sly and Luke Tuesday March 30th, 2004 9:52:03 AM
Sly tells Savin "Yes! I think your right. This Golem did not fight us, he just didn't move. It's just whe I see a golem, to me it means that there a wizard some where And we did bag ourselves a Wizard, a Cleric, a Thief and a mess of fighters. I wonder where the golem went? These witches always give me a headache! Every body alright? Oh! Oh! what that?? It's coming from out side." Sly and Luke exits the door, to see what the noise is all about.
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday March 30th, 2004 1:26:22 PM
Peerimus will continue with the items after a quick look up to see exactly who is checking on the incoming creature. "The lightning seemed to slow it down Ilsidur at least, though the spell is long expired. Let me know if we need to evacuate friends."
Yorrick saunters up behind Luke and Sly, pressing them slighty as he stands to look out the door himself. [b]Aarrnng.[b] then looking down at the two.
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday March 30th, 2004 3:55:00 PM
Barnum looks up at the few rays of sunshine, reflecting off of his rain soaked clothes, "Ah... Sunlight, a welcome pleasure."
He doesn't leave the pile of loot, but watches the others and looks in the direction of the weighty footsteps, "Fifo didn't leave?"
Niobe Tuesday March 30th, 2004 4:55:52 PM
Niobe also remains by the pile of loot. After all why bother going to check what is approaching when nearly everyone else is already doing just that? She considers just packing up the loot just in case they have to leave quickly. "Do I have enough time to pack this stuff? That thing sounds awfully close..." As Niobe looks down at the loot and then back towards the door her face reflects the turmoil of the decision to pack the loot or not. She starts to randomly pick at a piece of gear and fiddle with it briefly then put it down, and then pick up a new piece and fiddle with it briefly and put it down; revealing a bit of nervous energy.
Shiraz Tuesday March 30th, 2004 8:19:27 PM
Shiraz shakes off the last of the Bell's ringing and quickly moves outside to see what the stomping sound is outside.
Justin Webber (DM) Child in the making Tuesday March 30th, 2004 10:07:07 PM
The few people to move to the door see the iron golem from before you rang the bell walking towards the church. The iron golem looks rather different now though since it holds no weapon or shield but you can see both on it's back.
The iron golem's face looks different now though and you can see the rarest hint of emotion on it, like that of a child seeing it's parents. It stops some distance from the door and watches each of you before speaking to those at the door, "Daddy Sly, Daddy Savin, Daddy Ilsidur and Daddy Shiraz. Are you all alright? I dragged some of you out of the storm outside and into the church and then chased after the two men who ran away." The iron golem looks to the people who came outside the church in anticipation at his words, not expecting any of you to actually be shocked that a iron golem would speak when none usually ever do.
Ilsidur Wednesday March 31st, 2004 12:30:18 AM
The dwarf cleric does, in fact, look and feel shocked. He has never seen a golem before, but what he knows, tells him that a golem is merely a construct, with no personality, no life force, no knowledge of its own existence... He is even more taken aback that this golem would call him father!
"Who are you?" he asks the iron creature, "and wny would you call us as fathers? Who created you, and why did you help us? I guess I must thank you for carrying us out of the worst of the storm, but please understand that I am very surprised at your appearance. Before I was knocked unconscious, I was expecting you to attack us all!"
Sly Foxx and Luke Wednesday March 31st, 2004 12:35:16 AM
Sly is trying to see what the noise is all about, when Yurric big paws pushes his hat over Slys eyes. When he hears "Daddy Sly??", he freezes in place, then slowly turns looking up at this golem, "Daddy Sly? Daddy Ilsidur? Oh! he resembles you! Look a little bit like Daddy Savin too, But you take after Daddy Shiraz. big and strong. Wait untill you meet your Mommy Niobe, You'll just going to love her. Oh! yes You have a couple more Daddies too." Sly turn and yell into the church, "OH! Daddy Peerimus and Daddy Barmum, Come meet your son." to the others Sly asks "Now! what do we do??" but to himself he mumbles'Wait until I get my hands on those Whitchs!"
Luke slowly advances to the golem, sniffs it then sits in frount of the hunck of iron, "Hi! I is Luke!"
Savin Wednesday March 31st, 2004 9:03:04 AM
The monk will shut his mouth which had dropped open and then advance. "Yes we all seem to ok. I wish to thank you for all your help. I am guessing you slayed 2 of our enemies and pulled us into the church. You seem to know us. What is your name?
Are you calling us Daddy because we are the Children of Chaos and pulled the bell?"
Savin will await his many questions, his eyes bright but his mind quickly going over what the Crones said and wondering what pains and joys this new intelligent life would find.
Niobe Wednesday March 31st, 2004 4:58:55 PM
Somewhat stunned Niobe drops whatever is in her hands as Sly starts calling people daddy and herself mommy. She moves towards the group at the door and states, "Sly dear, I am not its mother. Don't encourage it, please." Niobe now finds herself in one of those situations where you don't know whether to laugh or cry. After all this is not only rather surprising, it is actually funny; and of course entirely unexpected! With a half-grin she adds, "besides it should have good role-models; and I hardly qualify as that."
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday March 31st, 2004 5:07:53 PM
At Sly's call, Barnum jogs to the door and sees the iron golem. Not one to turn down an ally, especially one as powerful as the group's apparent son, Barnum moves forward and bows slightly in front of the construct. Strangely enough, the behavior of this golem contradicts mostly everything Barnum's teachers taught him about constructs. "Hey there, big buddy! Thanks for helping us out back there."
Edgar flocks to the group and sets down near the others, still a little bit cautious of the golem.
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday March 31st, 2004 6:25:51 PM
Peerimus seeing the commotion and hearing what is being talked about decides this is one of those occassions that is beyond his communal understanding. Staying right where he is seems a perfectly reasonable course of action. He does however offer a bit aloud to those at the door. "If the creature has recently gained sentience then the group could have been imprinted on it, like a new born. Too many questions or outward rejection may have dire consequences, please watch what you say. He likely knows little more than we." Peerimus will also whistle Yorrick back, he is still after all a bear and this might be a bit much.
Justin Webber (DM) Bringing down the house, errrr church Wednesday March 31st, 2004 8:21:01 PM
The iron golem looks at the people who came out to see him and blinks before turning his attention to Luke, it is quite clear the iron golem has a relatively short attention span, "Hi uncle Luke."
The iron golem looks up after greeting Luke and it's face wrinkles in thought before speaking, "I am me...a person...and...I remember the bell being rang and power...lots and lots of power...and a urge to help..." The iron golem looks about ready to explode now as it tries to figure out all that went on and then it finally gives up and simply shrugs, "Please remove the stuff from the church you want daddy's and mommy. I have something I have to do...something tells me I'm suppose to."
Only after the treasure and all else is removed from the church that the group wants the iron golem walks in and slowly walks around the church walls, tapping lightly on the walls before ramming a finger into the wall to mark two spots. The iron golem checks to make sure everyone is safly back before slugging a large iron fist through one of the marked areas and you hear the church groan in protest as one of the main support boards is broken. The iron golem then turns and lets out a feral scream and runs at the other marked area and smashes through the wall.
The group can only stand and watch as the old church colapses in on itself and the bell of chaos is lost in the clutter. When the dust of the destruction clears you see almost comicaly embedded in a tree the iron golem, it struggles to get it's embedded hand out of the tree before getting flusterated and ripping the tree out of the ground, then rips it's hand out of the tree and hurls the tree at the church, yelling at the tree as he does, "stupid thing, leave me ALONE!" The iron golem now looks at the group expectingly as if to see what the group plans to do and odviously aiming to follow you. As if on a after thought the iron golem looks at Ilsidur, "Daddy Ilsidur...you are smaller then the others...why? you like me to carry you?" The iron golem also points at Yorrick and looks to Peerimus, "Daddy Peerimus? who is that? is he a uncle also?"
The items found after the battle are: wand light steel shield chainshirt shortsword potionx2 a small stone leather armorx3 longswordsx2 staff daggerx2 Platnum pieces:50 Gold:600 Silver:30 Copper:20 Gems:5
The detect magic reveals that the shield is magical, the potions are magical, the chainshirt, the wand, shortsword, and stone.
The appraising shows that the longswords are of exceptional quality, as is the daggers. The staff is pretty much worthless and the armors looks like normal leather armors.
Savin Wednesday March 31st, 2004 10:16:13 PM
Savin will pick up a partial part of the treasure and say, "Let's go back and get this stuff sorted out." He looks at the iron golem and goes over to it. Standing in front of it with a quizical look on his face he will say, "You look to be a good friend and I would be honored if you would travel with us. Before we go, we should set a few ground rules up. First I need to know how you want us and others to call you?" Savin will pause for an answer.
When he gets an answer, he will continue, "We are going back to a town to report what happened here. You are welcome to join us but I must warn you. Other people who don't know you might at first be frightened. You must be very gentle with them. I know life can be frustrating, but if you do anything like you did with that tree, you will scare people. I will try to help you. So will the others. Any questions?"
Ilsidur d8=7 Thursday April 1st, 2004 12:09:20 AM
[OOC: the roll is for hit points for Ilsidur going up a level in cleric.]
The dwarf smiles up at the newly-sentient golem. "You know, you really mustn't call me Daddy. I am just Ilsidur, or maybe friend Ilsidur; shall we see how we get along? I may be short, but you will find that I can keep up with the rest of these bigger ones."
"Savin, I propose that I wait outside the city walls with our new friend here, while you go inside and deal with our new-found goods. I think that the townsfolk may just be a little too ...surprised... at our new metal friend."
Ilsidur starts to bundle up some the items collected from the church, and heads back towards the city. "I wonder whatever became of the bell, and more worriedly, Krilanos?" he says to no-one in particular.
Sly Foxx and Luke Thursday April 1st, 2004 8:08:11 AM
Sly wounders about this hunk of iron, then things start to click in his head. "You know you could be a very good pat of our party, You could scare away the unrully crows, a big help in a fight with the enemy, like giants. How about a short name like Fi-Fo, which means Friend the fight the enemy. Yes! I'll be your daddy and try to teach you how to be a good fighter." Sly look at luke and ask him "Do you like to have a brother, well here he is Fi-Fo!."
Shiraz Thursday April 1st, 2004 9:44:43 AM
ooc sorry about missing a post.
Shiraz stands with his mouth open as the golem calls him daddy. "What..by..hammer..in the.." Shiraz sputters while watching the golem call his companions daddy or mommy. Shiraz recovers enough to look at all the items that are brought out of the church. "I have plenty of room in my pack if you would like me to carry this back to town." Shiraz finally says.
Peerimus and Yorrick Thursday April 1st, 2004 4:23:55 PM
Peerimus breaks from studying the items and begins packing them into his rolled out cloak when the 'golem' mentions wanting everyone outside of the church.
AS he passes, he stops with a slight smile at the question and looks up at the great creature. "No, my friend he is not an uncle. Yorrick is a friend and comrade."
To the rest as the church comes down, "I agree with Ilsidur, taking him into town itself would be folly and I would just assume stay in a bit more open countryside if I could and with Kilranos loose it would be unwise for any of us to be alone for to long. Barnum as the resident arcane caller, might you have a pearl and the ability to Identify what is magical?"
Niobe Thursday April 1st, 2004 5:52:34 PM
Niobe was going to help with carrying the sellables from the church, but sees that it doesn't seem to be necessary with her help after all. Several others seem to have it all in hand. "If no one minds then I would prefer to assist with the items that we might want to sell off. I do better with merchants then with 'dependants'." With practiced detachment she watches the church fall in on itself. "The weaponry is of exceptional quality, except for the staff - which is not worth anything. The armor is just basic leather armor and won't fetch much of a price."
Justin Webber (DM) Back to the City Thursday April 1st, 2004 10:01:51 PM
After deciding on what to do the group slowly heads back to the city, iron golem in tow. The iron golem all the time the group travels back to the city bombards people with a seemingless neverending line of questions, mainly getting to know each person as much as possible it would seem. It's quite clear the iron golem is trying to finds it's way in this new and very large place in the Wold.
As you reach just a small distance from the city of Harnamar the iron golem stops and looks over at the city in a slight amount of awe and worry, "You going there? I don't like, I feel fear coming from the city. I not go." Your only quess on the iron golem's meaning of fear coming from the city is maybe the iron golem has been spotted already from the distance he is from the city. From where you stand you can see no unnormal movement other then people going about their normal buisness within the city.
(OOC:Everyone please remember that I need updated charactersheets and treasure will be needed to be split or done whatever the group decides to do with it. With the EXP email I sent out was also the question on who should get hero points so be thinking of that and let me know so hero points can be handed out.)
Barnum and Edgar Thursday April 1st, 2004 10:26:05 PM
Barnum shakes his head slowly, "Regretfully, Peerimus, I don't have the ability to identify items. I think the Catacombs would do it... For a price."
Barnum looks up at the golem called Fifo. Having an iron golem walking at your side is an impressive sight, even more so for a Halfling. "I don't want to go to the city and leave you here alone, my newfound friend." Barnum looks to the others, "What do you think?"
Savin Thursday April 1st, 2004 11:25:43 PM
Savin looks at Sly with a look of incredibility on his face. He points at the iron golem and says, "You really want to give him the name of a poodle. I think we can do better than that!" He pauses and then asks Ilsidur, "Ilsidur what is the name for iron in dwarvish or maybe strength?"
Savin then says, "Don't forget I am holding all of these gems too. I will go to the Catacombs and get things identified when we get to town if you wish?"
Ilsidur Thursday April 1st, 2004 11:50:01 PM
"The dwarven word for iron is Kulak, and the word for steel is Kulak-inik. I think that one of those might be more fitting than your suggestion, Sly." The dwarf smiles at the young elf, and says, "Fifo, indeed!"
When they get within sight of the city walls, Ilsidur again offers to stay outside the walls with their new addition. "Why do you fear the city? Or, why do you feel fear coming from it? Why don't we stay here, and let our friends go in and carry out our business."
He looks over to Savin, and says, "I would be pleased if you were to take all of our recent acquisitions, and dispose of them at the Catacombs."
Sly and Luke Friday April 2nd, 2004 2:27:13 AM
Sly smiles at the two new 'Daddies' making very good sugestions, "Kulak sound better than my febble attemp, remember he's young, his attention span is short and he should like the the name." Sly puts his gear down, then goes to the golem, "We the Daddies and Mommy are trying to pick a name for you. Pick me up, son and I'll sit on your shoulder. That's good, now Daddy Savin and Daddy Ilsidur who is a dwarf, has come up with a very good name for you. Kulak! It mean strong as iron in the language of the Dwarves. It fits a big boy like you. How do you like that name??"
Luke(who is sitting next to the golem) Barks "Woof! Woof! Woof!"
Sly tells the golem"See Luke like the name, Shall we ask Yurrick the bear?"
OOC: Sly and Luke will stay with the golem and make camp there out side the Town. Also remember that Sly has the dementinal Ivory Chest. That hold quite a bit for the party.
Niobe Friday April 2nd, 2004 3:32:00 PM
Niobe shakes her and chuckles at the name-giving attempt. "I don't have any suggestions. Call 'him' whatever you like. Is anyone going to speak to the guard captain about what we discovered? If no one else wants to then I could do that." Niobs smiles at the irony of that last idea. She will wait a little bit for an answer before going into town.
Peerimus and Yorrick Friday April 2nd, 2004 5:28:45 PM
Peerimus also reiterates his intention to remain outside of the town and will answer pleasantly enough any questions directed his way from the iron golem. Peerimus will also agree to Niobe's thought, "Someone needs to tell the captain what transpired and Niobe IS the perfect one to do it. Though someone should go with you, Barnum?"
Shiraz Friday April 2nd, 2004 8:38:26 PM
Shiraz looks over at teh large golem and then at Savin, "Let me go with you please Savin. I feel the need to know about the treasure this time around." Shiraz says with a smile.
Justin Webber (DM) Shopping and Camp Friday April 2nd, 2004 10:15:17 PM
The group splits for the moment, leaving a few members with their new found friend.
The iron golem Kulak watches the people who go to town depart and then looks to those who stayed. After a few mins it does strike him that Sly spoke to him and the golem smiles before answering, "I like the name Kulak, Daddy Ilsidur and others picked a good name." Being very very careful the Kulak leans down and pets Luke before setting by a tree and watching the others who stayed with him. It is clear that he observes each person very carefully to learn from this experience and also you can see visibly that Kulak is maturing little by little infront of your eyes. ------------------------------------------------ Those who go into Harnamar find the place is bustling with activity today. People just seem to be happy about it not raining and you see eve Lillian outside of her rickety old house. The guards at the gate stop you for just a moment to ask about the very large creature they seen in the distance and to see if it was a threat before letting you all into the city.
When Niobe asks she is told that Captain Joram is actually at the INN. You also hear the lady Selenie Quendeck who is Krilanos's sister and only living member of that family other then Krilanos is in town. Captain Joram is currently suppose to be meeting her at the INN you all were staying at prviously.
Savin Friday April 2nd, 2004 10:51:14 PM
Savin notices that he is moving a little slow during the walk to town. He feels heavy and slow. He will after some experimenting realize that the black stone which was part of the treasure they just got keeps returning to his backpack when he tries to throw it away.
He sits heavily in the dirt and sighs, "Yeah I fight evil priest, almost get chopped in half by a baby iron golem and now I am cursed. Great just great. ILISDUR!!! I am cursed! Can you decurse me please! I can barely move. My legs feel so heavy. Help!"
Niobe Sunday April 4th, 2004 8:22:52 PM
"If anyone wants to go with me then come along." She walks down to the city gates and asks the guards where she can find Captain Joram. Niobe will also tell them briefly about the golem if they ask, and state that it is friendly and not coming into town.
Niobe will immediately go to the inn to speak with the Captain. She will be somewhat surprised the find Lady Quendeck there as well. She will ask to speak with Captain Joram alone, since she doesn't want any questions from the Lady yet. Niobe doesn't feel that they have anything conclusive, and just blantantly telling Lady Quendeck that her brother has fled would probably just scare her. Niobe will tell the Captain everything that she thinks he needs to know. She will omit any information about the Bell ringing and the Crones; unless specifically asked about any of that.
Shiraz d20+7=25 Sunday April 4th, 2004 8:38:21 PM
Shiraz chuckles thinking of Sly and the ferret statue before easily lifting Savin up and placing the monk on his shoulder, "Watch out for low limbs my friend," Shiraz says with a smile.
Ilsidur Monday April 5th, 2004 8:04:19 AM
A surprised look on his face, Ilsidur says to Savin, "What do you mean you are cursed? What cursed you? I don't have that spell right now, but if you can wait until tomorrow, I should be able to help you."
Then the dwarf finds a nice comfortable spot to spend the next little while. "I will wait for you here, with our new young friend, and try to educate him a bit about the facts of life. Savin, you can come and find me here tomorrow, or if you need the curse removed sooner, then you can purchase a scroll with the spell 'remove curse', and bring it out to me."
"Now, Kulak, lets start your education..."
Sly and Luke Monday April 5th, 2004 8:34:59 AM
Sly sits on Kulac shoulder, he tell the golem about the evil that had some how put him in the cellar, "You must under stand that they were bad, evil men to do that." And that the leader is very evil, that was why he flew away. "Now we the Children of Chaos must go after him, and make sure that he never does this evil thing to people and animals and golems ever again. Now! do you want to come along with us? Maybe we can find a god home for you. We would like for you to stay for a while."
Justin Webber (DM) City&Camp Monday April 5th, 2004 9:51:57 PM
Outside the city Sly and Ilsidur talk to Kulak and start his education on things. As they talk and the iron golem listens he also seems to be pondering what to do next.
Kulak after while looks to Sly and Ilsidur and nods, "I will go with you for alittle while but I feel there is something for me to do soon. I do not know what but something will call." ------------------------------------------------ The others goes into town for awhile and go about shopping and talking to the Captain of the guards Joram.
Niobe finds Joram who excuses himself from where he sits talking to a fair looking lady who wears golden colored platemail and who has a large steel shield with a simple symbol on it that from the looks shows the sign of law on it. The lady who Niobe can only guess is Selenie Quendeck has almost cold looking eyes and it is clear she has been told the news of her brother. From the looks she may be a paladin of law or something of that nature.
Captain Joram listens to what Niobe says before sighing and nodding, "I'm sorry to hear you weren't able to capture him. I will alert the nobles and others of this matter and that we should keep a eye out for Krilanos to come back. I wish that all of you keep a eye out for Krilanos also. Thank you and your friends for your help."
Savin Monday April 5th, 2004 10:21:22 PM
Savin trudges off to the Catacombs feeling heavy and despondant.
Sly and Luke Monday April 5th, 2004 10:33:40 PM
Sly still sitting on Kulak shoulder, "Ahh! I see you were born of the Bell of Chaos, and if you have this feeling that there's something for you to do! Then that is what we call a mission. You'll know what it is when you get there. Now Ilsidure will teach you more things that I cannot, So listen to him also son" Then Sly whispers to Kulak "Beside he's older than I am!!" Sly will slide down from the golem's shoulder. "Ilsidur, It's your turn, He's one of us now. A True Child of the Bell Chaos."
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday April 6th, 2004 12:00:47 AM
Barnum (who went with Niobe, to see Captain Joram) scratches his chin as he looks over the symbol of law on the Captain's shield, and the paladin of law, Selenie Quendeck. "Interesting... Every bard has in his repertoire a thousand tales of good against evil. But here we have a conflict of law and chaos, one that could escalate beyond anything we've seen before..." he says aloud, to no one in particular.
He steps up to Selenie Quendeck, "I suspect, madam, that you are after the one called Krilanos. I imagine our own group might run into him sometime in the future... Perhaps you could tell me some way of contacting you, in case we ever run into him again."
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday April 6th, 2004 12:26:44 AM
Peerimus and Yorrick take full advantage of the time and lay out on the grass with satisfying sighs and soak up some sun.
Ilsidur Tuesday April 6th, 2004 7:07:53 PM
Ilsidur asks the iron giant, "So, how old do you feel? As far as I can tell, you have only been 'aware' for a few hours. Do you have any knowledge of life before then?"
After Kulak answers, the dwarf goes on to ask him to look around, and ask questions about what he sees. Ilsidur tries to fill him in and answer his questions as best as possible. "Do you know, or feel anything about the Chaos Bell? When it was rung, that was when your 'awareness' came into being, you know."
Justin Webber (DM) Golem Talks&Upset sister Tuesday April 6th, 2004 10:42:28 PM
Selenie Quendeck looks to Barnum and grins lightly as she speaks to him, "Good sir, I will find my brother and he will face the point of my sword for what he has done. Law will make him pay and I will see to it. I will be traveling in search of him so doubt you would find me easily."
(OOC:I willp ut any comments from Niobe in the next post.) ------------------------------------------------ Peerimus and Yorrick relax and sort ofp lay it lazy as they soakup the nice sunny day.
Sly ad Ilsidur talk to the iron golem. To Ilsidur's questions Kulak looks to Ilsidur and speaks after thinking, "I only did what I was created to do before. I was to protect the chaos bell. I thought nor did nothing other then that." Kulak thinks more before speaking more on the questions Ilsidur asks, "age? what is age for sure? if you mean what I'm made of then it's several hundreds of years old, if you mean how long I was made then I am only about sixty or more years old."
Kulak smiles as he speaks again, "I feel nothing of the chaos bell, it gave me live only after "family" rang the bell. It is safe now I think and I only feel that something here in the Southern Continent is calling me. Somewhere is something that I am meant to do. I think soon I will have to find this thing or person."
As Kulak talks Ilsidur us surprised to find a small seal appears on his hand (seal of curing). Ilsidur is sure that the seal is not harmful but a good thing.
(OOC:The seal of curing was awarded by Jerry for the good posting in the games lately.)
Niobe Tuesday April 6th, 2004 11:39:26 PM
((OOC: I missed the last post due to technical difficulties. The computer would not work for some reason.))
Niobe smiles at Captain Joram,"We are not finished with Krilanos just yet. Our paths will cross again; call it woman's intuition if you like." When Niobe leaves the Captain she looks at Selenie Quendeck and grins wryly, then whispers to herself, "talk about irony..." "Hey Barnum! Our mission is done, the report is given. Anything else we need to get done here?" In passing Niobe gives Lady Quendeck a brief nod to serve as a greeting.
Sly and Luke Wednesday April 7th, 2004 6:53:36 AM
Sly sits under a shade tree, playing fetch with Luke. But he listens to every word that is spoken between Ilsidor and Kulac. Thinking to himself 'Hmm! that means that Kulac was made to slave for about a hundred years or so?? But only after WE rang the bell did he start to think and have a sence of a mission?? The Witches?? Are they warning us of this Golem Mission or Are they telling us that Kolac mission Is Also Our Mission??'
Luke plays fetch for a while, then sit in frount of Sly and ask "Food!" Sly will feed the dog.
Shiraz Wednesday April 7th, 2004 7:17:59 AM
Shiraz continues to help Savin in the catacombs.
Savin Wednesday April 7th, 2004 3:14:53 PM
Savin is still negotiating at the Catacombs but will be back soon!
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+20=33 d20+20=34 Wednesday April 7th, 2004 4:39:37 PM
After a good nap, Peerimus rises feeling refreshed with a new sense of vigor. "A greatly underused natural healing system. A midday nap." Peerimus will let Yorrick continue his pursuit of sleep and will look about for a good location to lay a fire and will then proceed to forage up some wood and set a few small snares for a possible rabbit roast for later. [Survival 33]
As evening passes to night, Peerimus spends it star watching and gauging the coming weeks weather. [Survival 34 3 day advance prediction]
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday April 7th, 2004 9:12:21 PM
Barnum looks to Niobe, "Eh... I'd rather like to leave, I think we've done our share of deeds in this town." He says, and walks next to her, "Where to next? Are we going to hunt after this Krilanos fellow or... What?"
Justin Webber (DM) Camping Wednesday April 7th, 2004 10:04:48 PM
Lady Selenie watches Niobe abit and also watches Barnum before draining her glass of whatever she is drinking. She then picks up her stuff and tosses a few gold on the table before walking to the door, following the two abit. When Niobe or Barnum may glance back she still seems to follow them but soon she breaks off to the stable where you see her pay a man who brings out a well breed and tall stallion.
Savin and Shiraz are still in the catacombs shopping. ------------------------------------------------ Peerimus goes about setting up some small snares and pondering the weather. The weather looks like it will be clear for some time to come and later Peerimus is happy to find he caught a pair of nice plump rabbits.
Ilsidur and Sly continue their talking and such to the iron golem Kulak. Kulak does surprise Ilsidur part way into Ilsidur's educating lesson by speaking to Ilsidur suddenly in dwarven, "would the dwarves welcome me I wonder? I would like to meet more like you."
(OOC:There will be abit of down time here long enough to get the treasure done, charactersheets all in and hero points elected. Please remember to tell me who should get a hero point in your opinion. I also am in the process of finishing the new module you all will be going on and getting it approved so hang tight everyone.)
Sly and Luke Thursday April 8th, 2004 4:20:35 PM
Sly is about to feed Luke when he spots Peerimus with two nice plump rabbits. "Look Luke, We'er going to have Rabbit stew to night. Peerimus Let me help you, you get some wild onions and some wild rice, I have some beans in my back pack, I'll soak those, I'll skin the rabbits and butcher them for the pot. How's that??"
Niobe Thursday April 8th, 2004 7:20:38 PM
Niobe smiles at Barnum, "yes I believe that it is time we moved on as well. Where to I cannot say." She looks over her shoulder and notes the exquisite mount being lead to Lady Quendeck. "Her Order really brings in the gold I see. Take a look at that horse." Niobe just continues to walk back towards the gate. There is no real point in watching the Lady Paladin after all. "I don't know if we will continue to hunt Krilanos, but I am certain that our paths will cross again." She chuckles, "I also think that we haven't seen the last of his sister either. I bet she is going to try and track that nutter down."
Justin Webber (DM) Small note Thursday April 8th, 2004 9:05:50 PM
(OOC:I hope I didn't confuse anyone with my comment on this will be alittle down time. I will be moving on the game normally just for abit there will be little action other then some minor things accuring.)
Barnum and Edgar Thursday April 8th, 2004 11:50:41 PM
Barnum looks back, examining Miss Quendeck's stallion. "I hope she knows what she's getting into, going after Krilanos like that. He's a powerful force all by himself."
Ilsidur Friday April 9th, 2004 1:54:41 AM
Ilsidur looks surprised as the seal appears on his hand, and wonders just what it is all about. [OOC: Does Ilsidur know what the seal does?]
He starts when the iron man speaks in dwarvish, and Ilsidur answers him in the same tongue, "So, you speak the language of the workers under the mountain. I am pleased to hear this. I am sure the dwarves would not know what to make of you, just like our little group is struggling with how to deal with you. Please understand, you are the first 'aware' construct that I have ever known. You say the Chaos Bell is safe now? Was it under any threat before? Does it need to be moved to a safer place?"
Sly Foxx Friday April 9th, 2004 6:18:37 AM
Sly to Ilsidur - I you don't know to use it, ask Sly. He has about 5 seals place on the leg of his pants.
Peerimus and Yorrick Friday April 9th, 2004 5:17:39 PM
Peerimus walks over, "My frineds, I believe you have had good Kulak's attention long enough and now it is time to show him and tell him a bit about the Wold in which he lives. I would like to introduce him to Mother and Father Wold."
Niobe Friday April 9th, 2004 8:21:18 PM
"Yes he is something else isn't he? However it isn't really our concern what she decides to do. At least not until she pays us to care, or we cross paths with Krilanos again..." Niobe doesn't even notice how mercenary; and cold, that comment might sound to Barnum.
Suddenly she stops and takes her haversack off, placing it on the ground in front of her. Niobe remembers that she has been forgetting something. "Speaking of odd creatures... This strange little gnome man gave us a gift each during Mid-Winter Feast. He told me to keep yours until you returned from where ever it was you went away to."
Niobe hands Barnum a small wrapped package. "I guess I can wish you a severely belated 'Happy Mid-Winter Feast' Barnum." With a big smile Niobe quickly gives Barnum a traditional kiss on each cheek; a common practice in her home city during the Mid-Winter celebrations. She straightens up and places her haversack back on her back again. "I hope you forgive me for forgetting to give that to you."
Barnum Berrybrawn Friday April 9th, 2004 10:10:41 PM
Barnum grins widely as he accepts the gift, and the kiss, from Niobe. "This is a surprise!" Barnum proclaims, unwrapping the package to reveal two silver daggers. He then places the gift in his pack. "Thank you Niobe, it was well worth the wait."
Barnum looks ahead, seeing a large figure reflecting a deal of sunshine from its metal hide, and smaller beings standing around it. "I believe that's our group there. Now... Where did Edgar get to?"
Justin Webber (DM) Late Chrstmas Gift and Camp Saturday April 10th, 2004 3:45:39 PM
Niobe remembers the gift for Barnum that the christmas gnome passed out to people and gives him the gift as they leave Harnamar.
The others talk to Kulak yet mainly and now the iron golem turns his attnetion to Peerimus curiously as he waits he does speak again to Ilsidur, speaking in dwarven, "Anything seeking it or wanting to use the bell was a threat. The bell is safe now because the church is destroyed and I think nothing will bother it for many years."
(OOC:Barnum, I believe the package had a silver dagger in it and a potion of mage armor. I'm looking for my notes on that. It would be the same as everyone elses gift so if anyone made notes then you can comment and help :).)
Sly and Luke Sunday April 11th, 2004 5:44:55 AM
Sly smiles as Peerimus ask for his turn to teach this new friend of ours, "By all means, Peerimus. Now that the fighter had his turn, Then the Cleric with his teachings, It is reasonable for the Druid to teach about nature and Father/Mother Earth. I think Kulac is ready." Sly turns his attention to Luke, but Luke has gone to Yurrick to play. "Find Honey??" ask Luke.
Niobe Sunday April 11th, 2004 3:46:55 PM
"You're welcome Barnum." Niobe looks past the city walls and also notices the rest of the group waiting. "I would suppose its them alright. Kinda hard to miss that large golem." She shrugs when Barnum wonders about Edgar, "maybe he went looking for something to eat?"
((OOC: Yes Justin, it was one silver dagger and one potion of Mage Armor. I have the gifts listed in the equipment section on Niobe's CS.))
Ilsidur Monday April 12th, 2004 12:27:16 AM
Realizing that they will probably be spending the night outside the city walls, Ilsidur scrounges around to find some firewood for a campfire. He listens on and off as Peerimus introduces their iron friend to the natural world.
Savin Monday April 12th, 2004 4:42:45 PM
Savin towing along Shiraz comes back out to the camp with the bags of magic items. Hey guys, we got some good stuff. He goes on to explain that: 4 potions of cure moderate healing, 1 potion of flame arrow, 1 potion of barkskin +2, +1 light steel shield, dust of traclessness, +1 shortsword, a wand of magic missiles 3rd level with 24 charges, 2 masterwork swords and a mitheral chainmail shirt.
"OH yeah and this stupid weight stone. It is horrible. Makes me feel slow and old. Please Ilisdur, get a remove curse spell and get rid of it for me?" This is the first time anyone in the party has heard Savin whine.
"It cost 1210 gps to get this stuff identified. I pitched in 10 gps of my own an we still have 7 gems worth around 100 gps.
Peerimus and Yorrick Monday April 12th, 2004 7:56:53 PM
Yorrick stirs and opens an eye for Luke, then slowly another and still even slower he stands and stretches. Then with a mighty shaking he smacks his lips and starts to sniff about.
Peerimus throws his arms wide and looks up declaring loudly, "Kulak, Mother Wold is blanket that wraps us both day and night. She watches out for her children and keeps us safe. Father Wold is more your like you. He is our strength when we are threatened and lends us his stamina when we are taxed. You have been heavily blessed by both from my understanding." Peerimus will continue at great lengths, until stopped really, on the points of how the Wold uses animals and spirit creatures like the fey to protect itself and learn about itself and also how the intelligent species are extensions of the animal kingdom, thus everyone, Kulak himself has a animal spririt guide and Kulak would do well to find him before embarking on a greater journey if he wished to part from his adptive family.
Justin Webber (DM) Day to Night and Camp talk Monday April 12th, 2004 10:37:10 PM
The day slowly withers on as the group slowly begins to come back to meet up with the other members of the group. Savin shows the group the stuff they got with a pleased voice from the sounds.
Kulak listens to Peerimus speak and doesn't move, if you were trying to read Kulak's face you would get no clue of what he is thinking or feeling on what Peerimus says. Finally after many hrs Kulak pulls the large two-handed sword from his back and begins running the length along a large whetstone which you can only guess where he got, after some time of sharpening the large sword he looks up, "Parents should sleep soon...night will be coming...I stand guard, nothing come in to harm you, promise on my iron hide."
True to Kulak's words the day has began to slip into night and te sun has began to set pretty well at the moment.
Just before the sun sets completely though your surprised to see what looks like the same gnome from Christmas come skipping towards the group. The gnome though wears a large white bunny suit and grins when he sees the group, "HHhhheeellloooo" The gnome looking rabbit grins as he pulls out a large basket and hands each person four eggs, after giving them to the group he grins and winks, "one is chocolate, the other a real boiled egg, the other a special jellied filled cake egg and the last egg is very very special, you find out what it is though." The gnome dressed rabbit slowly skips off, looking alot like a rabbit bouncing off.
Sly and Luke Tuesday April 13th, 2004 3:45:57 AM
Sly Reads his book of spells, Help with Dinner, Prepares a place next to the fire, then settles in for the night. Sly is almost asleep when he see the biggest rabbit he has ever seen, but when this rabbit hands out Eggs, Sly says Thank you in a very sleepy way, Then watches the Rabbit give each member of the party the same amount of eggs, hops or more like a skip off into the woods. Sly Look at the four eggs wondering as to where to put then??
Luke had growled as the bunny entered the camp, But stop and wagged his tail. Luke sits there watching the gift giving. He steps up to Sly and sniffs the eggs, Sly tells Luke "I'll share one with you, which one do you want?" Luke said "Thank-you" and pick the Jelly cake one. Then moves to Yurrick side to share the egg with him.
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday April 13th, 2004 7:58:13 PM
Barnum sits on the ground, a good distance from Peerimus and Kulak, but just close enough for Barnum's keen Halfling ears to hear what Peerimus is saying. Barnum then, in a fine portrayal of his sanity, speaks softly to himself, "Father and Mother Wold, he says? Intelligent species part of the animal kingdom? And what's this... Every person has an animal spirt guide, why that's ridiculous!" At that very moment, Edgar lands on Barnum's shoulder. Barnum raises an eyebrow and coughs slightly.
"Nevertheless... Tomorrow I shall teach Kulak the truths of the Wold, imparting on him the same knowledge my great arcane masters imparted on me!" Barnum proclaims, a grand (manical?) grin crossing his face as flickers of lightning sparkle between his fingertips. Edgar quips, "He'd be better off asking a fencepost."
The next morning, Barnum is awakened by a gnome in a rabbit suit, and the gift of four eggs. "Boiled egg, jelly filled cake, and chocolate! A fine breakfast for a fine morning." Barnum says aloud. He gives the 'special' egg a puzzled look, and puts it away for safekeeping.
Niobe Tuesday April 13th, 2004 8:04:15 PM
Niobe stares at that weird gnome-bunny and then shakes her head. "I hope I am not losing my mind. That abomination looks alot like the Mid-Winter gnome." She doesn't bother with the regular eggs at the moment, she takes a good look at the "special" egg first instead. Niobe looks to see if there is a way to open the mysterious egg. While investigating the egg she nimbles on bits from the chocolate egg.
Shiraz Tuesday April 13th, 2004 8:26:36 PM
"I dont believe I have ever seen such a sight" Shiraz mumurs with an astonished look on his face. "What exactly was that, and why did he give us these eggs?"
Savin Tuesday April 13th, 2004 9:43:27 PM
Savin falls into a deep slumber. He dreams of a huge iron sword decending towards his head and wakes with a start. He looks over and sees their new friend and decides to talk with him for awhile.
He finally heads back to sleep and falls into restful slumber. He wakes in the morning to the strange gnome in the wierd costume. He starts to peel the boiled egg and cuts it in half and hands part to Shiraz. "Here is some breakfast my might friend. Did you ever wonder why all these strange things keep happening to us? Gnomes dresses as bunnies, iron men calling us Daddy, crones running around cursing us, big bells ringing so loud we go unconcious and all of these ugly tattoos polluting the temples that are our bodies. Makes you want to start drinking green gnomishes."
Justin Webber (DM) Eggs and morning Tuesday April 13th, 2004 10:22:58 PM
Morning comes slowly for everyone and Kulak spent most of the night true to his word and stayed up watching to make sure nothing happens.
In the morning each person is greeted by the stange bunny dressed gnome who leaves after giving each person a egg. Everyone seems abit shocked at the gnome dressed bunny and Niobe inspects the special egg.
After some time studying the special egg Niobe finally figures out it looks like a normal egg with no special quality to it from the looks it. The shell to the egg is colored and looks breakable.
Kulak watches all this in very much interest and then he seems to come to his senses as he comments more to himself, "Colored and different eggs are given out as gifts certain times of the year, it must be that time."
(OOC:I have some of the charactersheets but need charactersheets from some of you yet. Please hurry and get your charactersheets in. Also Ilsidur knows that the seal is a seal of curing *1d8+1* sorry for not handling this before. Also everyone please make a note that officially in the game even knows I didn't comment that Teleheri become missing as of when you wokeup from the Chaos Bell ringing. I'm sorry for not stateing this alot sooner but I kept forgetting with my DM posts.)
Ilsidur Wednesday April 14th, 2004 8:09:59 AM
Ilsidur looks a bit surprised at the bunny-disguised gnome, but smiles and says, "Thank you," when the gnome gives him the four eggs.
After a good night's sleep (at least as good as you can get on the hard ground outdoors), the dwarf wakes up and eats the three edible eggs for breakfast, again saying a silent, "Thank you." He then says his morning devotions, being sure to ask the Woldian powers for the spell that would remove Savin's curse.
When Savin returns to the party, Ilsidur says, "If the Catacombs is going to charge 110 gp to identify the powers of a potion, it makes alot more sense just to offer all of the potions for sale. That way, we can get 90% of the value of the potion as trade in the shop, and not pay the identify fee. Only if the shop is willing to offer us more than 1000 gp for a specific potion is it cost-effective to get it identified. Once all of the unknown potions are sold, we can use the trade value to purchase what we want, including potions"
"And, as for your curse, I suggest we make our way back to the Catacombs, and sell the items that we have collected. Then, I can cast remove curse on you in the shop, and we can sell them the weightstone. If I cast it here, you will have to leave it lying on the ground, and someone may come across it and pick it up, catching the curse. alright?"
Sly and Luke Wednesday April 14th, 2004 8:53:21 AM
Sly laught at Luke and Yurrick eating the Jelly cake shape egg, If Sly known those two well, they will be begging for the jelly cake egg from all the others. When Sly spot Savin and Ilsidure (who is feeding his face) have a long discustion, Sly walk over to them, "What's the mater? Can I help? Savin is curse?? Well I'll be...?? A nice Munk like him?? Buy a scroll of Dispell Curse?? Wait a minute before you go bye one, Let me look into my Book of spells, I think I might have one." Sly opens his book 'flick flick flick'(flipping pages) Yes! Right here It's a 3rd level wizzard spell, if you give me an hour I will take the curse off Savin." Sly turns and starts to go toward a tree, When he sences that there is something or better yet someone missing?? But he cannot quite put his finger on it. Sly Yells up at the Kulak, "SON! Are you sure YOU have taken everybody out of the church before YOU distroyed it??" To the others Sly ask "Where is Woody our other Thief??" A cold chill runs down Sly's spine.
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday April 14th, 2004 8:27:25 PM
Peerimus wakes and finds a quiet spot to greet the sunrise and meditate. When finished he helps with breafast and with any of the others with their gear as needed. He will also hand Savin 5gp, "To cover part of your payment to have the items Identified."
Niobe Wednesday April 14th, 2004 9:25:43 PM
Niobe puts the colored egg away for the time being. "I don't believe that Teleheri even left the city in the first place Sly. I don't remember him being at the church at all actually."
Savin Wednesday April 14th, 2004 10:34:02 PM
Savin thanks his friend Ilsidur for the advice and agrees to go to the Catacombs with him to get the curse removed.
He then asks the group, "Does anybody want any of this treasre or are we going to sell it all and just divide up money. The only thing that interests me at all is the potion of barkskin. Nothing else really helps me, so I would rather have money. Trying to save for something more powerful."
Justin Webber (DM) Morning Movements Wednesday April 14th, 2004 10:49:12 PM
The group slowly talks about what to do and some decide to go to the catacombs again to do what they want with the treasure.
Kulak listens to what is said yet and stays silent as he wonders what to do from here. Here still is abit surprised about the rabbit dressed gnome.
(OOC:Small post but not much to post at the moment.)
Sly and Luke Thursday April 15th, 2004 6:27:02 AM
As Sly gets the news that the Thief Teliheri may have stayed behind in the city, "OH! Gee! Don't tell me that he might be in jail?? And we cannot go back for him with our new Son here. Thank for tell us Niobe." Sly turns to Kulak Golem "You did a good job with the church, you didn't know that there was to be some one else with us." Sly pats Kulak foot "By the way do you eat any kind of food?? Do you dring any water?"
OOC:Since Savin does not want Sly to use his Dispell Curse on the poor monk, Sly should get one seventh of the price of the scroll, don't you think??
Peerimus and Yorrick Thursday April 15th, 2004 10:36:38 AM
"I agree with you Savin, though I think those unable to heal themselves. should take the potions of Cure Moderate Wounds. Ilsidur and I might not always be able to arrive in a timely fashion."
"Again I will wait here with Kulak and any others who have no need or desire to go to town until you and Ilsidur return. If will be a beautiful couple days and Yorrick and I intend to use them."
With that Peerimus walks over to Yorrick and whispers somethin in his ear who then lumbers off towards a nearby stream and copse of trees. Peerimus shift to a great eagle and takes to the wild blue sky with a great "Skeeeeee!"
Niobe Thursday April 15th, 2004 8:00:22 PM
"I don't think he is spending any time in gaol. Maybe he is dealing with something from his past like Lillian mentioned?" Niobe shrugs. "I agree with Peerimus. We might want to keep those healing potions. The rest can be sold though."
Shiraz Thursday April 15th, 2004 10:33:20 PM
Shiraz nods in agreement with Savin, "Yes my friend strangness is indeed with us and often." Shiraz shakes his head, "all to often it seems." Shiraz nods in agreement with Niobe, "Yes keep the healing potions for us poor unblessed common souls." Shiraz says the last with a wistful smile and walks over towards Kulak, stoppng a short distance from the iron golem.
Ilsidur Thursday April 15th, 2004 11:23:56 PM
Ilsidur stands up and stretches, saying, "Well, Savin, shall we go?" He leads the way into town, to find the entry to the Catacombs.
[OOC: I have posted Ilsidur's first post in the Catacombs, expecting Savin to join him.]
Justin Webber (DM) Another Day of Shopping Friday April 16th, 2004 12:13:45 AM
A few people head off to the catacombs while others go about their own thing.
Shiraz makes his way over and stops a small distance from Kulak which Kulak hasn't noticed Shiraz yet as Kulak's attention is now totally on the changed Peerimus. It seems Kulak is surprised by Peerimus's sudden change and is trying to figure out how he did it.
After bit Kulak seems to give up though and then notices Shiraz who Kulak thinks for a few before his Kulak's eyes seem to swirl with chaos energy and then stop. After the slight eye swirl Kulak speaks to Shiraz in Shiraz's native language for his race, "What is wrong father Shiraz?" It seems that Kulak is a very very fast learner of languages or chaos powers are giveing the iron golem much knowledge.
Savin Friday April 16th, 2004 12:14:34 AM
Savin sighs and gets up and trudges to the catacombs.
Barnum and Edgar d20+8=25 Friday April 16th, 2004 12:45:00 AM
"Ah! What a beautiful day! So much more wonderful then those rainy days we've had as of late." Barnum goes off a short distance from camp for a little while, still with the idea in the head that he should teach Kulak about the arcane, but not sure how to go about it. To clear his mind, he engages in one of his passions that he hasn't had a chance to pursue lately. He pulls out his prized masterwork Halfling's fiddle, and plays an old, cheery tune that his father taught him. (Perform 25)
In the meantime, Edgar enjoys himself in his own way, scouring the fields around camp for an ill-faited worm, or perhaps a juicy caterpiller.
Sly and Luke Friday April 16th, 2004 11:37:23 AM
Sly watches Savin going to town, This half elf is getting a little hurt, "This is the second time the round ear Monk snubs me, Some one will have to teach him that we are One Party! We have to troust each other." Sly is off to sit in the shade od the big Kulak. He will study his magic book and keeping half an ear open on the speed of Kulack knowlage.
Niobe Friday April 16th, 2004 6:31:34 PM
Niobe stretches out on the grass and decides to just relax. She is worried about the alarming rate that the golem is learning things, and figures that that might become a very dangerous thing in the future. She resolves to not be so open with it just in case.
Shiraz Friday April 16th, 2004 8:23:02 PM
"Nothing is wrong Kulak. I was just watching you." Shiraz stoicly replies. "How did you learn Tauric?" Shiraz continues in taur. "I have not heard it spoken in many a day."
Justin Webber (DM) Continueing Saturday April 17th, 2004 11:39:37 PM
Some are still off in the catacombs and the group waits for them to come back.
Kulak looks to Shiraz and you see his brow wrinkle in thought as the iron golem ponders the question and then quite simply speaks back in tauric, "The knowledge just came to me, I do not know how otherwise father Shiraz." Kulak also watches Peerimus in his new form till he either leaves Kulak's sight area or till something else cetches his attention.
(OOC:I'm really sorry for not posting on Friday. I got really wrapped up in some RL issues.)
Niobe Sunday April 18th, 2004 3:32:30 PM
Niobe walks over to Sly and leans over him, reading over his shoulder. "What are you reading? It must be more entertaining than just sitting here watching the grass grow!" She laughs a little at her comment. She tries to make heads and tails out of the odd writing - and doesn't succeed at reading the arcane text.
Peerimus and Yorrick Sunday April 18th, 2004 3:32:34 PM
Peerimus does not wander too far, but rides the air eddies enjoying the clear free sky.
Yorrick launches at Luke in a playful game of tag by the creek
Barnum and Edgar Monday April 19th, 2004 6:32:34 PM
When Kulak is free from the other Children of Chaos, Barnum goes up to him with a slight grin on his face, and an idea in his head.
"Kulak, my new, large friend. You are new to the Wold, and there are many things that you should be taught. From what've I've seen you are already very intelligent, and seem to absorb knowledge like a sponge. So, I will pass on to you the knowledge that many wizards gave me throughout these past years..." Barnum begins.
Barnum then goes on to lecture about the intricacies of the arcane, talking about the different schools of magic, the different kinds of spellcasters, the difference between divine and arcane magic, the planes, and the like. He has a ball telling Kulak all these things (as it's rare for him to find anyone willing to listen to him on matters like these) and gives vivid demonstrations, whether by drawing pictures in the dirt with a stick, or by firing magical bolts of lighting into the sky.
Ilsidur Monday April 19th, 2004 9:56:26 PM
Ilsidur continues to finalize the sale of the items, and freeing Savin from the curse, at the Catacombs.
Shiraz Monday April 19th, 2004 10:22:03 PM
Shiraz sits back and watchs Kulak enjoy the lectures of Barnum. Finally bored, and more than a litle confused Shiraz wonders away and sets up his tent for the night. Shiraz gathers wood for a decent sized fire and prepares for the evening
Justin Webber (DM) Passing of Time Monday April 19th, 2004 11:55:41 PM
The time slowly trickles on as Kulak now listens to Barnum, the golem watches what Barnum does carefully as if Kulak himself may be interested in learning magic. After while Kulak shows a great surprise as his eyes swirl in a small swirl of energy and he speaks softly in Barnum's races native tongue (I believe Barnum is a halfling), "I like the powers you have daddy Barnum, maybe one day I also will know and beable to use such powers. All must be possible by what I have been taught so far."
The day has slowly began to fade away into the coming night. The sun has just began to lower in the sky and a heavy scent of flowers is blown on the wind to the group. Kulak does do something else during this time by pointing to the special egg that the gnome dressed as a bunny gave one of the members of the group and comments, "I think there is something very good inside that egg."
Niobe d20+9=17 d20+10=17 Tuesday April 20th, 2004 3:09:22 AM
Niobe turns her head to look at Kulak when he mentions that there might be something worthwhile in the decorated egg. Feeling curious about the egg; and just a little greedy, she finds a place to sit and open the decorated egg. First she looks for any hinges and such to open the egg. If there are none then she takes a knife and taps the egg firmly along the top to open it. She is not holding the egg over herself to open it, but over the grass instead, just in case there is a mess. Niobe looks inside the egg with quite a bit of anticipation.
(Search 17, Spot 17)
Sly and Luke Tuesday April 20th, 2004 5:28:26 AM
Sly put's his magic book away, then unrolles his sleeping bag. He does his what Ilsidur would call prayers for his mother and his sweet heart". He curls up and falls asleep.
Luke will sleep near by with his friend Yurrick.
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+20=40 Tuesday April 20th, 2004 5:29:08 PM
After a day of gliding above the area, Peerimus lands, shifts back and goes about catching some dinner for everyone. [survival 40] Feast time
Yorrick spends the day with Luke swimming the stream, going afer fish and sunning himself. A long wearey day later and it's off to bed, thumping down near Peerimus with Luke curled up next to him
Shiraz Tuesday April 20th, 2004 8:23:03 PM
Shiraz finishes with his camp preparations and lays his extra blanket outside the tent to sit on, "Feel free to join me," Shiraz says with a smile to his friends. Shiraz then settles down to ponder his egg, finally carefully cracking the shell to see whats inside.
Edgar the Raven Tuesday April 20th, 2004 8:51:17 PM
Edgar spends the day away from his master, poking away at the ground in his own hunt for food. Afterwards, he spends the afternoon in a tree, having a long, stirring conversation with a bright red cardinal he met while hunting for bugs.
As the sun sets, Edgar returns to camp and pokes his beak at the special egg, which Kulak says might be magical.
Savin Tuesday April 20th, 2004 9:40:15 PM
Savin comes skipping back into camp and offers everyone a donut. He is grinning as he says, "I swiped them from the Catacomb's snack table. Ilsidur will be following behind me soon. He was able to lift my curse and I feel much better!"
Savin looks around and says, "So what has been happening here?
Justin Webber (DM) Another night of camping Tuesday April 20th, 2004 11:03:59 PM
The group slowly settles in for the night as the sun sets and Kulak listens and watches everyone, it is clear thus far that the iron golem must be atleast partly trustworthy.
Those who play with the special egg are surprised when they crack it open. Inside they find a egg sized nugget of gold.
Niobe d20+10=25 Wednesday April 21st, 2004 4:14:04 AM
Niobe stares wide-eyed at the golden egg. Slowly she grins while pondering what this might be worth. She wonders if it is solid gold, or just a hollow gold molding. Carefully she appraises the apparent value of the egg.
Later she will pack the gold egg in her haversack and then help with any camp chores before having dinner and then going to bed. Any watch will be fine with her.
(Appraise check 25)
Sly and Luke Wednesday April 21st, 2004 6:58:49 AM
Sly after sleeping for four hours (That's all a half elf needs), he feel a pain on his side. Heputs his hand into his pocket and bring out the broken egg. Sly peels away the shell, there in his hand is a golden egg. Sly looks around as if he would see that Bunny again.
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday April 21st, 2004 4:27:29 PM
Peerimus sleeps soundly in the open but with a little apprehension on his mind. tThe crones said the golem would be both friend and foe and currently that potential foe seems to be learning all about them at an alarming rate. from powers to skills to native tongues. before drifting off, the druid makes a mental note to keep his other talents wuite to himself.
Morning arrives with a glorious sunrise and Peerimus is there to greet it, arms open, basking in the spreading warmth and light. Later, seeing Savin literally skipping across the grasses, he breaks into a large grin and waves "You seem to be feeling much better. Good to see you back my friend."
Later he will shell the egg and drop the contents into his belt pouch.
Yorrick sleeps till morning where he awakens and heads off to do some fishing in teh early hours
Shiraz Wednesday April 21st, 2004 8:49:24 PM
Shiraz tucks the golden nugget in his belt puch and shakes his head, "Curious".
Savin d20+8=23 Wednesday April 21st, 2004 10:09:53 PM
Savin will wake up in the morning and say, "So what's next? Where are we going now?"
He then starts to prepare breakfast for he group. He toast up some travel bread and then makes fried eggs for everyone.
Justin Webber (DM) Morning Thursday April 22nd, 2004 12:26:33 AM
(OOC:Okay everyone. Jerry is looking over and approving the new module so we should be on our way shortly. Please for the few of you who haven't please get your charactersheets in. Jerry usually has a freeze put on games that players don't turn in their charactersheets on. I believe there is only a few of you left to get one in and I know that the time right now is bad since school, etc is ending.)
Niobe is pretty sure the nugget is worth about 150gps.
In the morning Kulak watches the group awake and once again he has kept watch over all of you all night. You also awake to find a night large fire going since he had left camp at one point to gather more wood for the fire.
This morning though after everyone awakes Kulak leaves the small area and to anyones surprise that follows him you will find him going through a practice routine alot like Savin's fighting style. Clearly the iron golem is learning quickly not only in intelligence but also in fighting. After a short practice Kulak switches to his large two handed sword and begins swinging it around in a practice form also. From the looks the iron golem has became a talented fighter unarmed and armed. Who knows what other abilites the iron golem may be learning.
Niobe Thursday April 22nd, 2004 3:48:02 PM
Niobe is seriously alarmed by the actions of the golem. In fact she is so bothered by just how much it has learned that she resolves not to teach it anything of what she knows. Niobe is feeling reasonably paranoid this morning. "If any one cares to know, I believe that the gold egg is worth around 150 gold pieces." She picks at her breakfast; taking a long time to eat it.
Peerimus and Yorrick Thursday April 22nd, 2004 6:50:30 PM
While Yorrick fishes the druid will try and get with each person in a private conversation that Kulak will not be able to hear and share his concerns that this creature, whom the Crones said would be both enemy and friend seems to be mastering anything we demonstrate as an ability and each person should make a conscious effort to not show him more. He will also share his thought that it is time we moved on and that Kulak should be sent to make his own way.
Barnum and Edgar Thursday April 22nd, 2004 7:36:07 PM
Edgar pecks at the egg until it cracks, revealing a golden egg inside. He later shows Barnum, who does the happiest Halfling jig you ever might see.
Later, Peerimus speaks with Barnum concerning Kulak. Barnum ponders the wise druid's words, and replies, "I suppose... I suppose you're right, maybe we shouldn't teach Kulak any more. I've seen him practicing both Savin and Shiraz's fighting styles, and both you and I have taught him our own respective arts. Combined with being a mighty iron golem and all, that makes for a fierce opponent. It saddens me, though, to think of Kulak as an adversary. I've grown so attached to him. While you're right that we should move on soon, I suspect Kulak shouldn't be sent away until he knows it's time to. He'll know when it's time."
Savin Thursday April 22nd, 2004 9:21:43 PM
Savin listens to his friend's concerns about Kulak. "I am sorry, but I have to disagree with you all. If he can learn from just watching us, then we need to teach him. We need to teach him more than fighting arts and magic though."
Savin will call Kulak over and say, "Kulak, you are an interesting person. You have learned our fighting arts in days where it has taking us years. I am wondering what your plans are on how to use them?
You call us your parents. Well a parents most important job is to try to mold their children's morals and ethics. To make them better people. You are already powerful. You can become a force for good or something totally evil. You can use your powers to help the less powerful, to heal, to fight oppressors and tyranny."
Savin"s arms spread wide and he says, "Look around you. That is what this group called the Children of Chaos is all about. I hope you emmulate us. If you become a creature of evil, and start to hurt innocents, you need to know we will fight you. You might destroy us all but we would be honor bound to try. On the other hand, if you fight for good, then we will all do everything in our power to help you and I will offer you my friendship for the rest of my life. Do you understand?"
Justin Webber (DM) The lessons of Ying and Yang Thursday April 22nd, 2004 10:22:37 PM
Kulak stays to himself still practicing till he is called over, it seems Kulak had no interest in your conversation without him or not.
Kulak listens to what Savin says and looks out over the land spread before him, his face seems to go blank for a few mins, any thoughts, any feelings totally void till finally he shrugs and smiles, "People need good but need evil...they balance either other from what I have seen." Kulak motions to a small patch of grass that blows in the wind and comments, "We all must learn to bow with the wind or..."
With another wave of his hand you hear a great thundering rumble in the sky and then a lightning bolt strikes the grass, destroying the small patch of green grass, "or be destroyed."
Kulak shrugs once more not seeming to mind his powers he is showing the group and smiles at his parents, "My mother and fathers have taught me alot...soon I feel I will need to travel, learn more...find my place."
Kulak walks to a tree now and sits against it, closing his eyes and pondering to himself. He won't look up or speak for many hrs now inless spoken to and seems to once again not to be paying attention.
Ilsidur Thursday April 22nd, 2004 11:22:12 PM
The dwarf continues to barter at the Catacombs, trying to figure out how much in gems is left over once the identify spells have been paid for.
[OOC: It looks like we will have about 8,000 gp in coins and gems once we are finished the sale.]
Sly and Luke Friday April 23rd, 2004 7:44:24 AM
Sly listens to Savin closely, "Hmmm! Your right, but I have learn alot my short time on earth,but one thing I thing I know is I rether see my enermy in frount of me, than have an enermy hidden behind me..." He tells Savin "He does learn fast, as if time is short. He's now showing signs of independance"
"Well enough of our child, where do we go now North, South, East?... West is the sea, no use to go there. But I always wanted to know what was beyond the Land of the Elves?... Where would you want to go?"
Peerimus Friday April 23rd, 2004 8:26:27 PM
Peerimus seems to agree with Savin right up to the point of Kulak's 'little demonstration'. He then shakes his head saying aloud but to no one in particular, "It is not in our hands I fear, but the forces that brought consciousness to this creature if it does good or ill. It is being driven."
Barnum and Edgar Friday April 23rd, 2004 10:52:42 PM
Edgar lands on Barnum's shoulder and listens to what Savin has to say. Edgar whisper into Barnum's ear, "Wise words. It seems they learn a lot more than just fighting skills, locked up in those monasteries."
Kulak, on the other hand seemed more indifferent in choosing a side between the forces of good and evil. A child of chaos, truer to the meanings of those words than most of the members of the group. Barnum pats Kulak on one of his fingers (which is as big as Barnum's hand), "Kulak. It is up to you to decide where you stand. Know, however, that whether we stand together or at opposite sides of the spectrum, I will understand your decision." Barnum is not quite sure whether Kulak is paying attention or not, but it makes him feel better saying this to him anyway.
Niobe Saturday April 24th, 2004 8:14:21 AM
Niobe isn't sure what to do with Kulak, especially after that lightning bolt trick. She is absolutely certain that he can become very dangerous in the near future. "Savin, what do you suggest we teach him? Other than morals and ethics obviously." Much more quietly she adds, "He cannot learn any of my skills; indeed I will not teach him them either. He is just way too large, noisy and probably not agile enough." Glancing over at the seemingly unattentive golem Niobe says finally, "personally I am unsettled by the rate that he learns, it's just not normal. Maybe you're right Peerimus, Kulak probably is driven."
Justin Webber (DM) Morning Talks Saturday April 24th, 2004 10:19:03 PM
Kulak says nothing as the others talk about him and his growing/learning. After a few mins he quickly snaps his eyes back open and looks around abit, he sighs abit to himself as he looks off to the North but then looks away whispering to himself, "Thought I sensed something."
(OOC:Should have the new module approved soon so everyone please be abit more patient. Also Eunice, please count this as my Friday post and all posts after it are to be classified as Fridays posts till I make my Monday night post. Not meaning to tell you your job, just letting you know which post this is. :) Thanks and good job on the ADM reports Eunice.)
Niobe Sunday April 25th, 2004 4:13:04 AM
Niobe wonders why there is now an awkward silence. "Is there any compass direction you gentlemen have not travelled yet? I am in no hurry to return to Hook City any time soon. I can say at least that much."
((No prob Justin I am counting this post as DM post #5 for the week.))
Sly and Luke d20+6=16 d20+6=17 Sunday April 25th, 2004 7:40:03 AM
OOC: Knowledge of [History] 16 - Knowledge of Nature 17
Sly is eating when Kulak mumbles something like 'though I sence something', Sly look up to the giant, and he's looking north. "Kulak! Tell me how it feel like, I think you have a nose for trouble." To the rest of the troup Sly tell then "The only thing I know of up north is my old village and the Elven Land??"
luke is off with Yurrick looking for huney to eat?.
Ilsidur Monday April 26th, 2004 12:41:47 AM
Ilsidur returns to the party, and says, "Well, I managed to finally dispose of the treasure, and traded it mostly for cash. I count that there are seven of us, so we can split it seven ways. You can each have 111 pp and 1 gp. OK?" He passes the money out to all the party members.
Barnum and Edgar Monday April 26th, 2004 4:42:50 PM
"One hundred eleven platinum pieces?! Alemi bless you Ilsidur!" Barnum proclaims, quite happy to receive his fair share of the money.
"North, east, west, south... Anyway we go is fine with me. But... Kulak, what do you think you've sensed to the North? I wouldn't mind visiting the Elven Land, and your old villaige if you'd like, Sly."
Justin Webber (DM) Talks and Money Monday April 26th, 2004 9:38:40 PM
(OOC:I should be able to get you moving on the next module tomorrow. Those few who received a email about charactersheets please get those to me soon also.)
Ilsidur comes back with money and begins passing it out to the group.
Kulak shrugs and looks to each person before speaking slowly as if in deep thought, "I do not know yet. Something doesn't seem right in that direction."
Kulak notices the small objects that Ilsidur is handing out and blinks, "what is that?" It is clear Kulak has never seen money before.
Savin Monday April 26th, 2004 10:29:42 PM
Savin will take the money and smile. "Soon my precious...soon I will be able to afford you."
His head snaps up when he notices the strange looks he is getting and he will smile. Thank you again for curing me Ilsidur. I appreciate it. Did you remember to split up the gold as well? Or did you convert it into plat pieces as well.
ooc we got 3000 gps from the clerics and I had to use all but 900 gps to identify the items. Did you figure this?)
Ilsidur Monday April 26th, 2004 11:12:05 PM
Ilsidur smiles at Savin and says, "Glad I was able to help. So, you say that you used the money to purchase the identifies? I paid for the identifies with the gems that we recovered. So, does this mean that we have the full 3,000 gp left over? If so, then we need to split it seven ways as well."
Then Ilsidur answers the giant iron child, "Kulak, these are called coins, and they are used as portable wealth. If you have an item that someone else wants, then he can trade you some of these coins for the item. Then, you can take these coins and trade them for another, more useful item. Would you like one?" He offers the iron giant a gold piece.
Shiraz Monday April 26th, 2004 11:23:39 PM
Shiraz carefully watches over Kulak's workouts, tucking away the golems movements for future reference.
Sly and Luke Tuesday April 27th, 2004 7:39:30 AM
"Now that will come to 428gp. and 7cp for each. Now My large Son, if you should need some thing to wear, than you use these coind, but you have Iron Armer, you don't need clothes." Sly tells tell the Golem, as he takes out the Golden and Ivory snuff Box opens it, takes out the golden Key, unlock the little box and *PooF* there is the Golden Chest. In which Sly puts his money in. Sly ask the others "anybody want to put away something, before I put the chest away in another demintion?"
Sly will wait for an answer, then reverse his step and put the chest away.
Luke runs back to Sly with a snout full of Honey. Sly taks one look at the dog, asking "Does this mean that your friend Yurrick is not far behind you?" Luke answers "Yes!" then run off again.
Niobe Tuesday April 27th, 2004 5:11:08 PM
Niobe happily pockets the money. She is somewhat amazed at how profitable 'adventuring' is. While half listening to the others explaining money to Kulak she daydreams about all the things that money can buy. Heh, all the things that the wealthy have which are sellable through fences! Niobe smiles to herself.
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday April 27th, 2004 5:57:26 PM
Barnum sits on the ground in the field, laying out all his posessions on a blanket and all his coins in a pile, and meticulously makes note of everything he has. It reminds him of doing inventory with his parents when they were traveling merchants. He wonders how his parents are doing in that little house in Plateau City, wonders if his father, P.T. Berrybrawn, can stand staying in retirement. He imagines his father and mother, sitting in a cozy room with a fireplace. His father, playing an old Halfling song on the fiddle. His mother, happily reading a book, or maybe baking a pie. Barnum sighs. It was not the first time, in more than two years of traveling, that the little Halfling was homesick.
Meanwhile, Edgar sits atop Kulak, who is one of the finest perches the raven has ever come upon.
Justin Webber (DM) Guest Tuesday April 27th, 2004 6:49:45 PM
Kulak shakes his head at the offer of giving him a gp and smiles now, "no thank you father Ilsidur, I do not think I will need it."
Kulak thinks on what he said and the shakes his head again, "What ever the feeling was is gone now." Right after Kulak speaks he points quickly at the direction he had sensed something towards.
Traveling towards the group or rather from the looks going to be traveling by the group is a single elf. The elf wears adventuers clothes and has a dull brown cloak. The elf is a small distance away and has not seen the group yet or maybe just isn't paying a attention since you guys don't really look like any form of a threat.
(Sly on a spot:12 and Int check of 12 will realize he knows the traveling elf as one of the elves who lived near the village that Sly, his mom and sister moved to, infact the elf is a wandering hermit of sorts.)
(Ammendment) Coming the way from the city is a second person. (Jeff, you can post from this point. I wanted to leave your intro post to you otherthen this small comment here. :) Good luck and enjoy the game.)
Shiraz Tuesday April 27th, 2004 10:10:06 PM
Shiraz chuckles softly at Barnum, "You remind me of my older brother," Shiraz gets a whimiscal look on his face and wonders away.
Savin Tuesday April 27th, 2004 11:08:42 PM
Savin will watch the 2 individuals heading for the group. He wonders what their reaction will be when they see the iron golem. He pulls out his pan pipes and starts blowing random notes eyes watching the coming scene.
Ilsidur Tuesday April 27th, 2004 11:41:12 PM
Ilsidur has a seat near his friends, just relaxing, waiting to see what the day brings. He notices the newcomers, and briefly looks over the elf, not recognizing him at all. However, the other one looks familiar; something about the way the figure walks, with a bounce in his step that Ilsidur has not seen since the fight with the red dragon...
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday April 28th, 2004 12:14:01 AM
"Many thanks Ilsidur, someday I am sure to find to use for all this treasure." Peerimus stows the coin in his pack, merely pouring it in to cascade in a jingling fountain to the bottom.
Kulak points towards the elf and Peerimus looks over his direction and then to Sly. "It would appear one of your people is coming Sly."
Sly and Luke d20+5=14 d20+3=17 Wednesday April 28th, 2004 1:44:49 AM
OOC: Spot 14 - Int 17
After puting his stuff away, he is about to pick up his magic book. When Peerimus tell him about on of HIS people was coming this way. Sly gets to his feet, looking down the road. Yes there a elf... An wood-elf... "Why he use to live near my village in the foot hill of DreMora" Sly starts to to advance toward the elf and in best Elvish he yells as he start running towards this elf, "Hail! Friend! By all the woods in this wold and By Domi's beard Welcome!" Sly runs to him with open arms of welcome. Sly will stop about six feet in frount of the Elf, then greets him in the elven welcome.
Luke is still playing hard to catch with Yurrick. Until Sly stops in frount of the Elf, then the dog will go to Sly side.
Niobe Wednesday April 28th, 2004 2:46:43 AM
Niobe shakes herself out of her reverie and watches each of the travellers in turn. Of course she doesn't know any of them...
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday April 28th, 2004 9:27:45 PM
Barnum looks up at Shiraz with a quizzical, "Hm?" As Shiraz walks away, Barnum smiles softly, rubbing the tattoo on the back of his hand.
Edgar flies to Barnum and lands on his shoulder, saying, "That person, the one coming from the city. I got a strange feeling from him."
"What kind of a feeling?" Barnum asks back.
Edgar replies, "The same kind of feeling I received... When I first met you."
Barnum raises an eyebrow, and turns to look over this person, but is distracted when an aquaintance of Sly arrives.
Justin Webber (DM) Friend of Sly Meeting Wednesday April 28th, 2004 10:40:25 PM
(OOC:I will be emailing Jeff Collins to let him know he can start posting in the game, just incase he hasn't noticed the small intro.)
The hermit like elf sees Sly and laughs as the old elf greets Sly with a warm hug, "long time no see my friend. It seems like only yesterday when you were just a wee elf."
The hermit like elf motions to the small gather of Sly's friends and the iron golem, "Some funny company you keep my friend, may I join you for alittle bit? I been wandering the land for some time seeking knowledge of various things and of various people. Some knowledge I have you may be interested in."
Shiraz Wednesday April 28th, 2004 11:05:09 PM
Shiraz walks over but keeps quiet, assesing the figure.
Ilsidur to Savin Thursday April 29th, 2004 12:03:52 AM
"So, do we still have the 3,000 gp? Like I said, I figured that we used a number of the gems to identify the items in the Catacombs, and have removed them from our treasure. Does that mean that we should share the 3,000 gp? That would make another 428 gp each."
Jurgen Sturmjager and Vus Thursday April 29th, 2004 2:12:13 AM
From the city, an old friend of the Children walks steadily. He, indeed, has a bounce in his step. Something that seems out of place, as he comes closer, on his face. His movements are those fitting of a much younger person and he seems to dance as he walks. Indeed, that's what Ilsidur notices. But the young face of the carefree boy of Jurgen is gone. His long blond hair has been removed completely and his childish stubble is gone.
While the Children of Chaos have been off on their adventures, and some rather exciting ones too, Jurgen seems to have had a few of his own. A long scar runs from his chin and along his lip, ending just before his eye. It looks a few months old, at least. Long enough to have healed over. But his wide smile seemed to make him appear a lot less fearsome. His once dark eyes had become alive with colour. No longer dark holes, but now shining blue orbs.
The constant companion of the sorcerer winked into existance, right next to him. The blink dog immediately rushed up to Luke, giving his a quick sniff over and playfully biting. Knowing that it used to dizzy Luke, Vus began to blink and continue to play with his old friend.
Jurgen's smile beamed to his friends. It had certainly been a long time since he'd last seen them. But he knew their faces and, although he missed those that weren't there, he was happy to be around them again. With any luck, they'd want his help for some task or another. The Shadows had split up... Or been disbanded. Well. Technically, their leader had been executed and the rest of them decided to find safer pastures. The groups actions hadn't exactly been the most honorable. At first, the Shadows were the kind of people that Sir Thomas would have liked. But then the entire fiasco at the temple of Gargul... Well. Now he was here, with old friends.
"Good day strangers. Do you happen to know where I could find the Children of Chaos. They are a rather amazing sight to see. Proud adventurers. Conquerers of great evil. Saviours of entire nations. They are an awesome force, nothing like your rag-tag bunch," For a moment, he holds a serious face. Then he lets out a brief laugh and gives the group a wink, hoping that those whom he hasn't yet met don't think him a complete fool. Letting his quarter-staff drop to the ground, he walks to give hugs to those who he knows, and hands to those who he doesn't. To Niobe and Barnum he gives a short introduction, echoing the proud statements of a boy after defeating a dragon with his friends.
"I am Jurgen Sturmjager. A Blade of the Shadow, wielder of blood magics and an ex-Child of Chaos... Although the tattoo decided I wasn't done yet. And who am I to control my life? So, here I am again. To join you, once more. If you want me, that is." He grins again, enjoying the fact that his friends are near-by. He barely notices the fact that they are speaking to a rather large golem. He had seens enough fascinating things to stop his jaw from dropping all the time, if only to keep it from being sore.
Sly and Luke Thursday April 29th, 2004 8:31:42 AM
Sly gladly hugs his long time hermit friend. "Oh! It's been a long time, ages ago. I have not seen you since (here Sly's voice changes to a painful tone) I left my village. Here come have some food and I'll introduce you to..." When a familure voice BOOMs in. Sly turns around and sure enough THERE stands Justin, "Well I'll be hang, it's Justin Sturmjager... Thank-you Domi for these fine friends... Come let's eat and I'll tell all about the Children Of Chaos..." "Here is Ilsidur,our Cleric with Savin who is a Monk.(Now Sly is talking to the both friends)these two keep us on the path to Domi. This is Sharaz the best Minotaur Fighter, here we have a Halfling Barnum and his Edgar the raven, Over here we have the beautiful Niobe, she's very talented, and here is Peerimus, the finest druid I have ever met. He has a friend called Yurrick the bear, who I see your dog Vus is driving Luke and the bear crazy... Over here is our newest Friend A Iron Golen, he distroyed the Church and the Bell, we call him Kulak and he call us Daddy and Mommy... Now let us all go by the fire and tell tall lies and play catch up with our lives."
Luke jumps aroun trying to get this Blinking dog scent, "STOP!" yells Luke.
Peerimus and Yorrick Thursday April 29th, 2004 9:25:49 AM
The great bear bounds in on the blinking dog and quickly decides Luke is playing and so this new creature must be a friend, but try as he might, it is too fast and Yorrick quickly spins himself to the ground trying to keep up.
Peerimus moves to Jurgen and at Sly's introduction merely smiles and nods to him, then steps him and wraps him to a great hug. "It is good to see you again. Yorrick may not remember Vus, but I you. But I must go save another friend just now. Tonight we celebrate." With that, Peerimus moves off to 'rescue' Yorrick from Vus. "All right you three!" he begins...
Niobe Thursday April 29th, 2004 2:49:01 PM
As introductions are in order the young Half-Elf stands up and shakes hands with both Jurgen and the hermit Elf. "Well met gentlemen. I am Niobe uiCrevan from Hook City." Since Niobe is actually in a very good mood she smiles a dazzling smile as she greets both men.
As is her wont Niobe is wearing dark form-fitted clothing with a low, v-cut neckline. Her cloak is thrown back from her shoulders for the moment. After all why hide herself under a cloak? She and her clothing are clean and smell very faintly of a light floral scent. Her clothing accentuates her perfect figure as well. She has fairly long dark brown hair which is tied back in a loose braid. On her belt are a couple of small pouches three daggers and a rapier. Clearly her cloak and boots are of exceptional Elven make. The rest of her gear is laying neatly on the ground where she was sitting.
Barnum and Edgar Thursday April 29th, 2004 7:48:35 PM
Barnum stands up, eager to shake the hand of Sly's elf friend, and especially eager to shake the hand of this Jurgen Sturmjager. "Well met! I am Barnum Berrybrawn, master arcanist and traveler from the Northern Continent..." Barnum begins his spiel. Edgar, the raven, shakes his head slowly, muttering in perfect Common, "Here he goes again..."
Barnum is dressed in rather fine clothes for a wandering adventurer. He wears meticulously polished black boots, well tailored brown pants, and an exquisite white shirt, all free of any stains whatsoever. He wears many golden rings, some with gemstones, some without. His finest article of clothing, however, is a bright red cloak, which, for whatever reason, seems to make you feel friendlier towards him. All this is topped off with deep green eyes, and semicurly shoulder length black hair.
"So, Jurgen. You were there when the Children fought that dragon? Amazing! I've heard that story once or twice."
Savin Thursday April 29th, 2004 9:39:57 PM
Savin says, "Sly I met Jurgen when I first joined the Children." Savin glides up to Jurgen and holds out his hand. "It is good to see you again. It looks like you have had a few adventures of your own lately. Good...tired of listening to Sly's same old boring ones at the evening fire. Welcome home."
ooc yes Ilsidur needs to split up the 3000 gps to the group. sorry for the delay."
Ilsidur Thursday April 29th, 2004 11:56:45 PM
Ilsidur says, "Alright Savin, so we each can claim another 428 gp." He takes his gold from the monk, and places it in a pouch in his backpack.
Justin Webber (DM) Friend Meeting and more news Friday April 30th, 2004 12:46:20 AM
Everyone becomes aquainted with Jurgen again after the long time he has been away from the group.
Kulak watches everyone with interest and motions to the new person who joined the group, "Who is this man, I have never seen him before? Is he another father?"
The hermit like elf looks to everyone and pretty much ignores the iron golem since he is not sure of the large creature. He lets everyone greet their old friends before speaking to Sly, "I had heard of the disaster of the village you lived in Sly, I also heard about how the elven people living their suddenly vanished. I have heard news though the in a place called Ice Vein that a group of slavers have taken and sold some elves in that area. It is very much possible that your mother and sister could be among those sold in that land." As if on a second thought the hermit elf also comments, "That is of course if they are still alive. I have not been to that land before but the place is suppose to be pretty harsh to outsiders."
Sly and Luke Friday April 30th, 2004 8:17:34 AM
Sly smiles as Savin jabs at him with his humerious words, "Well Savin, you have changed since we last seen Justin. After all you (SAVIN) have gotten older, slower and much uglier." Sly laugh at jousting that was going on. "Excuse me while I talk to my old neibor here." But before he does look up to Kulak and answers the golem question, "No Kulak, This is a full hermit elf, hermit have no children, they just live alone and move around the country. Juston over there will be another farther to you. Do you mind if this Friend and I sit in frount of you here??" The Elf Hermit and Sly each have a plate of food, Sly listens to what the hermit has to say in between bites. When the old friend got to the part of Ice Vein and he was told that his Mother and Sister might be there AND suffering. Sly stop eating (which is rare, he usally finishes every thing on his plate) and puts his plate down for Luke. "Tell me? My old friend, this place Ice Vein, is it North of Gateway Downs or DreMoria the land of the Elves? I have been looking for Both of them and all the villagers all these years. I have fought all sort of Evil, Mummies, vampires, Evil Cleric most foul, slavers and even a young Red Dragon. But to find my Mother and Sister, I will travel to this place to see if they might just be there. Even if I have to go at it alone."
Luke eat what is in his bowl, But when Sly put his half eaten meal down for him, He'll eat it, then nose Sly arm asking. "Me go too?"
Savin Friday April 30th, 2004 12:34:21 PM
Savin hears Sly talking to the hermit and puts a comforting hand on his shoulder. "I don't think you will be travelling alone my friend. This old and slow monk would be honored to accompany you. Besides I would like to meet your mother. If she raised you, she must be a very understanding and patient person."
Barnum and Edgar Friday April 30th, 2004 6:17:59 PM
"Slavery... Exists in the Southern Continent? I didn't realize." Barnum looks a bit troubled at that thought. "Ah! We'll travel to the Ice Vein, we'll defeat whomever stands in our way, and we'll find your sister and mother! And we'll do it as a team!" Barnum says, with a smile, trying to force the thought out of his head that Sly's mother and sister might not even be alive.
Justin Webber (DM) Waiting Friday April 30th, 2004 11:07:59 PM
(OOC:Just keeping up with my suppose to be everyday post. Not enough posts yet to move on the game really so I will check in tomorrow and will make a DM post if everyone or almost everyone has posted. Goodnight and enjoy everyone.)
Niobe Saturday May 1st, 2004 3:45:56 AM
Niobe nods when Barnum suggests that they go north to the Ice Vein area. "What is the quickest way to travel north? We certainly do not want to drag our feet do we?" Of course if Niobe is also given 148gp from left over gains she will pocket that immediately. She picks up the rest of her gear just in case folks want to leave right now.
((OOC: Sorry for missing a post yesterday. I have been doing a lot of prep work for my son'd b-day.))
Jurgen and Vus Saturday May 1st, 2004 4:30:20 AM
"Savin's right. If I still have magic in my body, blood in my veins, and something resembling a mind, you'll never walk alone." He gives a smile to Sly, hoping for the best. If they were anything like Sly himself, his family would most certainly be well. Sly happened to be too stubborn to go off and let something or another destroy him. "Do you want to leave today, Sly? I've been seeking you guys out for a few weeks now and, although I'll have to run to the Catacombs sometime, I've got everything I need..."
Sly and Luke Saturday May 1st, 2004 7:29:53 AM
Sly admires his friends But tell them, "If you want to follow me, let it be known that we will be going into Elven Lands. We will have to use the Elven Highway, Justen does not have the Holy Leaf pin that gives us (none elves) permishion to travel the high way. I don't even know if Golem Kulak will be able to travel the high way?? But it will be intresting to see how the Elves react to a Friendly Kulak?? Prepare for cold weather traverling and fighting. I'll get more information from my Hermit Friend here then we'll start off." As Sly turn to the hermit, he turn his head tell them "Thank-you, every single one of you."
Peerimus and Yorrick Saturday May 1st, 2004 11:06:12 AM
Peerimus talks calms Yorrick down and tries to get Jus to say hello so the bear can greet him proper. AFter, he moves to Jurgen to learn of his most recent stories and tell him of his trepedations involving the newly sentient and amazingly quick to learn skills and pratically lifetimes of learning in just a couple days and that the Crones mentioned he would be both friend and foe.
Justin Webber (DM) Talks Cont Saturday May 1st, 2004 6:19:37 PM
The hermit elf nods and smiles before greeting the bear companion of Peerimus's also. He gives the bear a almost appraising look before continueing his conversation with Sly, "You have some good companions Sly my friend. Ice Vein however is west of here I'm afraid to say. The slavers left Dre Maria and I doubt you will want to waiste alot of time wondering before getting to Ice Vein and see if there is your family is there."
The hermit elf pulls off his backpack and begins digging through it. You watch as the old elf pulls out a few pairs of clothes, a small bag with something in it, a few pouches that are clearly magic component pouches, "Dang it, where is it...I know I had it in here some where."
The elf keeps digging in his pack, bring out many things before he suddenly stops and pulls up a floppy hat he pulled out of his pack and pulls out of it a small compass, "HERE, this compass has a spell on it that will lead you to Ice Vein. I had planned to use it later to go and explore the place. I think you however need it more then I Sly." The hermit elf smiles and holds the compass out to Sly, "The magic will wear off once you arrive at the beginning of Ice Vein. The place that I know of has never been explored since there is no record of it in any of our elven libraries and I have never heard a dwarf speak of it either."
The hermit looks over the group before him before picking Barnum and speaking to him, "Dear sir, you look like a man who enjoys his comfort and such. In the town here is there a nice place to stay and get something to eat?"
(OOC:No matter if you do a knowledge check or not, no one actually knows anything about Ice Vein. The land is brand new to the realm so should be treated as a unexplored place.)
Sly and Luke Sunday May 2nd, 2004 9:20:17 PM
Sly is ponders, again the hermit said West. But West of here is the sea??. to the hermit he tells (as he accept the compass) "If you say tha Ice Vein is West of here, and this compass points to Ice Vein. Then I go west. I thank you. May our path cross again in better times." Sly give the hermit the elven hand shake. Sly look at the compass and sure enough IT points west. To the rest of his friends, he tell then "It look like we follow the shore line, west of here??"
Luke is already packing his bone in Sly's back pack.
Savin Sunday May 2nd, 2004 11:07:50 PM
Savin is up and ready to take on a new adventure. His boyish face lights up with the thought of it. He then stops and says, "We might need to stop and go to the catacombs again. I really don't have the right equipment for winter weather. Does anyone here? How long of a journey is it and will there be towns inbetween?"
Ilsidur Monday May 3rd, 2004 12:41:38 AM
Ilsidur finally snaps out of his surprise at seeing his old friend, and runs over to give the young sorcerer a big hug. He steps back and says, "Let me look at you, young one! Of course we want you back! You do look a little worse for wear. What troubles have you been getting into? Well, now it looks like I will have two young ones to watch out for again." He looks over at Sly and smiles.
As the dwarf listens to the fate of Sly's family, a dark look crosses his face. "Of course, young Sly, we need to go and try to find your family." He nods at Savin's advice, and says, "We all need to make a quick trip to the catacombs to outfit ourselves for winter travel. Should we purchase a wagon/sled and something to pull it?"
Jurgen and Vus Monday May 3rd, 2004 6:14:13 AM
At the booming of the old dwarf, Jurgen's grin widens. He gladly gives a hug and another greeting. "Ah hah! Worse for wear, have I? And what about yourself? You just get rid of yours as soon as they happen. Otherwise, I think you'd have a few of your own. Between dragons, undead, new Ages and tripping over your own two feet, you should be covered in scars." He laughes happily, thinking of fond memories. "I can't wait to hear about the troubles that you've been up to, since I departed. Mine have been... interesting. We'll have a lot to talk about, for many nights. You won't believe some of the things I've learned. I can get into all kinds of mischief these days... and regularly do." He nods his head towards Sly and gives a wink. The two of them would definately cause Ilsidur some headaches, if Jurgen had any say in the matter. One of the best things about old friends, Jurgen mused, was that you could afford to be stupid with them.
"If West is towards the water, why not get a boat? I'd rather not swim. Being a fish always made me think of being fried over a fire. But if we're planning on going to the Catacombs, we can just walk along he shoreline until we get our purchases from them. Hmm. I've never understood exactly how those Catacombs stores worked. But well enough, I don't understand how Sly is considered a ladies man, either. Just another of the Wold's mysteries I guess."
Niobe Monday May 3rd, 2004 8:59:42 AM
Niobe doesn't have anything to add to the plans. Following the shoreline is as good a plan as any. She thinks about cold weather gear, and is excitied to travel to a place no even knows much about. She half listens to the banter between Jurgen, Ilsidur and Sly, and smiles. Good thing that Ilsidur has not considered all the mischief a thief could get into!
Sly and Luke Monday May 3rd, 2004 7:07:30 PM
Sly smiles and when Ilsidure turn his back toward Sly, he gives Jurgen the thumb up and a wink.
Barnum and Edgar Monday May 3rd, 2004 7:38:58 PM
Barnum nods towards the travelling Elf, "Yes, yes there's a very nice tavern in Harmar. There's a friendly dwarven waitress that works there as well, right Ilsidur?"
Justin Webber (DM) Preperation Monday May 3rd, 2004 9:06:00 PM
(OOC:Small thing of note hear. I was looking at the map and you guys will actually be traveling North. The elven lands are east, the ocean to the west and Hook City to the South. Just clearing up directions here.)
The elf hermit smiles and nods, "Thanks for telling me people. I will probably see you around again sometime, specially if you head back to the elven land sometime."
With this said the elven hermit heads off and leaves the group time to decide on what to do.
Savin Monday May 3rd, 2004 11:19:26 PM
"I hate to say this but I think we should all go to town for one last night, hit the stores and get the supplies we need. Horses or other means of transportation might be nice. Extra water, trail rations and such are good ideas. I am not set up to go on a long journey. My spices are on low supply and I refuse to eat Sly's cooking without my spices. We are all going to need cold weather gear. We might need snowshoes, sleds and more blankets. Not to mention fire making devices and the like."
Shiraz Monday May 3rd, 2004 11:19:53 PM
ooc: Sorry Scholl and a few things around the house have had been extremely busy. I am in the midst of finishing my Term Paper and so posting should be more consistent.
Shiraz sweeps Jurgen up in his huge arms, "Well boy it seems as though you forgot to duck." Shiraz says with a slight chuckle, "and that sadness in your eyes seems a bit further behind you." Shiraz introduces himself the elf and listens carefully about the compass.
Sly and Luke Tuesday May 4th, 2004 8:15:26 AM
"Your right Savin, I need a cloak, some sheep wool mabe two hides and few odds things like anti-acid? Kolak! would you Please watch the camp for us until we get back?" ask Sly. To Luke he tells him "You better start growing a new thick coat."
Luke looks at his master, "OK??" he answers.
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday May 4th, 2004 10:04:02 AM North and into the cold regions it would be then. Never have seen snow before except on the mountain tops in the distance.
His first inclination is again to wait for the group right here, but with Jurgen back and a long and probable wearey road ahead, building community over a large dinner in town would be better for all. "I will head to the inn and arrange our rooms and meal for the evening. A good celebration of luck and fortune to begin our new journey is on order."
"Will we be able to transport all this gear being mentioned until we get to the wintered north? SLy has the chest, but surely it could not hold a sled. Just keep the trip to the north in mind when buying your gear my friends."
Peerimus hands Sly 50gp, "A few wool blankets, a canvas, a second pack and a set of winter clothes while you are shopping please."
Looking at Yorrick, "you might be the best equipped for this trip friend." he says with a wink.
Jurgen and Vus d20+3=21 d20+3=17 d20+3=18 Tuesday May 4th, 2004 4:27:47 PM
At Shiraz's sadness comment, Jurgen tips his head, although says nothing. A lesson learned, but one that he best keep to himself. As to Savin... "Fire making devices? Hmm. I suppose that means me, could it not? Although I suppose giving me permission to let the flames fly may not be the best solution to a controlled fire situation. But it sure would be fun."
He looks down to Vus, thankful that the dog had fur on him enough to keep him from freezing. Jurgen would need something else. Wolf-skin coats were nice, if an unnerving thought. But they needed a plan to get there first, before worrying about staying warm. "Any horses we take, if we push them, will be worn out long before we get to this Ice Vein place. Not to mention, if it truely is a rather snowy area, they would have little use to us beyond getting there. Hmph. It seems I'm little use on the suggestions. Perhaps we should just get horses and head out in the morning."
When the group heads back to town, Jurgen joins them. "I'm going to head to the stables, find out about horses. I'll scope out enough horses for the all of us, unless it's something we decide against. At the very least, I'll want a horse for myself. My other shopping will be done at the Catacombs. How does that sound to everyone?" If there are no objections, Jurgen begins his journey to the stables and will check out prices for speedy horses, pretty much willing to meet any reasonable price.
[General Charisma Checks - 21, 17, 18]
Niobe Tuesday May 4th, 2004 5:38:23 PM
Niobe listens to the suggestions about horses and such. "How about livery stables? If we brought horses from here then maybe we could trade them for mountain ponnies or horses up north?" "I suppose we all need to make shopping trips. I don't own any cold weather gear either. Is there anything that I can help out with while we make our preparations?"
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday May 4th, 2004 6:24:24 PM
"Valid points about stocking up on cold-weather supplies. Perhaps I'll take a short trip to the Catacombs and buy a wand of Endure Elements." Barnum says, with that he leaves for the Catacombs.
Ilsidur Tuesday May 4th, 2004 9:33:16 PM
The dwarf says, "So, it looks like another trip back to the Catacombs for some warm-weather gear. Oh, and don't forget, I don't ride horses."
Ilsidur runs to catch up with the elf from Sly's village. "Sir elf, wait. I have a few more questions for you before you leave. Can you tell us anything about this Ice Vein? How far is it from here? Can we travel the elven road to get to it? How big of an area is it? I presume by its name that it is very cold there, is this true? Can we hire a guide once we get there? Is there any town between here and there that we can purchase warm travel methods, and maybe hire drivers?"
Justin Webber (DM) To town we go! Tuesday May 4th, 2004 10:58:47 PM
The group up and heads to town, leaving Kulak at the camp, watching nothing really but for the moment Kulak doesn't seem to worried. He can more then handle himself against most normal foes.
On the way to the village Ilsidur talks to the hermit elf more who smiles abit as he brushes hand through his just recently graying hair, "I'm sorry to say sir dwarf that I only seen the land from a small distance. It was raining pellets of ice and beyond that curtain like ice rain was a huge area covered in white snow and a small wall of ice was there with writing saying "Ice Vein". I know nothing of the place other wise since it has yet to be explored by someone. Maybe it has though and nothing has been written of it, I do not know." The hermit elf smiles though and shrugs, "I'm sure a hearty group like yourselves will be fine though. You all seem very capable."
The hermit thinks abit as the group reaches the gate and before bidding the group a farewell as he heads to the INN and Tavern inless otherwise stopped, "Just follow the compass that Sly has and you'll be fine I'm sure. Be warned that it will take you through the quickest route to get there." With a smirk the hermit comments, "The quickest route between to points is a straight line."
Sly and Luke Wednesday May 5th, 2004 6:41:42 AM
Sly watches Ilsidur try to ring out all the infomation he can out of the old Hermit, he think to himself, 'I hate to be the one to tell him that we are going into very Cold Area, No one has ever charted that part of the wold before. Hmm! that reminds me to get a diary or a empty Book.' Sly is getting hungry so he enters the Catacomb.
Niobe Wednesday May 5th, 2004 7:42:52 AM
Niobe guesses that livery stables don't exist beyond the Hook City areas and surrounding areas. She will also go to the Catacombs once the group enters the local town.
Savin Wednesday May 5th, 2004 1:26:02 PM
Savin is off to the catacombs yet once again.
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday May 5th, 2004 6:53:29 PM
Peerimus hits the Inn and starts to arrange for the evening feast. "My dear innkeep you are going to help this evening, for I am planning a 'Feast of travel' and will require a great fare." thus he plops 50gp on the counter and begins listing..."2 pigs or calves, several bushells of fresh fruit, 6 or so pounds of cheese, a dozen bottles of wine, a couple casks of ale..."
Edgar the Raven Wednesday May 5th, 2004 7:03:24 PM
Edgar accompanies Peerimus to the inn. "My Peerimus, Barnum will be very happy with you when he returns."
Justin Webber (DM) Feast Wednesday May 5th, 2004 11:00:28 PM
The group moves into town and begins it's preperation for the celebration and some go to the catacombs.
The INN keeper is pleased when Peerimus starts naming off the stuff he wants at the celebration and begins to hurriedly write down things on a piece of paper. Afterwards the INN keepr tells his help at the place to give him and hand with the prepaerations and he checks the bag of money and nods his approval, "Sir this may be more then enough. I'll have to let you know shortly and give you change if it is."
Niobe Thursday May 6th, 2004 3:26:50 AM
Niobe is waiting at the Catacombs for her order to be finished processed. She hopes to hurry back to town soon.
Sly and Luke Thursday May 6th, 2004 8:45:00 AM
Sly is still at the catacombs waiting for his equipment. Thinking to himself, "I think Niobe is right, I'll stop by the Guard House and ask if there are any merchant going north, who might needs outriders for protection? maybe ask if anyone has any horses for sale? Yep! that's what I'll do."
Peerimus and Yorrick Thursday May 6th, 2004 9:35:48 AM
"That thought occurred to me, I hope it is not too much for Shiraz."
Peerimus waves off the notion of recieving change, "Then add more food and drink if your conscience requires. It is going to be a celebration and everyone, including those serving should partake in it. Come to think of it," Peerimus adds another 25gp "invite some friends and don't let any other customers pay for anything tonight."
Peerimus looks about as the Inn keepers face alights, "Now what we need is a pre celebration." Assuming no musicians inside at the moment he goes to the door and calls out loudly, "25gp to the first musician to start playing and 10 for the 5!"
Niobe d20+9=21 d20+3=15 Thursday May 6th, 2004 4:21:09 PM
Niobe returns to the inn and sees that Peerimus has everything under control. "Peerimus, Edgar, I am going to see if there are any merchants in town who might be travelling north. I think that Sly might be joining me later." Niobe takes a look around the inn before stating her reasons for what she plans to do. "I am going to see if we can't hire on as guards or something. We might as well try and get paid to travel north! I'll be back in a little bit. It doesn't look like you need my help here at all." Niobe smiles to the Druid and the raven familiar before turning and leaving the inn. Niobe will go to where ever the merchants usually stay in town and then she will start to ask around if any caravans will be heading north, and are hiring guards.
(Gather Info 21, Charisma check 15)
Sly and Luke Thursday May 6th, 2004 5:41:04 PM
Sly enters the Inn, "Hey where is Niobe Going? WoW! Peerimus this is grand! Here is your Change" Sly give peerimus a piece of roll paper. It said 'a gift from a greatful Friend. Sly and Luke". Sly hand him a back pack with a wool blanket, Two canvases, a wolf skin and a compleat set of Winter Clothes (on the bottom of the pack is Peerimus 50gp Back.
Sly goes to a corner table and packs Two back packs, Both with Winter Clothes,blankets and the rest of the stuffin his Magic gold snuff box. Then he takes a sharp knife and a big hide needle and makes a jacket of Wolf hide for Shiraz. "Oh! I hope this will fit him??"
Jurgen and Vus Thursday May 6th, 2004 5:47:53 PM
Providing his dealings with the horses are unsuccessful (are they?), Jurgen returns to the inn. He goes along with his friends without much objective. It was time to be on the road and he was eager to be returning. But they'd spend their night enjoying themselves and it was off to another adventure.
Only one word came to Jurgen's mind.
Weeeeeeeee.
Savin d20+11=22 Thursday May 6th, 2004 10:16:25 PM
Savin comes in with a big smile on his face. "Hey guys, where is the music?" He will pull out his pipes and start playing a merry song. He will grab a girl out of the crowd and start twirling her around, when a quick thought enters his mind.
He will stop playing for a minute and ask, "Ah do you have a boyfriend? Last time I did this, I got a broken nose!"
Justin Webber (DM) Party! Friday May 7th, 2004 12:19:38 AM
Some of the group makes it back from the catacombs as the feast is being prepared and before long the INN has tables put together to make a large table for many people and shortly after that it is filled with food and drink for many people also.
People slowly start filtering in at the news of a party being held and some seem to wonder what the commotion is about as they come also. A few bards jump at the chance to play and make some money also.
Savin finds the girl he is dancing with grin and shakes her head, infact the girl he grabbed looks some what like a call girl in her current outfit.
Niobe finds out that no caravans are heading North at this time but may be in a few months.
Niobe and Jurgen both (sorry for missing this last time) find out that the stables/livery has horses for sell and a few odd other animals. Out of the animals for sell you find normal horses and some horses with long thick coats for what looks like moutains use. (If Peerimus does a successful or anyone else does a knowledge nature or survival check DC14 then you will know that the shaggy moutain breeds will have the best chance of lasting in the extreme cold but even they will need to be watched and taken care of relatively quick.)
Vus has a few kids who try chasing him and after a quick look from Jurgen, he will find out the kids are merely trying to play with Vus.
At the party a good turnout has came and you even see the fortune telling lady that you delivered the ring to has came to the party. A couple off duty guards have also came. A few rumors are heard at the table about wolves around the area havep ickedup but no attacks or anything have happened. It would seem nothing serious here, all though the hermit elf who has came to the party does comment on seeing a pack of them while coming to the city.
(OOC:Everything okay Ilsidur? I haven't seen a post from you the last couple times so I wanted to check up here bud. Let me know if there is anything you guys think I need to do more of also, description, etc.)
Sly and Luke d20+6=10 Friday May 7th, 2004 9:17:58 AM
Sly enjoys himself, he even found an half elven girl to dance and have alot of fun with??. As Sly dances by Savin, "Look Savin, Jurgen is a wall flower". Tonight Sly will enjoy himself, for tomorow he'll start the trip to Ice Vein. He also don't like the rumers of wolves being seen around.
Luke is having fun with the children as they chase Vus around.
Sly - Knowledge of Nature 10,(Failed) One look at his dancing partner and all the knowlege of Nature went out of his head. Well almost??
Niobe d20+3=21 d20+8=14 Friday May 7th, 2004 3:50:55 PM
Niobe not feeling too pleased with what she has found out returns to the inn. 'It's rather odd that there aren't any caravans travelling north at all!', she thinks. She doesn't immediately engage in any dancing or festivites, but sits down to have a glass or two of Elven wine and some dinner. She listens carefully to the rumors and gossip, smiling and being attentive.
After one or two glasses of wine she feels up to dancing and celebrating. She smiles to herself as she watches the others dancing and having a good time. However she remains seated rather than looking for someone to dance with. Niobe knows that if someone wants to dance with her they will ask. So instead she engages in a few conversations with the locals; being as charming as ever (charisma 21).
Niobe thinks it is fun to see that the local children are not afraid of Vus and Luke.
If Niobe decides to check out the horses for sale later on, she will guess that the shaggy ponnies have the best chance in the cold northern areas.
(Charisma check (charming the locals) 21, Knowledge: Nature 14)
Barnum and Edgar Saturday May 8th, 2004 10:26:21 AM
Barnum continues his business in the Catacombs, spending a fortune on an overcoat. Not a magical one, but one of very good taste.
Edgar in the meantime, enjoys the music of the inn party.
Jurgen and Vus Saturday May 8th, 2004 6:35:21 PM
Jurgen goes ahead and buys one of the shaggy horses, making plans to come back in the morning to get the animal before the party left town. Otherwise, Jurgen keeps quiet. Normally, he'd be performing some feat of magic or skill. But for now, he was content to watch Vus play around with children and see the locals play right into the hands of Niobe.
Niobe d20+9=29 d20+10=24 d20+10=14 d20+6=17 Saturday May 8th, 2004 7:38:40 PM
As Niobe listens to the locals talk she pays attention to what they have of wealth (money pouches) or valuable small items on their persons. She listens for any indications of suspicion towards her. Niobe hopes that she can keep the locals charmed and distracted. She very silently thanks the gods that men usually don't think as clearly when around wine, women and song! Carefully Niobe picks a gentleman or two who seems less attentive; or more enamoured with her, and lifts a few valuables - depositing them in her various large pouches. She moves around the crowd while doing her work to try and keep any suspicion from herself. She avoids anyone who looks like an off duty guard.
(Search 29 (natural 20), Spot 24, listen 14, Sleight of hand 17)
Niobe (addendum) d20+6=23 d20+6=17 d20+4=15 Saturday May 8th, 2004 7:43:45 PM
If her little thefts go undeteched then she will try a new attempt on a new target. If she even has the slightest suspicion of getting caught she will stop, and try again later on another man. A few times she will casually go to where her bags are (kept out of sight) and deposit her gains.
(Sleight of hand 23, 17, Bluff (just in case; if necessary) 15)
Justin Webber (DM) Party on! Sunday May 9th, 2004 2:24:19 AM
The party continues and it is clear that people have no intentions of going home any time soon. The Inn owner is clearly happy with all the buisness so stays open also to allow the party to last longer.
Niobe is able to lift a few gold from three people before a guard begins watching her more carefully. It is clear the guard was expecting some type of trouble but it is also clear he doesn't know Niobe actually picked any pockets.
(OOC:I know mother's day is today officially so Happy Mother's Day to all The moms in the game. Also everyone, I hope your silences isn't meaning something here.)
Jurgen and Vus Sunday May 9th, 2004 2:55:00 AM
"Wallflower, am I? Forgive me, oh graceful one. I'd rather not make a fool of myself. I'll leave that up to you, Sly. Since you are so very good at it." He chuckles and keeps his eyes (and wits) about. When his friends start heading off to beds and good sleeps, he'll head off too. For a brief moment, the thought of dragging Sly off to a cold bed keeps Jurgen smiling, but then he thinks better. If Sly was up all night, Jurgen'd be extra-sure that the half-elf was awake with the sun. Until then, he amused himself with a deck of cards from a pocket in his magician's gear.
Niobe d20+10=29 d20+3=22 Sunday May 9th, 2004 5:09:46 AM
Niobe does notice the one guard's increased attention towards her. Cursing her bad luck wordlessly to herself she foregoes any more pick pocketing for the mean time. Niobe makes her way around the party-goers chit-chatting until she is out of sight of the guard and deposits what is left of the small items she has lifted. She undoes one more button on her top for an added distraction, then adjusts her top just a little as well. "Can't hurt to show just a tiny bit more skin than usual... I might as well have some fun bugging the poor guard." Niobe grins mischieviously.
After making another curcuit; and buying a couple of drinks for a couple of the friendlier patrons, Niobe approaches the guard. "I cannot help but notice that you have been staring at me for awhile. Do you like what you see?" Niobe asks the guard softly; in an almost teasing tone of voice. She is thinking, "boy I bet he would love to frisk me to see if I have any of those valuables still hidden on me!"
Niobe sits down on a stool very close to the guard so he cannot immediately afford to look elsewhere or leave. Now she waits to see how the guard will react. Niobe smiles brightly at the guard and wishes that she had a drink to sip on right now. The night is still young so there will be plenty of time to handle the guard problem and to have a bit more of a challenge; maybe, acquiring a few more valuables or so.
(Spot 29 (to see the guard watching her), Charisma check 22)
Sly and Luke Sunday May 9th, 2004 7:59:04 AM
Sly smiles at Jurgen,"Is that so, my friend. At least my bed will be warm tonight!" As Sly dances he twerls his dancing partner, then whispers to Jurgen again, "Oh! Oh! Niobe is frendly with the local guard, and showing a little more chest that usaual?? Some thing's up! Let's keep an eye on the events here"
Luke curls up with Vus under a table, sleeping.
Ilsidur Sunday May 9th, 2004 6:42:00 PM
Ilsidur hopes that his Catacombs business is concluded quickly so that he can join the party. Although, he is a little shy to return to the bar and run into the young dwarf lady that he "met" before.
Savin Monday May 10th, 2004 12:29:06 AM
Savin will dance with the pretty "call" girl and then dance with some others. He will flirt with all and even take Niobe out for a spin if she is willing. If she goes, he will remark, "Nice dress. Plan on breaking some hearts tonight? Or is it just a distraction? Either way it works on me." he will add with a smile.
Peerimus and Yorrick Monday May 10th, 2004 8:56:10 AM
Yorrick romps around with Vus and Luke, playfully batting at them and rolling about about, but when the smell of the pig hits the air he quickly gets to his feet and makes hisway into the INN.
Peerimus will quickly intercept him, "I don't know if everyone will be as happy as I to have you, but they will learn." and escorts the big bear inside and to a area near the back placing quite a heaping of food and drink about him. "Now try and stay out of trouble." he says with a wink.
Peerimus then swings into the party with a loud hooting cry and will commence with overeating, too much drinking, loud singing and a lot of dancing.
Justin Webber (DM) Party Cont Monday May 10th, 2004 8:24:13 PM
The party continues on still and some people slowly trickle out while others stay to continue with the fun. It is clear that the city hasn't had a party like this in some time.
The guard watches Niobe and even takes her in with a appraising look before looking away from her now. He nods in reply but says little else. Once Niobe moves on though he goes back to watching her, trying to be covert about.
Barnum and Edgar d20+8=19 Monday May 10th, 2004 9:53:59 PM
Barnum makes a glorious return from the Catacombs, draped in an incredibly fine overcoat, even for Barnum. It pure white, made of winter wolfskin. It has a high collar and is cut halfway down the calves, in the style the nobles wear these days. If you didn't know better, you might of thought him a noble himself!
Edgar shakes his head, appraising the overcoat, and saying, "You spent our fortune on a coat, didn't you?"
Barnum grins a wide grin, "Worth every copper, my dear raven." He chit-chats with the other Children of Chaos, explaining to them that he also bought a wand of Temperature Control, which should prove useful in the cold northlands.
After getting a few mugs of ale and a few glasses of wine (and perhaps a few stronger drinks, on the side) in his system, Barnum stands upon a table, pulls out his fiddle, and plays a festive song in Warrd's honor.
Savin Monday May 10th, 2004 11:03:08 PM
Savin starts to wind down and decides to head off to bed. He will slug down his last glass of wine and head up the stairs and pass out on the bed.
Niobe d20+6=23 Tuesday May 11th, 2004 3:44:42 AM
Niobe will happily dance with Savin when he asks her. She answers his question with a bit of a laugh, "a little of both I suppose. I wasn't planning on breaking any hearts... just stealing them." She whispers in his ear, "of course as a thief distractions never hurt either." She smiles.
Naturally Niobe keeps an eye on the guard as well. She has to laugh as he watches her, yet try not to look like he is. Niobe bets that he doesn't have a lot of guard experience.
If the bards start to play music for one of those slow, close dances Niobe will take the guard (she never caught his name) out for a dance. Not being able to resist a challenge she carefully lifts a few coins (trying for gold coins) from his money pouch as they dance. Niobe presses herself close as they dance; she is pretty sure that he won't be thinking of anything but not tripping over his feet while she dances with him this way. She also half-whispers to him some local gossip to keep him distracted.
When the dance is done she will head streight for the bar to get some wine to drink. She has to fight herself not to be grinning from ear to ear. *poor little guard, he just doen't know who he is up against!* Niobe thinks smugly as she sips at her wine.
(Sleight of Hand 23)
Sly and Luke Tuesday May 11th, 2004 7:06:52 AM
Sly turn back yo his dancing patner, whispering how beautiful she looks tonight, He would like to see more of herBUT there's a chore he has to do first thing in the morning. But Tonight he is all hers. Sly goes on dancing, just when he is about to ask her to go upstairs with him, he spots Niobe with the Guard, "Oh! No! Jurgen, Our Niobe is dancing with danger! I hope SHE does not spoil my nice warm bed." He whispers to Jurgen as they dance by.
Luke wakes for a few seconds, He sees that Yurrick going for that roasted pig with an apple in it's mouth. Not intrested in food right now (a full belly) goes right back to sleep next to Vus.
Peerimus and Yorrick Tuesday May 11th, 2004 2:38:57 PM
The bear devours everything he can get his hands on before moving in on Vus and Luke, lying close by his little brothers.
Peerimus breaks into several bad songs and dances rather poorly about, but never does the great grin remove itself from his face. At long last he will wish everyone to stay as late as they like, but he must retire and so goes off to bed.
Jurgen and Vus Tuesday May 11th, 2004 6:26:06 PM
Jurgen almost giggles at Sly's comment, then holds back. And he takes his eyes away from the guard and Niobe, not wanting to be a part of that particular situation. If she ended up getting in trouble, Vus could get her on out the next morning. It wasn't a big fuss.
With the disappearance of Savin and Peerimus, Jurgen soon decides that bed-time is near. And promptly heads up to get a good nights sleep. Probably the last one for the next couple of weeks. It'd be a treat. And he'd relish it.
Justin Webber (DM) Party Slowly Ending Tuesday May 11th, 2004 10:52:35 PM
(OOC:Taking the party abit slow so hopefully everyone can get in abit but tonight will be the last party post.)
The party continues on yet as some more people trickle out and even some of the group now has left to get some much needed sleep. A few find some nice company to go with them and Niobe has many who are clearly interested. Savin also has a few girls he danced with who seem interested.
The dwarven lady has been serving people and seems to be missing a certain dwarf she had met earlier and hopes he shows up sometime soon.
(Spot:12 to notice, do to distance) As some people go off to bed some of the guards on duty are near the gate, a couple passing around a spy glass while others have one of their own.
(Listen:16 to hear) Guard#1, "Look at the big brute, I can't tell if thats armor or some metal man."
Guard#2, "There has to be over two dozen wolves attacking him."
Guard#3, "Did you see that!, He just cleaved one in two and has another by the throat."
Guard#4(last guard), "Wait! there in the shadows is someone wearing complete white. I think...no it can't be Krilanos, he would of fled this area and why be sicking wolves on that man...errr...thing."
Right after the last guard speaks a very large black in color fireball erupts outside of town. This causes the guards to stumble back and rub at their eyes since they were using their spy glasses.
Shiraz d20=15 d20=16 Tuesday May 11th, 2004 11:03:40 PM
Shiraz wanders away from the party after a bit of mingling. Shiraz notices the guards on the wall looking at something in the distance and manages to get close enough to hear them. "Shiraz runs for the gate after hearing Krilanos and the golem, "Let me out, Let me out" Shiraz thunders as he runs for the gate. "I need to get to him."
Sly and Luke d20+5=17 Tuesday May 11th, 2004 11:17:08 PM
Sly orders another round of elvin wine, His date shows signs of sleepyness. Sly get's the hint, But want to see how good their little thief is. "One more glass of that Elven Mountain Wine, then we'll retire for the night, OK?", Then watches to antic of Niobe, "Smoode! She's really talented."
Sly is tired and ask his date, to stay the night with him, they go up stairs
But Luke hears Shiiraz yelling at somebody.
ooc Luke listen 17
Savin d20+13=32 Wednesday May 12th, 2004 7:42:32 AM
Savin hears Shiraz's bellows (listen 32) and bolts out of his room, pulling on his shirt. He tears down the stairs at a sprint and out towards the gate. If it is open he will go through it otherwise he will rush up the stairs to the wall and jump over the wall to the ground using his slow fall feat. He will then head out to new friend to render aid.
Niobe d20+10=12 d20+10=24 d20+10=28 d20+4=14 Wednesday May 12th, 2004 4:39:52 PM
Somehow not only does Niobe spot the guards' activities on the wall she certainly hears what they are saying. Niobe sighs and looks around her at her small following of interested men. *Finally everything is going my way, and then this happens! I must be cursed!*
Niobe turns to the innkeeper and asks if he has a room free just in case she actually gets to get some sleep tonight in a nice bed. *Of course I could ask any of these nice gentlemen and I am certain they would oblige me.* She smiles knowingly to herself.
"Innkeep; Sir, do you have a room that I could change clothes in? It seems that I have a friend in trouble beyond the walls and this gown just won't do for a rescue." Niobe's words sound just a bit slurred, so one might wonder about the wisdom of her going out to fight.
If the innkeeper has a room then Niobe will change clothes and put on her armor and her weaponry. She will pack any unnecessary items away, and ask the innkeeper if there is somewhere safe for her to put her haversack.
As she leaves feeling rather light-headed (but not weaving when she walks yet) she blows a kiss in the general direction of her "fans". She heads straight for the gate, at a jog. *I wonder if any of them will protest my abrupt leaving? And my heading off to do battle to boot.* Niobe almost chuckles at the thought, and wonders how they would plan to stop her anyway?
Niobe hasn't bothered to tie her hair up like she usually does. She feels a shiver in her spine when she thinks that Krilanos might be out there; just beyond the walls, wreaking mayhem.
If the innkeeper doesn't have a room for her to change in then she will grab her bow and daggers and head for the city walls to survey what is happening. Then she will most likely join the others to supply ranged firepower, since she doen't want to wreck her only nice gown in melee!
(Spot 12, Listen 24, Spot (emotions in the crowd) 28, Sense Motive 14)
Peerimus couldn't catch what they were saying, but from thier aggitation of movement it couldn't be good. Thinking to investigate, Peerimus begins to move towards teh gate casually when Shiraz enters the scene and increases the urgency.
"Krilanos!" A sharp whistle rouses Yorrick, knowing the bear will quickly catch up, sends Peerimus trying to keep up with Shiraz so they can meet the enemy at the same time.
Barnum and Edgar d20+2=8 d20+4=23 d20+6=24 d20+6=25 Wednesday May 12th, 2004 8:34:39 PM
(Barnum Spot: 8, Listen 23. Edgar Spot: 24, Listen: 25)
Edgar flies to Barnum and, in quickened speech, announces, "Barnum! We must hurry, Kulak is in trouble." Barnum understands, and tosses his newly purchased overcoat to the barkeep for holding.
Barnum then pulls out of his Haversack a special item, a wooden fly figurine. "Ebony, it is time!" He calls out, tossing the figurine forward. It bursts into the form of a pony sized housefly. Barnum leaps onto the fly's back and yells out, "Children of Chaos, let us make way into the night, for Kulak may be in danger!"
Barnum and Edgar speed off into the night sky, towards the direction the guards were pointing their spyglasses. Edgar lets out a voice of reason, "Barnum, don't you think that Kulak is able to take care of himself? The guards were saying cleaved a wolf in half and-"
Barnum interrupts, "If Krilanos is indeed there, we have every reason to fear!"
Jurgen and Vus d20-1=0 d20+8=26 d20-1=18 d20+8=14 Wednesday May 12th, 2004 10:55:20 PM
Jurgen, too fixated on heading himself up to bed, doesn't notice a single sound. In fact, he doesn't notice when Vus barks at him that something is wrong. Only when the blink dog uses their telepathic bond does he see that the guards are spying something. Fortunately, he gets the one up on Vus. While the dog is getting the attention of his master, Jurgen manages to catch an earful of what the guards are saying. Although he doesn't understand exactly what's going, he realizes the situation and immediately takes action.
[Spot Check - Jurgen - Failure against DC 12] [Spot Check - Vus - Success against DC 12] [Listen Check - Jurgen - Success against DC 16] [Listen Check - Vus - Failure against DC 16]
"Vus. Get there. Fast. Make your way there and, if nothing else, scout and let me know what's going on. Door yourself," he refers to the dog's innate ability to Dimension Door, "there if that's quickest." Then, moving to in front of an open window, he starts one of his newer spells.
As soon as the spell is off, Jurgen begins to fly towards the golem outside of town. Keeping himself with Barnum. Hopefully, neither of them would land alone. That could turn out to be deadly. Jurgen, knowing the sheer speed of Vus, thinks the dog will get there first and he waits for the report, before he considers changing back into a form able to cast spells.
Justin Webber (DM) Blackened and Smoldering Thursday May 13th, 2004 12:21:35 AM
Guard#4 blinks when being yelled at to open the gate but seeing some people and things going over the wall and flying, etc he orders the gate open.
Outside of the city Vus is the first to reach the area, seconded by Savin and then shortly the others of the group.
In a very large charred and smoking circle sits a glowing bright hot Kulak who from the looks is no worse for wear. Laying around the circle are around a dozen wolves, one being cleaved in two as the guard had said. Laying infront of Kulak is the charred remains of some creature. The once white looking robe it wore is now almost burn to nothing but Kulak shakes his head as he looks at it, mutter a single word, "doppleganger."
It isn't till people get closer that they will notice some small dents and scartches in Kulak's iron hide.
Justin Webber (DM) Amendment Post Thursday May 13th, 2004 2:07:46 AM
Niobe's group of followers watch her run off and most look like they don't know what to say.
Niobe knows that she was able to pilfer 20gps and a couple(2) normal silver rings from people.
Sly and Luke d20+6=20 Thursday May 13th, 2004 9:08:52 AM
As Sly kisses the beautiful half elf (with elven passion), there' a loud noises out in the hall and scratching at his door. Sly tell her to hold that though for a minute. He opens the door (ready to punch somebody in the noise)But Sly sees Niobe dissapering down the stairs and at his feet is Luke. The dog tells him "Trouble! Come!". Sly grabs his gear and his beloved sword (whitch is next to the door) "I'll be right back!" he tells her. He is goes out into the night, follows the rest of the Children of Chaos, passes the guards at the gate, arriving at the camp where there is the biggest mess he has ever seen. First he ask Kulak the Iron Golem if he's alright. Then inspect the what remains of the body and what left of the white robe, "Yes a Doppelganger, but not the Vampire we were looking for! Beside witht a mess like this, where is the body of his paladin Sister??" "Besides we better harvest the good wolf skins, we might use them later on." Sly will start to see how many pelts to take.
OOC: Rolled for Wilderness Lore 20
Shiraz d20+1=18 Thursday May 13th, 2004 9:38:12 AM
Shiraz sprints to Kulak. Shiraz looks around at the wolf corpses and the tattered white robes of the doppleganger. "Doppleganger? I know I have heard the name but I can't remember what it does." Shiraz looks up a Kulak, "Are you ok?"
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+12=25 d20+9=16 Thursday May 13th, 2004 12:03:29 PM Kulak is probably no worse for wear. He's made of iron what could wolves do? The druid begins to move in the area outside the charred ground hoping to find some tracks of the doppleganger adn Yorrick hoping to pick up on his non wolf scent.
[Peerimus Spot 25 Yorrick Spot 16]
Niobe d20+10=17 d20+10=26 d20+10=23 d20+9=24 Thursday May 13th, 2004 1:18:08 PM
Niobe doesn't have any time to check her haversack to see what she was able to gain from others at the party. She will have to do that later.
Niobe finally arrives at the battle site with a budding headache. She looks at all the dead wolves and general havoc of the site.
"Honestly Kulak! You could have left something for us to fight. There isn't even anything worth taking left." The displeased rogue gripes and nudges a dead wolf with her boot. Niobe isn't well versed in lore about creatures like dopplegangers, so she leaves that to the spellwielding people to figure out. She does help to look around the site for any valuables or clues. After a bit she gets a little tired of this and thinks about returning to town.
"I think I will return to town now. Obviously he can take very good care of himself. I need a soft warm bed." Niobe looks back at town and then to her comrades. "Are you gentlemen going to stay here or return to town?"
What everyone else decides to do is their business, regardless Niobe is going to get some sleep in a nice bed tonight; maybe even have some "company" herself who knows? After waiting a little for any replies she will leave.
"Kulak maybe you want to stay closer to town? I will speak to the city guards and tell them that you are on their side." She calls over her shoulder to the iron golem as she leaves. Niobe wonders if any of her "fans" are still around; and even more importantly if there are any rooms left to rent!
(Listen 17, Spot 26, Appraise (if there are any valuables anywhere) 23, Search 24)
Savin Thursday May 13th, 2004 7:12:21 PM
Savin will come bounding in and say, "Whoa guess you didn't need any help from us. Kulak, why would a doppleganger want to attack you? Do you have any ideas? Can we do anything to help you? How do you feel about snow?"
Barnum and Edgar d20+7=18 d20+2=10 Thursday May 13th, 2004 7:42:24 PM
(Knowledge: Arcana, 18)
"Doppleganger... Well I know a spell," Barnum looks to Jurgen in his owlish form, "And apparently so does Jurgen, that allows us to change our physical appearance into that of another creature or person. This corpse looks like Krilanos, but isn't. So I assume a 'doppleganger' is a creature with this ability, to change its form. I wonder what the extent of its abilities are..." Barnum says ponderously.
Barnum carefully examines the doppleganger's remains for anything of value or interest (Search, 10) and casts Detect Magic on the creature.
Ilsidur Thursday May 13th, 2004 11:47:57 PM
Having finished his rather annoying trip to the Catacombs to purchase cold weather gear, Ilsidur makes his way back to the Inn. He arrives to find the party all but done, and all of his friends departed from the common room. He makes his way to the counter, and orders a large ale before he makes his way upstairs to bed. He looks around for the cute dwarven barmaid, and will ask the bartender, "Have you seen the rest of my friends? Have they all gone off to bed so soon? I wouldn't mind someone to share a late-night beer with."
Justin Webber (DM) Outside Town Friday May 14th, 2004 12:19:26 AM
Ilsidur finds the party still slightly going as only about six or so people still talk and eat. The bartender grins and motions to the rooms up stairs, "The room you last used is wear Bria is. I guess there was a commotion outside of town involveing some large iron person and some wolves and what looked like Krilanos. Your friends are out there seeing to the large iron man."
Kulak looks to his parents and smiles, "I'm fine. I think this person wants me. I got more of the chaos bell energy then you all and so did Krilanos. I think he wants my power."
Kulak shakes his head and smiles, "I do mind the cold but I feel I will be parting from all of you soon to find more knowledge on my own. Some where out there is a reason for my exitence other then a fluke."
Sly finds no wolf skins of keepable quality let alone sell able.
Peermius finds no tracks other then the ones from the wolves who lay dead around the camp. Some of the tracks came from the North but some of the wolf tracks seemed to just sprung into existence like some of the wolves were summoned.
Barnum figures out that the doppleganger laying dead if actually the creature doppleganger. He remembers this from his studies. In search of anything valueable he finds nothing though on the dead body.
(OOC:Everyone who has bought winter gear, etc. Please add what you bought to your charactersheets. I can't email you back on your purchases right now do to a worm my computer has.)
Jurgen and Vus Friday May 14th, 2004 12:47:46 AM
Jurgen, not really knowing how to start conversation with the golem, begins by changing back to a normal human being. With his exceptionally poor choice in hair cuts. "Kulak, sir, will you be leaving tonight and right away? If not, I'll most certainly stay with you, in case of any more... mishaps. Unless, of course, you don't want me to. In which case, I can head back to the inn and get some rest."
He speaks calmly, not trying to sound like he's better than Kulak. He could most likely protect himself, but sometimes it helped to have someone around. And darned if Jurgen didn't enjoy talking to people who knew more about the Chaos Bell than he did.
Niobe Friday May 14th, 2004 5:15:30 AM
Niobe returns to town, and true to her word she speaks with the guards about Kulak. She mentions only a little of the circumstance around his "imbuing", but keeps the information about that purposefully vague. She explains that he is an ally of the Children of Chaos, and has the interests of the people firmly in mind. She makes a clear point out of stating that he is not a threat, so if Kulak should wish to stay closer to town then he would not be a problem.
After she finishes talking to the guards she returns to the inn and hopes that there is still a room free for rent. Her headache shows no sign of improving. Niobe rubs her temples. Seeing that Ilsidur has finally arrived she greets him, "Hey Ilsidur, you're back. You missed all the entertainment! Kulak is mostly unharmed and didn't need our help with anything."
Niobe also goes to the bar but orders water for right now. She scans the room to see who is still present of the guests from the party. Niobe waits for the innkeeper to inform her if there are any rooms available; if not then she will just have to find other quarters... She looks for any "familiar" faces among the patrons still here.
Before leaving the common room for the evening Niobe will go and collect her gear. She will check to see what she has pilfered the next day or so.
Shiraz Friday May 14th, 2004 8:39:23 AM
Shiraz lingers as the rest of the party heads back into town, "Kulak, why do you feel as though we will soon be parting?" Shiraz asks the golem as he begins to set up a comfortable place to sit and eventually sleep.
Peerimus And Yorrick Friday May 14th, 2004 9:12:07 AM
Peerimus informs the others about what he finds or lack there of. "I think I will needanother drink and maybe a bit more of a snack, anyone care fo a midnight fire side talk and warm brandy cider?" W
With the invitation left open Peerimus will give a pat to Yorrick's flank and teh two head back to town. Along the way the druid apologizies to his guide, "I should have known better than to get you up, I'm sorry. Promise I won't let anyone wake you til we are just ready to leave. The spot by the fire is all yours all night Yorrick."
Arriving back Peerimus joins Ilsidur, "Tomorrow the journey continues as the cold North beckons us." Raising his spiced hot cider "To ease of journey."
Sly and Luke Friday May 14th, 2004 9:39:50 AM
Sly examins the wolf for skins, But none are good for what he had in mind. "Kolak! You did fine. We will not stop you if you have to leave us for a while, But maybe You should stay one more day and learn from yor NEW farther Jurgen. Then go learn and join us some day. I'm going north to see if my Mother and Sister are there. If I don't see you when I leave, Well! be good, Live well."
"Shiraz! I have something for you. Imade you a vest made out of wolf skin. I was looking for shins here to make some sleves, But nothing is good enough for your vest. Here! wear this in good health. Now for unfinish business??" Sly will give Shiraz the vest and an wool blanket. Then head for town(with a smile on his face(To his warm BED)).
Luke follows behind his master.
Justin Webber (DM) Night and Morning Saturday May 15th, 2004 6:12:16 PM
The group goes back to the INN except those who decide to stay with Kulak.
Kulak looks to Shiraz and smiles, "I just feel that more awaits me out there. Something else exists for me to do. I must find that thing or reason."
Kulak looks to Jurgen and smiles at him, "I will not be leaving yet. Not till the time feels right. You may stay if you wish."
Back at the INN Niobe sees only 2 of the men she had following her before other the Ilsidur and the others that returned to the INN.
Soon the INN keeper calls it a night for everyone and everyone goes to get some sleep since in the morning some traveling is planned.
Sly and Luke Sunday May 16th, 2004 8:19:16 AM
Sly said a 'Good noght to all and will see them in the morning'. Making his way back to the Inn up the stairs, then into the warm bed...
Luke slept out side in the hall(in frount of the door.)
Jurgen and Vus Sunday May 16th, 2004 7:54:37 PM
Jurgen understands Kukak's desire to find his meaning and will respect that. But, just in case some other nasty came at him in the night, Jurgen would spend the night out here. It wasn't a particularly bad area for sleeping. And he'd gotten used to his bedroll. In fact, he'd probably have a fine time out in the fresh air. "I'll be here if you need me. Otherwise, I'll be catching a few winks. If Sly decides to cook breakfast, I'll sleep through it." He grins and snuggles up to his pillow, hoping to get at least some sleep before the morning.
Ilsidur(ceil) Monday May 17th, 2004 7:18:15 AM
Ilsidur with a stone face, grumbles a "Thank you" to the Inn keeper. But his heart is lighter as he goes up the stairs. He opens the door to his bedroom, and there She is fluffing his pillows. Ilsidur enters the room, closes the door, and everything is quiet for the rest od the night???
Niobe Monday May 17th, 2004 11:47:42 AM
Niobe smiles at the two gentlemen she recognizes from earlier. Then she picks up her gear, takes her room key and heads off to her room. She is beginning to feel tired and remembers to her dismay that it will be an early wake up call in the morning. Still it will be nice to sleep in a proper bed at any rate. Niobe supposes that she won't be having any company tonight after that wolf attack on Kulak.
Shiraz Monday May 17th, 2004 10:55:20 PM
Shiraz settles down next to the iron golem and catnaps.
Justin Webber (DM) Morning Monday May 17th, 2004 11:27:46 PM
(OOC:Noticed some missed posts. I might not beabe to email back but if there is a problem then please contact me so we can find away to speak about it. Thanks and hope the non posts are just from rl issues.)
In the morning people are wokeup early at the INN. Niobe gets a knocks on her door from the INN keeper. Ilsidur is wokeup in the morning early by Bria who smiles and winks to him since she has early morning shift today. Others are wokeup in various ways also.
The people camping with Kulak is wokeup by the smell of food being cooked. When you look up you find Kulak has a small fire going and some meat is being cooked on it mainly. Kulak smiles and shrugs at any questions, "Just a couple rabbits I seen."
(OOC:Everyone can meet up and tomorrow Ice Vein travels start :) I don't want to speed the game to quickly foreward.)
Niobe Tuesday May 18th, 2004 8:06:25 AM
Niobe tells the innkeeper to go away in a loud raspy "I am not awake yet" voice. She buries herself under the bedclothes and falls asleep again for another half hour. When she finally wakes up she gets cleaned up and changes clothes. SHe packs everything and then slings the haversack across her back. Niobe heads down to the common room to get a breakfast of rice porridge and toast with some sort of fruit juice and tea. She looks tired. When she has paid for her lodging and breakfast she heads out to where Kulak stayed last night to meet with the others.
"Where we going to buy mountain ponnies or not before we leave?" She asks the group in general.
((Are we buying any horses, or is it left to the individual player?))
Sly and Luke Tuesday May 18th, 2004 9:19:59 AM
Sly wakes early in the morning, there's is a soft scratching at the door. Sly smiles and tell the half elf beauty, " Are you hungry? I know that my dog wants breackfast. So lets go down and we'll eat." They got up, she made the bed for the next patron. Sly mad his last minute packing, pick up his back packs, they went down to breackfast. As Sly passes Ilsidur room, He knocks on his door, in a loud voice "Breackfast time! Time to go!". They eat almost in silance, untill it was time to go. Sly takes her hand into his, telling her "Now I have say good-bye for a little while, I have to go up north. But I'll come back to you some day." Sly gets up from the table, kissing her Goodby and leaves the Inn. Going to the camp site.
Luke eats a hardy breackfast, then follows Sly.
Ilsidur(ceil) Tuesday May 18th, 2004 9:39:46 AM
As some one knock on his door. daring to tell him that it's time to go! "Arrrg!Go Away!" turn to go back to sleep. when he see the most beautiful eyes, staring back at him. "Err! Hmm! Eat? yes yes Err! let's go eat" Ilsidur jumps out of bed, goes to the water stand, splashes water on his face, "There I have taken a bath". But she is up and dress, then she hands him a face cloth(to wash with), But Ilsidur whipes his face dry, picks up his back pack. He tell her "I'll see you down stairs. OH! by the way Domi Bless You" He eats the food, pay for the room. then out the door, Off to the camp all ready to head north.
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+20=22 Tuesday May 18th, 2004 10:12:22 AM
Peerimus is up as the first rays of light hit the area and he moves outside to meditate.
Yorrick remains by the fire sound asleep.
Peerimus re-enters in a few hours and sits down to a large breakfast of meats, juice and fruit. Much of the meat, he wraps in canvas and shoves into his bag for Yorrick when he awakens later. The others join him and eat quickly and rush off. Peerimus continues tto enjoy his meal.
Yorrick remains by the fire sound asleep.
After another hour, if no others have joined him he will thank the inn keep and staff for the outstanding accomodations and last nights service with another 25gp. Draining the last of his third tankard of juice, he stands wishes Mother Wold a blessing to them all and rouses a grumpy Yorrick to join the others outside of town and head north checking the weather conditions for teh next few days oalong the way [22DC 2 days]
Savin Tuesday May 18th, 2004 4:33:09 PM
Savin will wake with the dawn and go out and start doing his usual stretches and exercises. He will have a hearty breakfast and wait for the others to wake up more slowly.
When he hears the question about the horses, he will reply, "I don't need one. It would just slow me down."
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday May 18th, 2004 5:18:35 PM
After reclaiming his winter wolfskin overcoat from the innkeep, Barnum heads out and meets up with the rest of the group by Kulak. He gladly partakes in some of the rabbit that Kulak has caught.
Barnum speaks up regarding the horses, "Yes, I think it'd be best for me to get a pony, else I'd never keep up with Savin, even if he was walking at a slow pace." Barnum says with a slight smile. "Shall we buy them as a group?" he asks, taking out his bag of coins.
Jurgen and Vus Tuesday May 18th, 2004 10:27:31 PM
"Thank you Kulak," Jurgen mutters groggily. This whole waking up with the sun thing could really become a pain. In fact, it'd be downright ugly. Where was that bloody Ring of Sustanence he used to have? Probably on the hand of some rich thief... Along with the rest of Jurgen's old things. He'd keep that quiet. Sly might get a bit upset if he found out his old Armor of Teleporting was stolen. Teleported right off his body, too. Definately not something he'd mention. "Umm... So, I guess nothing happened after I got to sleep." Although Jurgen was very aware he could have slept through Domi tapping him on the shoulder.
He enjoys the rabbit, finding it odd that the golem would do something like that. Telling Kulak he'll be back, he heads back to town to meet up with the group and get his horse. He'll buy his own and gladly contribute to anyone who needs it. Meanwhile, Vus lags around with Kulak, enjoying his sleep.
Justin Webber (DM) Morning Preperation&Travel Wednesday May 19th, 2004 1:24:21 AM
The group wakesup, soem slower then others and makes their way to get breakfast and their normal morning routines. After everyone gets food and everything done thy need they remember mounts and some(?) go into town and others just seek the stables.
At the stables them an who sells horses, etc looks to you and nods, remembering Jurgen for sure. The seller leads you to where he has the animals for sell pinned and points them out, "Sirs and ladies, before you is the finest stock I have. You wanted the long haired horses?or did you want the yaks?" The man grins and rubs his hands together abit as he looks out over the animals, "The shaggy ponies are 35gps, the shaggy horses are 75gps. Yaks cost as much as the big shaggy horses so 75gps."
Sly and Luke Wednesday May 19th, 2004 2:05:51 AM
Sly leaves the Inn and follows every body to the stables, He look at the ponies, but he thinks they are too small to carry his mother if he should find her, "No not these ponies" He move along the stalls, comming across a long haired horse, that is all black, he tells the stall keeper "I think I'll take this one, do you have a saddle for sale also??"
Shiraz Wednesday May 19th, 2004 2:59:59 PM
Shiraz wakes stiffly from sleeping next to Kulak and stretches carefully, "Oofff!" Shiraz grunts working the kink out of his neck, "next time remind me to start a fire first." Shiraz sslowly walks towards town and by the time he is at the gate the taur feels normal. Shiraz quickly walks to the inn grabs a quick hot bath and joins the others at breakfast. Shiraz then wanders towards the stables with the others.
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+17=35 d20+12=26 d20+9=16 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 4:33:17 PM
Yorrick waits outside the stable while Peerimus helps his friends pick up some mounts.
Casting Speak with Animals, Peerimus asks them how they are doing this fine Woldian Morning and if they are treated right and feeling well. Going over each of the prospective mounts carefully, "We can not afford an animal to go down." [Know Nature 35, Spot 26, Heal 16]
Niobe Wednesday May 19th, 2004 6:09:11 PM
Niobe hardly sets foot in the camp before returning to town. She follows the others to the stables and looks at all of the steeds for sale. Niobe stares at the yaks suspiciously before trying to find out which horse seems the most friendly towards people. "You can actually ride those yak things?" She walks over to the stable owner. "You don't 'rent' horses and such, sort of like livery stables do, do you? I never really like to get too attached to any one certain animal." Whatever advice Peerimus has about the animals Niobe definately listens to.
Ilsidur(ceil) Wednesday May 19th, 2004 6:33:30 PM
Ilsidur eat breakfast some one pour him some more coffee, he looks up and it the beauty. He bows his head then tells her, "err! I have to go away, Ahh! Gee! I don't know if i'll be back this way again, Err But if... if I do. Can I come to see you??" She smiles and answers softly "Yes". When he finishes his meal, he will follow the party to the stables, "OH! NO! not me, I don't ride horses. But I can drive a small wagon?? how much for a small wagon and a Yak?" Ilsidur Questions.
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday May 19th, 2004 7:32:48 PM
Barnum tries to decide between a shaggy pony or a yak. Something intrigues him about the idea of a yak, but he eventually decides that a fall from a yak would be too great a fall for a small Halfling.
Barnum takes out 35 gold pieces, "Peerimus, could you pick out a healthy pony for me?" And says to the stableman, "I'm willing to buy a saddle, if you have one."
Savin Wednesday May 19th, 2004 10:08:20 PM
Savin looks on with amusement as his friends try to buy mounts. He says, "How fast does a yak travel? They look to be more of a pack animal, than a mount. Remember we are going to have to travel as slow as the slowest mount, so you all might want to get Yaks. They look very sure footed. I can lead one as a pack animal if you wish? Unfortunately, I am a little short of funds."
Justin Webber (DM) Animals Wednesday May 19th, 2004 10:19:47 PM
The seller of the horses and yaks grins at Niobe's comment and spits on the ground, "Sorry young lass but the last animal I rented out never was returned. I only sell now."
Peerimus speaks to the horses and yaks and finds out that each are as well taken care of as expected. The yaks however seem to be abit upset since they are not used alot.
The seller looks to Barnum and the others and rubs his chin as he thinks, "Well, let me see. A riding saddle will cost 10gps and if you need saddle bags they are 4gps."
Jurgen and Vus Wednesday May 19th, 2004 11:35:14 PM
"I'll take a shaggy pony," he nods at Peerimus, hoping that his friend would be able to pick among them, "and I hope my friend will pick one on out." That was defiantely not his most knowledgable area. In fact, he knew that horses could run faster than he could... In some cases. But for the most part, Jurgen left the handling up to those capable of doing so. "Oh yeah, I got myself a saddle and riding bags. So, I'm a all set there. But, if Savin's going to be taking a yak on a wagon, I may as well get a second yak. If that works. I think it does..." He pulls out 75 gold and hands it to the man. He counts out enough coins for Savin's desire and also hands it over. If Savin's okay with the idea, he'll cough up the price for another Yak, as well.
"I would much prefere a horse. Yaks seem too... Well, lets just say I wouldn't like to ride a big bull. I've rode horses before, I'll be fine."
Sly and Luke Thursday May 20th, 2004 8:55:40 AM
"Peerimus this is my first horse, so what does he think? I like him because of his coat and color? Is he good enough to carry my mother If I Find her?" he ask Peerimus, the last question was more to himself that to his friend.
Luke sniff the horse, then sits back next to Sly.
Savin Thursday May 20th, 2004 9:10:03 AM
Savin says, "I can try to guide a string of the yaks as well as one, but I have no special skills in animal handling, especially yak handling. I do think though as we get closer to our destinination, we get extra food, supplies, even dry wood and put them on the pack animals."
Savin will then walk over to the dealer and say, "Do these animals eat anything special? What are their feeding and drinking habits? How much can they safely carry. Please answer honestly, we have already decided to buy them. Also do we need any special rigs or tack for them to be pack animals?"
Ilsidur(ceil) Thursday May 20th, 2004 9:21:14 AM
"Yes! this wagon, it has a nice seat for me and Shiraz. Lot of room for luggage and supplies. Now I wonder if it be turned into a sled? Do you have some runners??" Ilsidur ask the man.
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+13=28 Thursday May 20th, 2004 12:16:37 PM
Peerimus will do his best to choose the best animals available for the journey ahead and will offer to put in 100gp toward the general purchases.
"A good and brave pony Jurgen, he'll do well and may I suggest his cousin there with the biege star."
"A fine and noble animal Sly and he says he looks forward to getting under open skies." Peerimus gives the horse a reassuring pat as he talks.
"Don't worry Savin, I will be able to take care of our good and worthy friends easy enough until we reach the colder climates. Then I shall manage."
Peerimus moves the animals out front and lines them up with great skill [Handle animal 28] and prepares them for thier gear.
Niobe Thursday May 20th, 2004 5:45:33 PM
Niobe nods and frowns slightly. She hopefully will find a horse with a good temper, she chooses one of the shaggy mountain horses.
Niobe requests a military style saddle. Because they have a contingent of guards here they should have military type saddles for sale. She also buys a bit and bridle, saddlebags and a weeks worth of feed for the horse.
Niobe hands the man 101gp, 3sp and 5cp for the horse, a military saddle, bit and bridle, saddlebags and a weeks worth of feed.
"Does this horse have a name Sir?" she asks politely.
Justin Webber (DM) Horse selling Thursday May 20th, 2004 9:20:46 PM
The seller listens to what is said and takes the money from each person who buys a horse. Hearing the comment on the wagon the seller shakes his head and speaks up, "I can sell a wagon but ski's of any type would be difficult without just using a normal peice of wood. You also would need a good craftsman to make sure the wheels are taken off correctly and the ski's put on to stay."
Ilsidur(ceil) Thursday May 20th, 2004 11:44:13 PM
The dwarf (with out turning around to look at the Seller) tells him "Who said anything about taking the wheels off??" to the rest of the party there in the stable, Ilsidor tell them "Friends, remember the great race?? Where we met Niobe and Woody for the first time? Some one had mess up our wheels?? and we had to use the Flying Disk?? We won the race didn't we??"
Niobe Friday May 21st, 2004 12:59:04 PM
Niobe puts the bit and bridle, a saddleblanket and the military saddle on the horse. While she does so she actually talks to the chestnut colored mare, "you don't have a name it seems. I guess I will have to find a suitable one for you." She stows away the feed for the horse, putting some of it into the saddlebags. "Savin, I can purchase a horse for you if like. I have gold to spare." Niobe asks politely. She will wait for a response from him before exiting the stables. Later she leads the horse outside and then mounts. Now she waits for the others so they can get going northward.
Savin Friday May 21st, 2004 3:12:11 PM
Savin says to Niobe, "Tell you what. Lets have a race." He will point to a tree around 50 yards distant. "If you beat me, I will buy a horse. That's right, you ride the horse and I will run."
Savin will call Shiraz over, as he takes off his pack. "Shiraz, can you start us off?" When Shiraz says go, Savin will leap forward and sprint as fast as he can to the tree, (base speed 60 and I don't have a rider on my back)
Even if the horse edges him out, he will add. "I never lose a shoe, don't need brushing, never throw myself to the ground, don't get skittish in battle, and horse thieves never seem interested in stealing me." He pauses for a minute and a smile comes to his grey eyes. "Well the pretty ones sometimes try."
Sly and Luke Friday May 21st, 2004 3:12:43 PM
"I'll take this gray one here, a saddle, a set of bit and bridle. I have blanket to spare." Sly give the money to Jurgen, "Here is my gold, pay the man, Pointed Ears". Sly ties his two back packs together, throws on to the horses back, "Come on Smokie, Let's get dress out side." Outside Sly puts a spare blanket on the horse, then the saddle (just like Niobe is doing for her horse) makes sure the the back packs are on the horse (in the right place), But there something wrong?? "Hey! Niobe! Savin! Shiraz! Can you help me here?? Where does this thing go on the horse??" Sly shows them the bit and bridle that was in his hands. "I never owned a horse before!"
Luke sits besides Sly "Oh! Boy!" he comments.
Jurgen and Vus Friday May 21st, 2004 5:57:32 PM
"Savin! I've agreed to pay for your horse already. We don't have time for foolishness." He shakes his head. There was a time when Jurgen wouldn't have been listening, but he'd never expected it of Savin. "Savin, just tell me how much it'll cost and we'll get going." Getting his horse (and yak), Jurgen sets the saddle and packs he bought from the Catacombs on. He takes the rest of the money (Sly's and whatever Savin wanted... I'll worry about a total after. I just wanna get going =)) and gives it to the man. Then he follows Niobe out, making sure he is ready himself.
Barnum and Edgar Saturday May 22nd, 2004 10:22:11 AM
"All right, I'll take this pony here." Barnum says, picking out a grey one with black spots. "I'll take one riding saddle as well." Barnum says, and hands over 45 gold pieces.
Peerimus and Yorrick Saturday May 22nd, 2004 11:51:55 AM
Peerimus does not purchase an animal either. "A good point Ilsidur and I have spells to assist with any wood shaping or mending we might require."
Peerimus will wait outside for everyone to mount up. If no one else takes the position he will climb into the wagon and pick up the reigns.
Justin Webber (DM) Horse Selling Saturday May 22nd, 2004 12:18:40 PM
(OOC:Sorry people for the late and now short post. It's storming here so I have to make this quick.)
The seller awaits money from those buying horses etc.
(OOC:I posted prices earlier so please go with them. Eunice please help with the prices of skis and such if a person wanrs them. I'm sorry everyone, I'll try to make a better post later.)
Justin Webber (DM) Stables Saturday May 22nd, 2004 4:47:32 PM
The seller takes the money owed to him for the horses, ponies, etc that is needed in payment for what people are buying. (Okay people, on your next post it would be helpful if you posted you bought a horse or whatever and please post the gold total you should of payed. Also all items for your horse come straight from the book for price, just a fyi.)
The seller now looks to the group and spits to the side, "So, you going to be buying a wagon also then? I'll have to see if there is one free to be bought."
Niobe Sunday May 23rd, 2004 5:44:38 AM
Niobe has already paid the man for her purchases. She will still wait outside; sitting on her horse, for the others to finish with their business.
((Justin read my post from Thursday 20/05-04. It states what Niobe purchased and how much she paid to the seller.))
Sly and Luke Sunday May 23rd, 2004 12:10:10 PM
Sly bought a long hair horse 75gp, Saddle, bit and bridle 10gp, a set of saddle bags 4gp and trail supplies (7 days)14 cp.
Sly finally solves the mystery of where to put the bridle and bit. After making sure that that both horse and the ridder will be secure, Sly mounts the horse, patting the horse on the neck "Now! Smokie, this dog here is Luke, he's comming along with us. Now let's go to camp." To Luke, Sly ask "want to ride on the horse?"
Luke answers "No!"
Sly waits for Ilsidur to finish with the wagon and Yak.
Ilsidure(ceil) Sunday May 23rd, 2004 12:20:46 PM
Ilsidur mumbles as he hitches the yak to the wagon, "By Ecknod's Beard, don't you snort at me! mumble?? mumble??". Finally he's finish and throws the reins onto the seat of the wagon. He checks all the leather hitching, the clamps, buckles, the cargo, then come to Get to the driver's seat... When there sits Peerimus smiling at him, "Don't just grin at me, HELP! me up" once in the wagon, "Ilsidur tells Shiraz "You can sit back of the wagon and make sure nothing shifts, OK?"
Yak 75gp wagon 35gp.
Savin Sunday May 23rd, 2004 10:51:42 PM
Savin hops from one foot to the next anxious to be off.
Jurgen and Vus Monday May 24th, 2004 12:14:45 AM
(Savin, are you not buying anything? Even at my expense? I'll assume not.)
Horse - 75 gp
Jurgen continues to wait for the rest of the group, getting mildly impatient because of the utter confusion that seems to be milling about the group. But he didn't have a particular problem with it, other than the fact that he didn't know whether or not Savin wanted anything.
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+13=17 Monday May 24th, 2004 10:04:50 AM
"If you are done charming them perhaps we may be off master dwarf?" Peerimus maintains what surely Ilsidur thinks is the grin that an idiot would wear, and helps him into the wagon. "By the Wold my friend, you need to eat more vegatables"
With a stout whistle and flick of the reigns, the yak pulls the wagon off towards the north gate. Yorrick walks next to the drivers side casually as they move. [handle animal 17]
Justin Webber (DM) Moving out Monday May 24th, 2004 3:21:28 PM
Once the seller is payed for what the group needs everyone heads out finally, metting up with those who have already payed for their mounts and was waiting for them.
Outside the afternoon sun and sky awaits the group. Peerimus notes that the weather will be nice traveling in the current area and from the looks no storms are on the horizon. At the moment is is just past noon and the day is warm and nice.
As the group begins to move along, Kulak the golem joins you quickly and his strides keep up with those of the group pretty easily. He looks at each person at their horses, yaks and wagon for a moment before looking straight ahead and walking along as the group travels.
The travels are rather long and boring as nothing seems to present itself to the group or attack. It is just a nice peaceful day out in the open. Soon the day fades into night and your able to find a small group of trees that Peerimus picksout for you all to make camp for the night.
(OOC:When you make your post and comment on making camp here, please note the order of times you like to take watch, etc.)
Shiraz Monday May 24th, 2004 10:32:21 PM
Shiraz chooses not to buy a horse since his rather large frame would not be carried by any pony or yak. Shiraz walks easily with his companions as they ride. "I will take the middle watch, sice that is the most awkward for most who need rest for their spells and such."
Savin d20+9=22 Monday May 24th, 2004 10:39:03 PM
Savin will easily keep up with his riding companions as they move along. He will play his flute to keep spirits up and when they camp, he will prepare a special dinner (cooking check 22)
He will volunteer to take a middle of the night shift as well and curl himself in a blanket and get some rest
Ilsidur Tuesday May 25th, 2004 12:27:36 AM
[OOC: Ceil, thanks once again for helping me out, and filling in for me over the past week. You have done a great job, as per usual.]
Ilsidur bounces and jostles in the wagon as it travels down the road. He says to Peerimus, "More vegetables, you say? I think more meat and a good dwarven stout would help me keep a lower center of gravity, and might help to stop me from being thrown around in this...WHOOPS!" as he slips off the seat, and falls backward into the rear of the wagon. Clearly, the dwarf is uncomfortable not being able to have his two feet on good solid ground.
When they finally reach the campsite, Ilsidur says, "I will take the first watch, since I will need to walk off all of those crinks that developed in that back of that wagon!" As night falls, Ilsidur munches on the last of the dinner, and keeps his eyes out for any trouble that might be approaching. If his watch goes uneventfully, he will curl up in his new cloak of comfort, in his new tent, and sleep the sleep of the just, or maybe just the tired.
Sly and Luke Tuesday May 25th, 2004 7:50:21 AM
Sly checks his magic compass, True to what the hermit said I points north, if sly verries from the northern path, the needle turns red.
They travel on untill the party got hungery and tired. Must not push too much, we are going into cold country. "I will take the last watch it will not make any differance any way, I only need four hours of sleep.
"Justin Lets go hunting for some meat??" ask Sly, "Come Luke"
Luke had fun guiding the horse on the course, while Sly was looking at that little disk. But now his favorite Going Hunting "Alright!"
OOC: Ilsidur It was easy playing you, I was just my disagreable ME??
Jurgen and Vus Tuesday May 25th, 2004 8:12:19 AM
"I second that thought, Ilsidur. Meat'll keep those feet on the ground. I think I'll ignore Peerimus' strange obsession for vegetables and fruits, though." He spends the ride gabbing with Peerimus and Ilsidur, trying to learn about their adventures. He'd gotten pieces from his travels, some during his own, but it was all fragmented. At Ilsidur's fall, he gives a friendly laugh. Riding horses wasn't Jurgen's favourite thing to do either, but he'd learned to deal with it. Although the leather rubbed his legs the wrong way and he could tell they'd be itchy sore. Especially since the ride would be a long one. Someone should make ointment for that.
"Ahhh! Wonderful, Savin's cooking. Good to see we don't let Sly near the fire anymore. A change for a better." He enjoys the company of his friends, as well as the dinner, but heads to his sleeping roll early. Taking last watch was almost as bad as the middle, except the sleep was more together. But with him and Sly... They'd be able to catch up. Jurgen had been curious for a while as to how the Children of Chaos were faring.
(OOC: Taking last watch with Sly. Bonus points if anyone can point out the 80s song I mostly quoted in my post. :D)
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+12=28 d20+5=16 Tuesday May 25th, 2004 1:26:32 PM
Peerimus gives a chuckle as Ilsidur tips backwards, "See there? The mere mention of Mother Wolds abundance has lowered your gravity."
During the riding Peerimus sings a bit to himself, "A beautiful ride under the sparkling sky of blue. The white of clouds and wolds fragrance shall soothe. Worry not my traveller for we are here and our protection is upon you no danger may near. Ride on, ride on, under heavens above and bask in warmth of Mother Wolds love. Let my gentle breeze alight on your cheek I pray open your heart and hear me speak. Of true passion, warm life and of great laughter but remember most your deeds live ever after."
Upon breaking camp, Peerimus tends the animals and grooms them down for the evening. "I will take up the middle watch with Savin." Peerimus shifts to a great Brown bear for his watch and puts nose and newly acquired low light vision to work. [Spot 28 Listen 16]
Barnum and Edgar d20+6=21 Tuesday May 25th, 2004 3:38:27 PM
"I'll take first watch with Ilsidur, then." says Barnum. "Late to bed and late to rise, makes a Halfling cheery and nice."
Edgar decides to follow Sly and Jurgen on their hunting trip, using his keen raven vision to look for food. (Spot 21)
Niobe d20+4=23 d20+2=10 Tuesday May 25th, 2004 7:44:58 PM
Niobe isn't used to riding for long distances, so she has spent much of the trip shifting around in the saddle. When they finally make camp Niobe dismounts but can hardly stand. She hurts nearly everywhere! As she feels her knees start to give she grabs the pommel, but is almost too tired to hang on to it long enough to keep standing. (Dex 23, Str 10) After a few minutes of just standing there she takes off the horse's tack and hobbles the horse where it can feed and get water to drink. She will also curry the mare before taking care of her own needs. When Niobe is finished set up her camping arrangements she informs the others, "I will take whatever watch is left over." She will then stiffly sit next to the fire and eat dinner. Once dinner is finished she will help clean up and do the dishes.
(Dex 23, Str 10)
Savin d20+9=29 Tuesday May 25th, 2004 10:42:02 PM
Savin will notice Niobe's discomfort and spread out his blanket, sticking two sticks into the ground and making a screen from the others.
He will walk over to Niobe and lead her over to the screen. Please lie down and trust me. Take off your pants and cover yourself with the blanket. He then opens his healing kit and starts mixing a poutice. Without looking he will expertly massage it into her legs and buttock, easing the pain away. The oil he spread seems to heat on its own further reducing the pain. (Healing check natural 20)
He will say, "Niobe there is no reason for you to walk around in pain. If you are stiff, let me know and I will do what I can to help. My master alwasy said, 'The hand the causes pain must be able to relieve it.'"
Savin will gently massage the rest of her back and shoulders and whispers, "Get some sleep. You will feel better in the morning."
Justin Webber (DM) The Night has claws and teeth Wednesday May 26th, 2004 12:02:50 AM
Everyone beds down for the night, getting some food and drink in them before startign to get some sleep and taking their shifts in taking watch.
The night passes slow and most boring for Ilsidur and Barnum. Both are grateful to wakeup the next pair to keep watch through the night.
Peerimus, Savin and Shiraz stand the middle watch. All of them watch in boredom as the night passes more and once again nothing else happens through their watch.
Sly and Jurgen take the last watch. Both surpried to have the company of Kulak who leans agaisnt a tree and watches the people asleep and then Sly and Jurgen.
The moon has just began to fade in the sky and the coming of morning is starting to come. The sun hasn't even began to rise yet when a loud howl peirces the night and darkness. Suddenly in the darkness you can see a total of twenty five sets of two glowing eyes. Growls and snapping sounds as teeth clack together can be heard from the distance.
Niobe Wednesday May 26th, 2004 4:48:14 AM
Niobe will have no problem doing what Savin asked her to. "I am not used to riding for such long distances. City girls you know..." When Savin starts working on her stiff and aching muscles she relaxes and is actually enjoying this. In fact it takes all she has not to fall asleep right then and there! Niobe is eternally grateful to Savin for taking care of her problems. When she thanks him it is very obvious just how very grateful she is, "oh thank you, thank you! You know Savin you could start a business doing that. You would make a fortune! I would certainly pay well." She gets dressed again, gives Savin a great big, long hug. "Savin please let me know if there is anything that I can do for you in return." With a weary smile she heads off to get some sleep. Niobe feels much, much better.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Appearently Niobe doesn't have any watch this night. She sleeps deeply, and won't be easy to awaken. She isn't woken up by the howl; the long ride had worn her out. Happily Niobe doesn't snore! Just in case she has her weapons next to her while she sleeps. (Something her mother taught her to do while out travelling.)
Sly and Luke Wednesday May 26th, 2004 9:58:03 AM
Jurgon and Sly came back from hunting with a boar freshly killed, Hey! You'll all have fresh ham and fat back for breackfat tomorow morning! Look what we got." they showed them their prize. "Now remember Vus and Luke will get the two big bones and Yurrick can have the head, I don't know if Edgar want any meat?. But we have to butcher it now!" after supper they go to sleep. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ When it was time for Sly and Jurgen time for their watch, Sly was happy to see Kulak with them, They talk, they added wood to the fire... When there was an errie houling sound commin g far away! "What that??" Sly asked "Kulak can you see anything??" But then as they looked closer, into the dark (good chance they both have low litght vision)ther are lots of glowing eyes and growling as well, "Wolves! Lots of then, hungry too." They both wake the others up Sly tell them to grab the boar meat hanging in the trees. If things go wrong. We'll eat left overs for breakfast, But do get ready to fight! to protect the horses and yack."
Luke Wednesday May 26th, 2004 10:05:48 AM
Luke barks and growls at the glowing eyes "Grrr! Bark Bark Grrr! My camp!"
Peerimus and Yorrick Wednesday May 26th, 2004 10:34:59 AM
After his watch, Peerimus will remain in bear form and curl in next to Yorrick.
The howl snaps both awake and with low light vision they pick out the intruders. Peerimus stands with Yorrick and both let a thunderous roar warn the wolves of the folly of an attack. As this is probably not just a normal pack of wolves, Peerimus will cast Bakskin, sharing it with Yorrick.
Jurgen and Vus [Cat's Grace - Dexterity 21] d100=15 Wednesday May 26th, 2004 12:36:40 PM
Jurgen has a pleasant night and enjoy's the fact that he and Sly caught something. It was rather lucky. Jurgen had missed it with both his daggers, but the efforts of Luke and Vus had managed to bring it in for them. It was actually rather funny. It started running and Vus appear on the other side of it, so it stopped and Luke ran straight into it. But they'd all had a good time at it.
---
"Everyone awake! Wolves!" Jurgen shouts to the rest of the camp, at anyone who may still be sleeping. Just at the end of his watch, too. Well. He wouldn't be letting those wolves come and get their horses.
'Vus, get ready for an attack. We won't want those wolves getting to the animals. The last thing we need is to spend all day chasing after them after a scare.' The blink dog moves towards the horses and yaks, ready to protect them if anything moves to attack them.
Briefly considering letting off a lightning bolt in the general direction of the wolves, Jurgen quickly throws that idea away. If there were this many wolves, killing a few would only assure violence. Still, they needed to get the wolves gone. Pulling a hand into the bag at his side, Jurgen grabs one of the fuzzy balls and hucks it towards the wolves. With a small prayer as he does, the sorcerer hopes for a lion or tiger. As it hits the ground, a brown bear appears. Jurgen curses, but he'll have to settle for it. "If the wolves come, attack them." He just gives a simple command to the creature, before begin a spell.
Finally, Jurgen pulls two of his daggers from their sheathes on his chest and stands ready for the wolves.
Savin Wednesday May 26th, 2004 1:22:05 PM
Savin blushes a deep red when Niobe gives him a big hug. He stammers, "Ah Niobe your welcome. You don't have to pay me back. I was my ahhh pleasure."
He almost runs away leaving Niobe with the impresssion that Savin is much more innocent and naive around women then she orginally thought.
When the wolves make their apperance, Savin will jump up from his bedroll and pick up his crossbow and load it. He will say, "I wonder if these are being driven to attack Kulak by Krilanos."
Barnum and Edgar Wednesday May 26th, 2004 5:48:40 PM
The howling of twenty-five wolves is just enough to get Barnum out of bed, and even then somewhat grudgingly. "Yes Savin, I'll bet these are the same wolves that were attacking Kulak the other night. What do you think Kulak?"
Barnum casts Ghost Sound, creating the fierce roar of a dire tiger, approaching the wolves from the direction of the camp, in the hopes that that would scare them away.
Ilsidur (AC 14, 98 hp) Wednesday May 26th, 2004 10:22:41 PM
Rudely awakened from his sound sleep, Ilsidur says, "Wolves, you say? Well, just shoo them away! I'm trying to get some sleep here!"
Then he sits up a little and has a quick look around the camp, and starts to count glowing pairs of eyes, "...five, eight, twelve, nineteen, by Brog's black beard, this is no mere wolf pack!" He jumps to his feet, and, not having time to don his armour, he grabs his waraxe and shield. He runs over to Shiraz and casts bull's strength on the minotaur. "Feel stronger? That should help." [OOC: Shiraz has +4 Str for the next nine minutes.] Then he moves over towards his yak and the other mounts, to protect them from the wolves.
Justin Webber (DM) Wolves Wednesday May 26th, 2004 11:28:34 PM
The wolves do not attack for the moment, seeming weary now with all the sounds being made from the camp. The wolves stay just outside of the camp area as they growl and snarl. It is unclear rather they will attack or maybe move on soon.
Kulak stands and looks out into the area where the wolves are and shakes his head, "No chaos energy out there...nothing that "seems" touched by chaos....these wolves are just hungry and angry at loosing pack members."
Niobe (HP 67/67 AC 14 Low light vision) Thursday May 27th, 2004 7:54:30 AM
The wolves howling failed to wake Niobe, but Peerimus' and Yorrick's thunderous roars scare her awake. Sitting bolt upright, her blankets pooled around her the thief peers bleary eyed into the darkness. She sees more eyes staring back at her than she cares to count. Niobe scrambles out of bed grabbing her rapier and unsheathing it as she goes; she leaves the sheath near her bedroll. She backpeddles closer to the mounts and makes ready to protect the animals. Niobe is happy that she had her ring enchanted to include the Endure Elements ability, that way her bare-feet won't get cold!
Sly and Luke(79/79hp-ac20, low light vision) Thursday May 27th, 2004 8:23:32 AM
Sly (with weapon in hand) watches all those eyes, he listens to Kulak, "Hmmm! just hungry and angry wolves, Huh??" Sly calls out "Druid Peerimus! Can you talk to these wolves and ask them if we give them boars meat, will they go away and leave our animals alone? or do they just want to fight?" Sly tell Jurgen (in Elvish)"One way or another we will either lose the breackfast Boar meat or we'll lose some of our animals, with us getting hurt or killed?? Do you have any another kind of plan?"
Savin Thursday May 27th, 2004 8:30:05 AM
Savin agrees, "Yes lets give them some food. We don't want to slaughter innocent animals that are angry because they have been mistreated by higher powers. Peerimus, talk to them and offer them the leavings from the boar."
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+10=18 Thursday May 27th, 2004 3:25:50 PM
Peerimus casts Speak with Animals and shifts to a great silver backed wolf.
[b]"My brothers! Do not be alarmed. We are here only in passing. Tell me, what has forced you to such things. I can help and bring back your proud heritage. Tell me, who has laid your pack to such a low and what moves upon your land to make food scarce?" [b] [Wild Empathy 18]
Barnum and Edgar Thursday May 27th, 2004 3:36:02 PM
Barnum drops his arms and simply watches Peerimus, interested in the druid's talents. He says quietly to himself, "Hm. Perhaps there is something to this 'magic of nature.'"
Ilsidur Thursday May 27th, 2004 10:48:49 PM
Ilsidur moves over to calm the horses and yak, talking softly to them, while waiting to see the results of Peerimus' spell.
Jurgen and Vus [Cat's Grace - Dexterity 21] 9d6(5+6+2+2+3+3+3+1+5)=30 Friday May 28th, 2004 12:02:02 AM
Jurgen, although having spent a long time with the elves, is baffled at Sly. There was a time, many moons ago, when he'd been able to understand anything anyone said to him. But now, Sly's elvish was just a jumbled haze of words. Jurgen could pick out the occasional word and swore he'd heard something about cooking tree meat... Which didn't make a lot of sense, so he ignored it. To Vus he used his bond to communicate a message.
"Have Luke tell Sly I know naught a word he's saying. But add that I'm worried these wolves will attack us. If Peerimus doesn't show some way of keeping them docile, I'll use deadly force." He hopes that the message would remain intact from Vus to Luke and then Luke to Sly. As funny as the comment about "cooking tree meat" was, Jurgen didn't exactly want have the wrong words being passed back and forth.
For the moment, he keeps himself just still. As a readied action, he prepared himself to fling a lightning bolt at the wolves the moment they showed signs of hostility. He hoped it wouldn't be needed. Peerimus would be on his tail, so to speak, if he'd done something wrong.
[Readied Action - Casting: Lightning Bolt - Area - 10 feet wide to 95 feet - Damage: 30 to each wolf in area]
Justin Webber (DM) Wolf Talks Friday May 28th, 2004 12:36:47 AM
When Peerimus changes into a wolf and speaks to the wolves present he sees another larger then the other wolves comes foreward. This wolf has a reddish cast to it and it's eyes watch Peerimus carefully but with nothing more then normal animal intelligence as it howls back to him in it's speech, "leaders of many packs dead...packs join hunt...seek new leaders..pale man kill leaders...say kill iron thing...iron thing kill many...many hungry no leader to lead.."
The large wolf growls louders and lets a long howl before continueing it's speech with Peerimus, "you value life...give food and we move...no food..we eat all pack see..."
Niobe d20+6=14 Friday May 28th, 2004 8:57:10 AM
Niobe hears Ilsidur trying to calm the horses and yak. Her rapier hangs from her wrist by its lanyard as she turns to work with the animals as well. Niobe also speaks softly and soothingly to them. She uses her wild empathy ability to try and help calm them. Niobe spends a longer time with her horse than the rest, since the mare is hobbled and must be very nervous knowing that she cannot flee the wolves like her herd-mates could.
(Ranger ability Wild Empathy 14)
Shiraz Friday May 28th, 2004 9:04:21 AM
Shiraz watches Peerimus change form and stands in a ready stance with his hands near the hilt of his swords, "Kulak", Shiraz whispers "Can you understand what they are saying?"
Peerimus and Yorrick Friday May 28th, 2004 9:26:02 AM
Yorrick stands ready to defend Peerimus shifting from foot to foot as the howls of 'conversation' continue.
Peerimus bristles up the hair on his back at the mention of the pale man and barks back, "It is this man who is our and your enemy. He is not with nor wishes to help. teeth and claw are no use against iron. that is why the pale man killed the pack leaders. He knew they would say no. We will provide the pack food tonight, but you must show us where we can find this pale man."
Peerimus glances over his shoulder and with his speak with animals spell still active barks back to Luke, "Tell Sly and the others to get whatever food we have to give to the pack."
Sly and Luke Friday May 28th, 2004 11:55:52 AM
Sly stand there waiting for either action from the wolves, or a word from Peerimus (Whom he put his faith in). Luke tells Sly what Peerimus just told him,Luke "give, wolves, all food, wolves, won't attack." Sly tell the party "Alright! Preemus ask that we give the hungry wolves our food and they won't attack. Don't worry we can go hunting and gather fruits later, Jurgen! help me take the bore meat down from the tree, I'll be you that the meat is cured just rightn too. To think that I cured that meat just like my mother did it (then Sly stop for a minute)... Back at the Village." Jurgen and Sly climb the tree and cuts the ropes that holds the meat. Ready to give it to the wolves.
Savin Friday May 28th, 2004 4:35:58 PM
Savin will help get the food to feed the wolves. He will look over at Kulak and say, "See my iron friend. We aren't really worried about the wolves attacking us. Though they could give a nasty bite, they really couldn't harm us. What we are really trying to do is show them mercy and spare their lives.
They are victims of your and Kilano's battles and should be shown mercy and understanding. That is what the side of good does. Evil would just have swept them out of the way. Compassion to the desperate and weak is very important."
Ilsidur Friday May 28th, 2004 11:45:32 PM
Unwilling to let his guard down all the way, Ilsidur continues to hold onto his weapon while keeping the mounts quiet. "Peerimus, why don't you ask if they know anything about this Ice Vein place?"
Justin Webber (DM) Feeding Saturday May 29th, 2004 2:52:43 AM
The wolves are glad when the meat is given and eat it hungrily. Once all of it is devoured which is rather quickly the pack begins to leave, leaving the larger reddish coated wolf who looks to Peerimus, "pale man turn to mist that blows on the breeze....he left...no smell...no trace...strange man...dead man if caught...we hunt many moons more...you stay in peace now...wolves no hurt....iron chunk though kill many pack member....he reeks of chaos...he is like child with more power then ten packs....dangerous and way must be learned."
The large wolf turns and growls back now as he trots off, "night calls...morning comming soon...pack must stay safe."
The wolves now leave in peace, leaving the group to decide what to do from here.
Jurgen and Vus Saturday May 29th, 2004 3:52:44 AM [OOC: Sorry about missing my post. Left it far too late before I got home. Won't be happening again. Go Peerimus. Way to talk those wolves away from getting blown up :D]
"Since we're all up, lets get some food in us and head on outta here. Peerimus, quick thinkin' saved us some trouble. If Sly hadn't wanted to go hunting last night, it could have been a bit nastier. Things work out in our favour. 'Bout time, if yah ask me. I got tired of all the constant struggles. Remember heading back into... wherever it was... after we beat Tumult? The guards got all uptight about Shiraz, so I tried to trick them," he laughes fondly, "Won't be doing that any time soon. Being fined isn't something I'm eager to faced daily." If the group decides to eat something, Jurgen will join them. With daylight coming fast he wanted to get a start on the day rather soon. So, he'll eat in the saddle if it's what the group decides.
Before they head out, Jurgen packs himself for travelling. Moving his clothes around so that he had things spread among many places. Clothes in all his packs, in case one got lost or wet. Suddenly, he remembers the bear he summoned and calls it back into his bag of tricks. Useful tool, he'd have to remember that he'd used it once already.
Niobe d20+6=22 Saturday May 29th, 2004 11:52:27 AM
Niobe continues with the same actions as the last round. With the exception that she unhobbles her mare when the wolves leave.
She spends a good deal of time talking to her mare and apologizing for hobbling her; even though it is a common practice to do so with mounts during a journey. When the mare is sufficiently calm and in a better mood Niobe gets fully kitted-up for travel(boots, armor, cloak and all) and packs up her gear. She puts the tack on her steed after letting the mare browse for food while she packs. In a matter of minutes Niobe is ready to leave.
(Wild Empathy 22)
Shiraz Saturday May 29th, 2004 6:05:59 PM
Shiraz sighs a deep sigh of relief as the wolves walk away and shakes his head, "What my father would say," Shiraz chuckles softly and looks around, "Leave and most on half nights rest, sorry I think that sleep is importants now while we can."
Ilsidur Sunday May 30th, 2004 12:48:58 AM
Ilsidur is pleased that Peerimus was able to deal with the wolves without bloodshed...well, except for a little pig blood. "Darn, I was looking forward to some roast pork for breakfast," he says as he roots through his pack for some dry trail rations.
He readies himself for the road, and dons his armour. As the sun rises, he says his morning devotions, asking the Gods of the Wold to bless him with power for the coming day.
Once the devotions are done, the dwarf cleric says, "I agree with Jurgen; let's get moving. The sooner we can find out what happened to Sly's friends and families, the sooner our young friend will be able to rest."
Sly and Luke Sunday May 30th, 2004 1:54:36 PM
Sly Packs his stuff, getting trail ration for himself and for Luke. While packing he come across the blank book he bought, I think I'll make notes of the trip. He writes;
On our first day travels north ward, we made very good time. when we notice that soon the sun would set soon, we started to make a camp and and started a fire. I don't know what gave me the idea to go hunting for breakfast, But I do remember to comserve out ration with fresh game. Jurgen and I went hunting, we downed a boar. Bringing it to camp we buchard ang hung the meat to be cured for the next day's travel. But during the night, when the stars starts to fade. A pack of hungry wolves came to camp for our animals. Peerimus came to our resque, being the fine Druid, He found that the pack was leaderless and very hungry, they were leaderless because of a pale white human had killed their leader and wanted the pack to do away with out Iron Golem Kulac, I'm affraid that our old enermy Krilanos is stocking our party because of our big Iron Friend. If so could his sister be far behind? Now nobody realy want go to sleep, we all want to travel on. this part of the wood give us goose pimples. We'll be eating our trail food in our saddles. The coumpass is still pointing true North. Will add more later.
Sly and Luke
Sly sign off, puts the book away. Saddles up and rides with the others.
Justin Webber (DM) Moving on Monday May 31st, 2004 10:41:19 PM
(OOC: Sorry for moving the game on without some people posting. Happy Memorial Day to everyone also.)
The group (I guess) gets abit more rest before packing and moving on. The sun has finally risen and the landscape is once again one of sunshine, grass and occasional trees.
After many hours of traveling the group finally sees a few signs of something new. The grass slowly starts to change to a shade of brown and the air has began to get abit nippy, in the air is the scent of rain.
As the group moves farther the grass slowly vanishes to solid brown ground and rain has began to fall lightly. The rain being slightly cold.
The sky as you keep traveling shows some clouding but not much as you move foreward yet farther, only to find yourself being pelted by sleet now. The ground has became lightly slick. The air here has became very cold suddenly and for those who have not changed into cold weather gear or some protection of some type will begin to get goose bumps.
The sleet finally gives away as you push through almost a half mile of sleet and ground. Finally you see snow all around, falling and on the ground. The ground is completely covered in snow, up to a humans ankle, deeper in other places. A large wall of ice stands not to far away with deep letters carved into it saying "ICE VEIN."
When Sly looks he will find out that the compass is not pointing like it was now. It is acting like a normal compass.
The group can see no foot prints or even a sign of any life in this area so far other then the writing on the large ice wall.
The group can notice that in the distance, throughout the landscape are large 6ft tall spike like creations.
Sly and Luke Monday May 31st, 2004 11:30:21 PM
When the party got to hard ground Sly Changed into his winter clothes, then putting on the special cloak. then he takes a wolf skin and laces on Luke. "Now you look like a wolf! wait untill Jus and yurrick see you"
Then they moved on untill the snow line came, and then whats look like a wall of ice with 'Ice Vain' writen on it. "Well! So far the hermit was right, Let's see if theres a way into this land of ice and snow? A path or a trail any thing."
Savin Tuesday June 1st, 2004 12:16:08 AM
Savin will have slipped on his boots of the winterland and isn't having any problems with his footing or the temperature.
He will look around concerned about the enviroment and ask, "Do we have enough food and supplies for this? I thought we would run into a trading post or something. Oh Well..."
Savin will try to keep going leading the way into the forbidding land.
Sly and Luke Tuesday June 1st, 2004 8:56:41 AM
"Good question Savin. Let's see what I have in my saddle bag here???" Sly look into his saddle bag ans spots some ration that he had over looked when feeding those wolves. "Look like i can only find four days ration here. I think we have to look for some king of game for food."
Niobe d20+7=8 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 2:48:03 PM
Like Sly the thief changes to her winter clothing when the party reaches hard ground and colder temperatures.
Niobe listens to Sly and Savin discuss the food issue. "I have a few days rations. I also have few days feed for my mare. Does anyone know how to set snares and traps for small game?"
[A few minutes later:]
The smirking thief dismounts, walks over to the deeper snow and makes a snowball. The young Half-Elven woman sees a lot of potential for fun in this wintry landscape. She pitches it at Sly for a bit of fun. Niobe is aiming for the middle of his chest (after he has put away the compass of course). Amazingly the snowy missile misses him by a long shot; whizzing harmlessly by. Niobe can't help but laugh.
(Hit AC 8, Improvised weapon (snowball) -4 penalty to attack roll) ((I just couldn't resist throwing a snowball! LOL!))
Peerimus and Yorrick d20+20=28 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 5:39:20 PM
As teh weather turns cold Peerimus casts Endure Cold on himself and shares the spell with Yorrick. Grabbing some blankets, he tosses them across teh backs of the horses and continues to drive the wagon.
Looking at the wall Peerimus' head cocks to one side as he marvels at it. Then snapping out of it, "The horses are going to start encountering issues pulling the wagon as the snow gets deeper. Anyone have a thought on the spikes? Looking to Niobe, do not worry, I won't let you starve. There is game to be had if you know where to look [survival 28 can provide food for 7 others]
Jurgen and Vus d20-1=18 d20+1=9 d20-1=10 d20+1=10 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 7:18:15 PM
Jurgen, following Niobe and Sly's example, gets out his cold weather gear. He attempts to keep the insides of them dry while he changes into them. Then, he stands over Vus and puts the specialty gear made for him on. The dog fusses for a bit, then gives in and lets the sorcerer help him keep warm.
As to the concerns of food, Jurgen knows the inside of his pack rather well, without even thinking heavily on it. "I've got enough food to last me a month. Longer, if I ration it carefully. But I don't htink we'll run into an issue of starving. At the very worst," he gives a glance over at the yaks, "we could kill a horse or a yak." He shudders at the thought, but knows the neccessity of such thinking. Survival had to stay on their minds if they were travelling into a dangerous area.
He laughes when Niobe throws the snowball, but decides not to take in the festivities. He had other things on his mind. Like where they were going. He walks (providing it isn't too far from the group) to the wall marking their location. While walking, he makes sure of his footing. Getting trapped in a snowdrift might be Sly's idea of a good joke, but the wetness would be horrid. He looks over the wall, trying to see if there was more to be gained from it other than a sense of location.
[Jurgen: Spot Check - Success if DC 18 or Lower] [Vus: Spot Check - Success if DC 9 or Lower] [Jurgen: Listen Check - Success if DC 10 or Lower] [Vus: Listen Check - Success if 10 or Lower]
[OOC: I don't really know why I rolled listen checks... But yah-know. They sucked anyway. :)]
Barnum and Edgar Tuesday June 1st, 2004 8:30:44 PM
At Sly's words, Barnum remembers an old song and pulls out his fiddle, quickly playing and singing, "We come from the land of the ice and snow, from the Midnight Sun where the hot springs blow..."
Barnum wraps himself and Edgar in his winterwolf skin greatcoat. He pulls out the Wand of Temperature Control and asks if anyone wants a little arcane warmth. If so, he'll immediately cast the spell on them.
OOC: Apologies for not posting Friday or Monday, I was out of town.
Shiraz Tuesday June 1st, 2004 10:47:11 PM
Shiraz draws his travelers gear out of his backpack and carefully unpacks it. "I enjoy cold weather" Shiraz remarks to no one in particular. "I would suggest that before wood and the like becomes scare that we load up the wagon with enough to at least start a fire, and if we have an extra day we allow Peerimus to trap what he can to help us manage through."
LOG ON